light blue materials : the department of materials science and metallurgy, university of cambridge :...

269
LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS The Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy University of Cambridge A History

Upload: others

Post on 11-Sep-2021

2 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUEMATERIALS

The Department of Materials Science andMetallurgy

University of Cambridge

A History

Page 2: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history
Page 3: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUEMATERIALS

The Department of Materials Science andMetallurgy

University of Cambridge

A History

J .A. Charlesand

A.L. Greer

@MANEY

FOR THE INSTITUTE OF MATERIALS, MINERALS AND MINING

Page 4: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

10M Communications Ltd is a wholly-owned subsidiary ofThe Institute of Materials, Minerals and Mining (10M3)

B0806First published for 10M3 in 2005 by

Maney Publishing1 Carlton House TerraceLondon SW1 Y 5DB, UK

©IoM Communications Ltd 2005All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored

in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means,electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise, without the written

consent of the copyright holder.Requests for such permission should be addressed to Maney Publishing

ISBN 1-904350-35-6978-1-904350-35-4

Statements in the book reflect those of the authors and not those of theInstitute or publisher.

Typeset, printed and bound in the UK byThe Charlesworth Group, Wakefield

Page 5: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

Contents

Introduction 1

The National Education Background in the NineteenthCentury 1

The New Museums Site 4

The Laboratory of Sidney Sussex College - Heycock andNeville 6

The Scientific Contribution of Heycock and Neville 8

The Establishment of Premises for Metallurgy in Cambridge 14Professor G.D. Liveing 18Dr U.R. Evans 21Continuing Studies in Corrosion and Electrochemical Processing 26

Professor R.S. Hutton 27British Association Meeting 1938 - Tour of Metallurgical Laboratories 34Dr C.F. Tipper 36Other Members of the Department in Hutton's Time 40

Professor G.P. Wesley Austin 42

Dr J.P. Chilton 49Dr D .A. Melford 50G.C. Smith 52Dr F.T. Bacon 53The First Expansion Period 56Dr J.W. Martin 57

Professor Sir Alan Cottrell 58Sir Robin Nicholson 62Ceramics 64Dr J .A. Charles 65Sir Graeme Davies 66Professor A. Kelly 67Cottrell's Departure 68The Goldsmiths' Society 69The Science of Materials 69

Page 6: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

An Uncertain Future, 1965-1966 70Report to the General Board of the Committee on the Long-TermNeeds of Scientific Departments 71

Field-Ion Microscopy 72Dr B.R. Ralph 74The Development of Electron Microscopy in the Department 74Dr J.W. Edington 77Dr W.M. Stobbs 78Functional and Device Materials 78Professor A.L. Greer 80

Professor Sir Robert Honeycombe 84The Steel Research Group Leaders with Honeycombe 86Dr J.A. Leake 87Dr J.E. King 87The Pitt Press Laboratory 92Erosive and Abrasive Wear 93Joining of Materials 93Archaeometallurgy 94

Professor D. Hull 96Professor T.W. Clyne 97

Professor C.J. Humphreys 99

The Melville Laboratory 100

Professor A.H. Windle 102

Biomedical Materials 103Professor W. Bonfield 103University Technology Centres and Other Large Collaborations 104'Spin-off' Companies 106

Professor D.J. Fray 107Staff Matters 108Social and Sporting Matters 114Important Visitations 121Wider Educational Efforts: Outreach 126Student Matters 128

The Department Now - and in the Future 128Acknowledgements 130Appendix I. Academic and Administrative Staff - 2005 131Appendix II. Class Lists from the First Pt II in 1938 Onwards 133Appendix III. Post-Graduate Research Students 177Appendix IV. Departmental Photographs 235

Page 7: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

IntroductionThis is the story of an outstanding teaching and research centre for materialsscience and metallurgy in the United Kingdom, its growth from small beginningsin a college chemistry laboratory, to a sub-department in the University ChemicalLaboratory, through to its present major national presence and internationalsignificance. It is a story told by metallurgists continuously associated with theDepartment for more than 40 years, throughout the main period of growth, andto some extent it is seen from their perspective and interpretation, for which theytake responsibility. It is hoped, however, that this is a reasonable account overall.

To present a full record of the scientific achievements of the Department overthe 70+ years of its existence, to its present size of about 100 research fellows,post-doctoral scientists and visiting scientists and more than 120 research students,would have been an enormous task with an inevitably ponderous and indigestibleresult. Rather, this account remembers the main areas of effort, some individualcharacters and their unique contributions to all aspects of Departmental life.Division of content is largely by the periods covered by successive Heads ofDepartment, interspersed with consideration of specific areas of research.

Sadly, the archives of the Department have not been systematically treated overthe years. The early contributions of C.T. Heycock are, however, well repre-sented, strengthened by important recent contributions from his family, for whichwe are very grateful. Thus, much of the content of the text has arisen frompersonal recollections of ex-staff and students, and important contributions fromsome of the 30 present members of staff, and we thank them all.

The work can therefore be considered to be a collaborative effort by many, andit is appropriate that all royalties from its sale are to go to a student-assistance fundfor the Department.

THE NATIONAL EDUCATION BACKGROUND IN THENINETEENTH CENTURY

Whilst the earlier blossoming of the Industrial Revolution in Britain had givencommercial strength, it had become clear that in many contexts further develop-ment and the maintenance of competitive production required greater scientificunderstanding and process control. Another feature was the growth of scientificinterest and self-education amongst the population as a whole, reflected in theformation of the British Association for the Advancement of Science in 1831.In terms of formal scientific education, however, Britain lagged well behindcontinental neighbours such as France and particularly Germany.

In 1841, the Museum of Economic Geology was opened, attached to theMining Record Office in Whitehall, where exhibits showed how minerals weretreated to produce metals. Some informal instruction in analytical chemistry,

1

Page 8: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

2 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

mineral analysis and metallurgical processes was given. The fact that much of theearly metallurgical education was concerned with analytical methods and theirdevelopment was an essential feature in fulfilling the desire to understand andcontrol industrial processes and to devise improved processing methods. A newbuilding for the museum, the Geological Survey and a new Government Schoolof Mines was provided in South Kensington in 1851; this was the first importantbuilding in Britain designed for a purely technological or scientific institution,and was opened by the Prince Consort after the Queen had opened the GreatExhibition in Hyde Park. With this patronage, the title of the School was changedto the Royal School of Mines (RSM). The first professor at the RSM, John Percy,clearly saw the importance of metallurgical education - 'In proportion to thesuccess with which the metallurgic art is practised in this country will the interestsof the whole population, directly or indirectly, in no inconsiderable degree, bepromoted'. Percy also commented on the lead being taken in scientific educationin Germany.

Both the 1851 Great Exhibition and particularly the Paris Exhibition of 1867demonstrated a gulf opening up between British industrial capacity and that of ourEuropean neighbours, which greatly alarmed our politicians and industrialistsalike. In response to these growing pressures, Disraeli set up a Select Committeein 1868 'to enquire into the provisions for giving instruction in theoretical andapplied science to the industrial classes' with Bernard Samuelson, a practisingironmaster and engineer, as chairman. There was a realisation that there was aneed for a scientific basis of understanding for the development of technology ata competitive rate to our European neighbours, particularly Germany, where theyhad grown to dominate scientific and technological publication. In the latter yearsof the nineteenth century, and into the twentieth century, an ability to readscientific German was considered an essential attribute for scientists.

The report of the Select Committee concluded that the chief obstacles standingin the way of a technologically informed and competitive nation were the whollyinadequate provisions for both primary and secondary schools. The whole educa-tion system was inferior to that of Germany and France. The report was followedby a Royal Commission on Scientific Instruction and the Advancement ofScience set up during Gladstone's first term of office (1870-1875) under the chair-manship of Sir William Cavendish, 7th Duke of Devonshire, an important figurein the ferrous industry and first President of the Iron and Steel Institute.Gladstone's Education Act of 1870 had far-reaching effects, in particular thesetting up of the first state-aided secondary schools (Higher Grade Schools) _Theinfluence of the Cavendish Committee on this was to ensure an emphasis onscience teaching in these schools. Where such emphasis was not satisfactory,a grant would be withdrawn and the school would revert to primary status.One such Higher Grade School was started in Cambridge in 1871, possibly the

Page 9: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 3

first. A favourite quotation from the Cavendish Committee report goes thus:'Considering the increasing importance of science to the material interests of thecountry one cannot but regard its almost total exclusion from the training ofthe upper and middle classes as little short of a national misfortune'. The senti-ments of the Committee were to take root politically, and in successive ministriesboth Gladstone (1868-1874, 1880-1886, 1892-1893) and Disraeli (1874-1880)encouraged the development of education generally and scientific education inparticular.

At Cambridge University, the response to the growing need for scientificeducation was initially the introduction of the Natural Sciences Tripos in 1851,but the courses were almost entirely theoretical and the introduction of practicalteaching developed initially on a college basis.

The first recorded laboratory in Cambridge was established for Francis Vigani,who in 1702 became the first Professor of Chemistry (Cambridge thus having theoldest continuously occupied Chair of Chemistry in Great Britain). Bentley, theMaster of Trinity, provided an 'elegant Chymicallaboratory', but this arrangementdid not survive Vigani's death. In 1782, Isaac Milner, Jacksonian Professor, waspermitted by Queens' College to set up a laboratory in some college buildings tothe west of the Cam. Laboratories such as these reflected the ability of colleges torespond to the requirements of well motivated individuals; they did not form partof a continuous provision for teaching or research - that started with St John'sCollege. George Downing Liveing, admitted to St John's in 1845, graduatedEleventh Wrangler in 1850, and obtained a First Class in the inaugural NaturalSciences Tripos of 1851. In 1852, he started the first course in practical chemistryfor medical students, and this was given in a primitive laboratory fitted up in acottage in Corn Exchange Street. However, this was clearly inadequate and, whenin the next year, St John's appointed Liveing to a college Lectureship in NaturalSciences, a laboratory was built in the college for his use. This building hadfive rooms in all and was erected at a cost of £511. The facilities were suchthat Liveing was able to base his work there, even after his election to theProfessorship of Chemistry in 1861. As Liveing records, this was very importantfor him.

'The College built me the chemical laboratory, which was the first seed sowntowards the growth of a large chemical school. When I vacated my fellowshipby marrying, I vacated, of course, my lectureship as well, and the charge of thechemical laboratory. The College, however, created a new post for me: it mademe director of the laboratory and, what is more, helped me materially by payingme a salary ... When I became professor, the College again helped me - theycontinued me in my last post because there was no other laboratory in which Icould give instruction in practical work.'

Liveing was indefatigable in his efforts to set up a fully equipped Universitychemical laboratory. The laboratory at St John's enabled him to resist the offers of

Page 10: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

4 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 1. The Sidney Sussex College Laboratory.

inadequate accommodation from the University authorities and to continue hispressure for better facilities. Finally his efforts were successful, and in 1888 thenew University Chemical Laboratory on Pembroke Street was opened, describedas 'then one of the finest in the kingdom'. The particular relationship betweenLiveing and metallurgy in Cambridge is explored later.

Sidney Sussex College was the second to have its own laboratory (Fig. 1). Theoriginator was J.C.W. Ellis, who had attended Liveing's classes at St John's andserved with Liveing on the 1862 Syndicate which considered the developmentof the New Museums site, considered later. Other colleges followed in the pro-vision of laboratory facilities for science teaching - Gonville and Caius, Girton,Newnham and finally Downing. These laboratories gave training in experimentaltechniques, but also lectures combined with practical demonstrations, and werealso used for private courses given by coaches. For example, Heycock, a centralfigure in the beginnings of metallurgical education in Cambridge, gave verypopular courses in the Downing Laboratory; Heycock's coaching records from1893 onwards survive in the Department Archives.

THE NEW MUSEUMS SITE

On a University basis, the move towards scientific education was reflected inthe changes which occurred on the site bounded by the present DowningStreet/Pembroke Street, Corn Exchange Street (earlier called SlaughterhouseLane), Wheeler Street and Free School Lane - for many years now designated

Page 11: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 5

the New Museums site. It had been conveyed to the University by Rev. RichardWalker in 1762 as a public botanic garden, but leaving some separate privateproperties that existed on Corn Exchange Street, Wheeler Street and the length ofFree School Lane. Development was to commence in the south east corner when,in 1784, a lecture room and two private rooms - one each for the JacksonianProfessor of Natural Experimental Philosophy and the Professor of Botany -were constructed, set back but with an entrance from Corn Exchange Street.These were the first buildings for scientific purposes erected by the University.

In 1853, the site of the garden had been bought by the University from thetrustees and a syndicate was to consider whether and what steps should be takenfor erecting additional lecture rooms and museums. Arrangements had alreadybeen made for the transfer of stock from the old garden to the New BotanicGarden on Trumpington Road, the move being completed in 1852. In 1865,the architect Salvin's two-storied building was erected in the centre of the siteto accommodate lecture rooms and all the mathematical and scientific professors,except for the Jacksonian Professor and the Departments of Anatomy andChemistry, which remained in the buildings opening onto Corn Exchange Street.Subsequent development of the Salvin building involved spurs to the north fromthe east-west orientation for the main block, which was primarily for 'philosophi-cal apparatus', leaving garden space in front and behind. These spurs accommo-dated Mineralogy, Botany, the Museum of Comparative Anatomy, the ZoologyMuseum and the Mechanisms Laboratory.

In 1871, the University began purchasing properties on Free School Lane and,in 1873, the first stage of the Cavendish Laboratory of Physics, named after thefamous ancestor of the man who, as indicated earlier, had so much to do with thepromotion of instruction in science nationally, was built on the site of the BotanicGarden Curator's house. Sir William Cavendish, 7th Duke of Devonshire (1808-1891) was educated at Eton and Trinity College, Cambridge and had been electedFellow of the Royal Society (FRS) at the age of 21! He was a distant relative ofHenry Cavendish FRS (1731-1809). William Cavendish had been CambridgeUniversity Member of Parliament, then, when elevated to the House of Lords in1858, he essentially left politics and devoted himself to the scientific and industrialconcerns of the community. His Lancashire estates included deposits of richhaematite iron ore, and he established an important steelmaking industry atBarrow-in-Furness, utilising the acid Bessemer process at an early stage. His treat-ment of employees was known to be considerate, and his philanthropy wasto have an important consequence for Cambridge. He had been Chancellor ofthe University of London (1836-1856) during which time he was also the firstPresident of the Iron and Steel Institute (1851), reflecting his position as an'ironmaster'. He then became Chancellor of the University of Cambridge(1861-1891) and stimulated the proposals by the Senate in favour of creating

Page 12: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

6 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 2. Architect's drawing (Stevenson) of the Chemistry Laboratory, Pembroke Street.

a Cambridge Physics Laboratory. Inevitably, the issue was shelved because ofshortage of funds. This led the Chancellor to offer to meet the cost (£6,300), andthe Cavendish Laboratory was opened in 1874, with Clerk Maxwell as the Profes-sor. Thus was Cambridge Physics established from the proceeds of metallurgicaloperations.

The University continued to purchase properties on each side of the site and torationalise accommodation between Departments as opportunity and need arose.In particular, part of the Perse School and the Perse Almshouses on the south westcorner of the site made way for a grand new building for chemistry, fronting ontoPembroke Street (Fig. 2), with associated changes of occupation in the south eastcorner where the Department had been before. As already noted, this develop-ment for chemistry had much to do with the persistence of Professor Liveing, andin due time was to provide a home for University metallurgical studies also.

THE LABORATORY OF SIDNEY SUSSEX COLLEGE - HEYCOCKAND NEVILLE

The true beginning of the study of metallurgy in Cambridge was in the SidneyLaboratory with the work of Charles Thomas Heycock and Francis Henry Neville

Page 13: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 7

(Fig. 1). Their joint research spanned 30 years and resulted in some 25 papers onwhich the laboratory was given as their address. Their work was the best of itskind at the time, and in some ways has not been bettered since. It made a verysignificant contribution to the development of scientific metallurgy and leddirectly to the founding of the Department of Metallurgy in the University. Theaccurate measurement of temperature was central to their work, and in this theywere greatly aided by Ernest Howard Griffiths, who had been in a coachingpartnership with Neville and who introduced Heycock to Neville and thus to thefacilities of the Sidney Laboratory.

Neville (1847-1915) entered Sidney in 1867. He graduated in mathematics(Fifteenth Wrangler) in 1871 and in the same year was admitted to a Fellowship.He was Taylor Lecturer in Natural Sciences, and in 1880 took over the manage-ment of the Sidney Laboratory, a responsibility which he kept for 28 yearsuntil his retirement. He was also Bursar from 1890 to 1896, a period when hisresearches with Heycock were particularly active. Neville was a man of widereading and interests, an authority on Italian history, interested in metaphysicalspeculations, an admirable talker and a graceful after-dinner speaker.

His friends and pupils presented a portrait of him to the College. Of this it waswritten 'though it does justice to the dignity and intellectual strength of its subject,it fails to give any hint of the fire and vivacity which were characteristic ofMr Neville at his best'.

Heycock (1858-1931) was a local boy born in Bourn and educated at BedfordSchool and Oakham. He entered King's College as an Exhibitioner in 1877,but previously he had attended lectures by Liveing and Dewar, and in the summerof 1876 had worked in the Cavendish Laboratory on a spectroscopy probleminspired by Liveing's course. This early research led to Heycock's first publicationlater the same year. He graduated with a First Class in the Natural Sciences Triposin 1881, and from then until his election to a fellowship at King's in 1895 hemade his living as a coach in chemistry, physics and mineralogy. It is evident fromcorrespondence that achieving recognition in King's was quite a struggle. He thencast around for employment outside Cambridge, following up possibilities at theRoyal Mint (1900), the Admiralty (1901), Trinity College, Dublin (1903) beforebeing made the first Goldsmiths' Reader in Metallurgy in the University, remain-ing in that post from 1908 until his retirement in 1928. Sir William Jackson Pope,Head of the University Chemical Laboratory, in an obituary for Heycock wrote:'Heycock was an excellent lecturer; his whimsical mode of addressing a classsustained an interest in inorganic chemistry during a period when that subjectseemed in danger of eclipse by the rapid advance of organic chemistry. He hadfew equals as a teacher in the laboratory; his deliberate method of working and hissarcastic denunciation of slovenliness inspired respect and awakened the spirit ofemulation'. He was also an excellent supervisor/coach. A student who was later to

Page 14: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

8 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 3. Colonel Heycock,Cambridgeshire Regiment.

be on his staff, U.R. Evans, wrote warmly of his weekly visits to Heycock's homeat 3 St Peter's Terrace.

Heycock's keenest outside interest was in the Cambridge Rifle Volunteers,being commissioned as a Lieutenant in 1876. By 1898, he was Colonel of theCambridgeshire Regiment, but transferred to the CUOTC (Cambridge Univer-sity Officers' Training Corps) in 1908 (Fig. 3). After moving to the TerritorialForces Reserve in 1913, he served with distinction in the 1914-1918 war, beingmentioned in the Secretary of State's lists. In 1917, he was recalled to work onmustard gas. In later years, an 'old-timer' in the Department of Metallurgy, whohad been an assistant soon after the First World War, recalled the requirement toget rid of stored mustard gas, which created real problems! In 1921, Heycock wasappointed Deputy Lieutenant for Cambridgeshire.

A perhaps unusual feature of Heycock' s activities when a coach and living at 24Fitzwilliam Street was that from 1904, perhaps even earlier, he arranged subscrip-tion dances in the Masonic Hall, Corn Exchange Street, for his supervision classes.Tickets were 6 shillings with chaperones arranged for the girls, amongst whomwas Miss Heycock. Police attendance cost 8 shillings!

The Scientific Contribution of Heycock and Neville

The first paper by Heycock and Neville was in 1884 on the determination of themolecular weight of ozone by the diffusion method. From that point on, how-ever, their interests focused on metallic alloys. The depression of the freezingpoint of a liquid with increasing concentration of solute had been demonstrated

Page 15: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 9

by Raoult and analysed by Van't Hoff in terms of the molecular weight of thesolute. Heycock and Neville wished to test these ideas for the simplest case,namely solutions of one element in another. They succeeded in verifying the mainpoints using dilute solutions of other metals in liquid tin. This was extended to thethree component system Au-Cd-Sn. At that time, studies on alloys of any kindwere unusual, and studies of three-component alloys very much so. Heycock andNeville could have had no idea that this ternary system would some eight decadeslater become of interest for making electrical connections to the semiconductorgallium arsenide. In the course of modern researches, their data have receivedrenewed attention. Thus a 1985 paper by Dr Alan Prince from the GEC ResearchLaboratories notes: 'interpreting the data of Heycock and Neville with the hind-sight that 100 years allows, it is possible to present some idea of the equilibria inthe tin-rich corner of the gold-cadmiunl-tin system. This contribution is there-fore a further tribute to the meticulous experimental work of Heycock andNeville. It is a rare circumstance that allows analysis of 19th century data to shedlight on the current knowledge base . . . modern work would be hard pressed toachieve comparable precision of measurements to those of Heycock and Nevillein 1891'.

Heycock and Neville noticed an anomaly in the freezing-point depression andcorrectly deduced that the formation of a compound of gold and cadmium waslowering the amount of these elements in solution. Later they isolated this com-pound, AuCd, and their work (particularly Neville's erudite review publications)contributed significantly to the acceptance that stoichiometric compounds couldbe formed between metals. Although such intermetallic compounds are nowknown to be common, chemists in the nineteenth century were inclined todiscount the idea as it was not in accordance with standard views of valence.

Thus far, the tin-rich alloys of rather low melting point studied by Heycockand Neville had remained within the range of mercury thermometers, themost important of which came from 'Mr Hicks of Hatton Garden'. The practicaldifficulties, compared with thermometry today, were large. Hicks supplied15 thermometers in total, each covering a range of just 28°C, with 4°C overlapbetween adjacent thermometers in the set. The total measurable temperature rangewas 0-325°C. Each of these thermometers had a stem 2 ft in length. Using thisrather unwieldy equipment, Heycock and Neville could measure temperaturesto an accuracy of O.Ol°C. Since the thermometers were used for long periodsat elevated temperatures, there was a problem with a drift in the zero. This wascountered by treating first in boiling mercury or boiling sulphur for 18 days, aprocedure which would strike fear into a university safety officer today. Heycockand Neville seemed well pleased with these thermometers, recording thatthermometer no. 10 (210-237°C), between 8 August 1889 and 1 March 1890,'was used for several hundred experiments, and was kept nearly daily for 2 months

Page 16: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

10 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

plunged in molten tin for seven or eight hours, a treatment which will beadmitted was somewhat severe'. Hicks calibrated his thermometers by completeimmersion. For Heycock and Neville, complete immersion of a 2-ft thermometerin a crucible of molten alloy was quite impractical, and indeed the scale could nothave been read had immersion been possible. They immersed only the bulbs ofthe thermometers, leaving the stem exposed. Under these conditions of use, athorough recalibration was necessary, and this was effected using a platinum (Pt)resistance thermometer, thus introducing Heycock and Neville to this instrument,which had been developed by Griffith in the Sidney Laboratory and H.L.Callendar in the Cavendish, with sole manufacturing rights granted to theCambridge Scientific Instrument Company in 1891, then newly under the controlof Charles Darwin's son Horace.

Heycock and Neville subsequently used platinum resistance thermometry astheir main technique to determine the melting points of a wide range of metalsand salts. The platinum resistance thermometers were, albeit for different reasons,like the mercury thermometers prone to drift. For 6 months, Heycock andNeville carefully recorded the sequence of experiments performed in order thatthe drift of the thermometers could be monitored. The record is now of interestfor the working pattern it reveals. In 1894-1895, experiments were performed onall of the following dates:

July:August:September:October:November:

December:January:

2-6, 8-16, 29, 301-7,9-13, 15-17, 19,2017-20, 23-291-3, 7-9, 15none, presumably due to increased College commitmentsat this time of year9-13, 16-22, 24-289

The impact of this work can be gauged against the degree of ignorance at thattime about high-temperature behaviour. The value for the melting point ofantimony, for example, was accepted to be 432°C. Heycock and Neville deter-mined it to be 629.5°C (the currently accepted value is 630.5°C). Subsequentpapers dealt with the freezing points of alloys of silver, gold, copper and zinc.

A major departure from the work on freezing and thermometry was thepioneering investigation of the internal structure of alloys. Less than 2 years afterRontgens's discovery of X-rays, Heycock was able to demonstrate to the RoyalInstitution that radiography of alloys could reveal the arrangement of phases insidealloys and that the arrangement could be related to stages by which solidificationprogressed during cooling. The solidification stages were revealed in 'coolingcurves' - plots of temperature as a function of time. This work, well before the

Page 17: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 11

discovery of X-ray diffraction (1912), was based on the differential absorption ofX-rays passing through thin plates cut from solidified ingots. Such a technique,though very powerful, was clearly inconvenient; Heycock and Neville soon aban-doned it in favour of the examination of polished and etched surfaces by reflectedlight microscopy, the technique known today as optical metallography. This hadoriginated with Sorby's studies of irons and steels in Sheffield between 1849 and1864. He had pioneered the use of the technique of polishing and etching metalfor microscopical examination in reflected light. A paper in 1864 first referred toconstituents present in steel, including what became known as 'pearlite'. His tech-nique appears to have been first practised in Cambridge by Ewing and Rosenhain,whose 1899 Bakerian Lecture to the Royal Society is a landmark in the under-standing of the deformation of metals. J.W. Ewing had moved to Cambridge fromDundee in 1890 as Professor of Mechanisms and became founder of the Engineer-ing School. W. Rosenhain came to St John's College from Melbourne, Australia,on an 1851 Scholarship, in 1897. He established a reputation as a brilliantinvestigator in metallurgy and in 1906 became Superintendent of the Departmentof Metallurgy at the National Physical Laboratory (NPL). Heycock and Nevillesupplied alloy samples to Ewing and Rosenhain and were obviously influencedby the latter's work, adopting 'photomicrography' as their main technique forstructural analysis and thanking Ewing and Rosenhain for advice and the loan ofapparatus.

In their paper of 1900 on aluminium-gold, Heycock and Neville made refer-ence to J.W. Gibbs's Phase Rule, first published in 1876, which was to providethe theoretical underpinning which was at that time lacking for understanding thenumber of phases which can co-exist in equilibrium, and is thus of great use inplotting phase equilibrium diagrams. Gibbs' work had lain largely unnoticed untilBakhuis Roozeboom, Van't Hoff's successor at the University of Amsterdam,published a seminal study of the application of the Phase Rule to the iron-carbonsystem. In 1901, Neville initiated correspondence with Roozeboom in order todevelop an interpretation of his and Heycock's new results on copper-tin. Withall the necessary experimental techniques and the underlying theory at their dis-posal, Heycock and Neville were equipped to make their greatest contribution -the study of the copper-tin alloys presented in the 1903 Bakerian Lecture tothe Royal Society. This monumental paper, containing no fewer than 101 photo-micrographs, was the first comprehensive study of the phase equilibria in anon-ferrous alloy, and can, without exaggeration, be considered the foundation ofmodern studies of phase equilibria and microstructure in alloys. Work in this fieldremains active today, in a form which would be recognisable to Heycock andNeville, though now incorporating crystal structure determination, analyses onfiner length scales and computer fitting of the Gibbs functions.

The next joint paper by Heycock and Neville was also their last. It waspublished in 1914, the slowing of their work since 1903 presumably beingrelated to Neville's retirement in 1908, the closure of the Sidney Laboratory,

Page 18: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

12 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 4. Charles Thomas Heycock:the gifted experimentalist.

Heycock's appointment as Reader, the setting up of the Goldsmiths' MetallurgicalLaboratory (as described later), and the loss of research records in 1910 in a fire atSidney. The work was on aluminium-gold alloys, and had not gone according toplan, Heycock and Neville noting that: 'as the experiments consume a great dealof labour and time, we are not likely to complete the work for at least anotheryear', and at the time of Neville's death in 1915 the work was still not completed.

Heycock and Neville worked so closely together that it is hard to distinguishtheir individual contributions. However, it seems that Heycock was the giftedexperimentalist, and Neville the theorist. Of the two, Heycock is the moreprominent, partly because of the accident of alphabetical precedence, but alsobecause he lived for a further 16 years in which the fruits of their joint labourswere to become more apparent. Heycock himself remarked of Neville that 'itwould be impossible to find a more modest man, or one who had less push inthe worldly sense'. Yet in strictly scientific matters, it was often Neville who tookthe lead.

Reading Heycock and Neville's series of papers, it is possible to see the subjectof physical metallurgy taking shape. This naturally involved an evolution of thelanguage: at the outset, we read of body, freezing-point curve and melting-point curve.By the end, these terms have been replaced by the more precise ones introducedby Gibbs and Bakhuis Roozeboom and still in use: phase) liquidus and solidus.Heycock's and Neville's contribution to the subject is today undoubted. Recog-nition came in their own lifetimes also. Heycock was elected a Fellow of theRoyal Society in 1895, Neville in 1897. In 1900, the British Association for theAdvancement of Science appointed a Committee to Investigate the Nature ofAlloys; the members were Neville (as Chairman and Secretary), Heycock and

Page 19: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 13

Griffiths - a remarkably closely knit group, all directly linked to the SidneyLaboratory. Neville contributed the article on 'alloys' to the EncyclopaediaBritannica. In 1920, on the basis of his work with Neville, Heycock was awardedthe Davy Medal of the Royal Society, and in the same year served as President ofthe Chemical Section of the British Association for the Advancement of Science.

Workers in a small college laboratory might be supposed to be ratherisolated from the scientific mainstream, yet for Heycock and Neville this wascertainly not the case. They were prominent in Cambridge and (as noted above)recognised at the national level. In addition, Neville in particular was active ininternational correspondence with the leading men of the time, including LeChatelier on the subject of intermetallic compounds and Bakhuis Roozeboom onthe Phase rule. Neville's international outlook may, in part, be attributable to hisfacility with languages - he was fluent in French, German and Italian - thoughthe correspondence with Bakhuis Roozeboom was conducted in English (albeitslightly fractured on the latter's part).

A significant indication that Heycock and Neville were in the scientific main-stream is the speed with which they took up ideas. Their rapid adoption of X-raysfor micrography has already been mentioned, as has the timely correspondencewith Bakhuis Roozeboom. Further examples relate to the key area of thermo-metry. Guillame's great work Traite pratique de la thermometric de precision waspublished in 1889, but Heycock and Neville were already using his methods in apaper appearing in print the following year. In addition, results of Le Chatelierpublished in 1895 were being disputed by Heycock and Neville in a paperpublished in the same year. This pace would not be out of place today.

Heycock and Neville employed a number of assistants in their research, and thecontinuity and training thus provided must be counted as a major contribution inaddition to the teaching of undergraduates. Among those thanked in papers fortheir assistance are: Miss Field, Miss Marshall, C.T.R. Wilson, W.G. Fearnsides,F.E.E. Lamplough and G.M. Clark. A number of these had prominent careers.The most distinguished of them all was Charles Thomson Rees Wilson, who aftergraduating from Owens College Manchester, entered Sidney Sussex in 1888 andobtained a First Class in the Natural Sciences Tripos of 1892. While an under-graduate, shortage of money was among the factors inducing him to take uppart-time employment in the Sidney Laboratory. He assisted Heycock and Nevillewith their work on thallium alloys. After graduation, he made a living for someyears by demonstrating in the Cavendish Laboratory, assisting Ruhemann's chemi-cal research in the Caius Laboratory, and coaching. In due course, Wilson was tobecome Jacksonian Professor of Natural Philosophy at Cambridge, and was to winthe Nobel Prize in Physics in 1927 for his development of the cloud chamber.Lamplough went on to make further metallurgical contributions as a UniversityAssistant Demonstrator in Heycock's laboratory. Clark had a distinguished careerin engineering, ultimately becoming President of the Institute of Engineers inSouth Africa. Fearnsides was admitted to Sidney in 1897, obtained a First Class in

Page 20: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

14 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

the Natural Sciences Tripos (1901), was elected a Fellow (1904) and succeededNeville as the Taylor Lecturer in Natural Sciences. He subsequently becameProfessor of Geology and Dean of the Faculty of Pure Science at Sheffield. Hefurnishes an example that the laboratory assistants provided more than just a pair ofhands. Heycock and Neville give him credit for a significant insight in theirBakerian Lecture work; as a geologist, Fearnsides identified twinning in some oftheir samples by analogy with feldspars.

Heycock was always encouraging to his assistants, whether they held degrees ornot, and it is indicative of his helpful attitude that in 1911 he gave a lecture in theCavendish to the New Museums Club (for assistants) on 'Metallic alloys', whichwas published in some detail in the Cambridge Daily News on 1 April 1911, anevent undoubtedly attended by New Museums Club member J.H.V. Charles,whose son was to be Reader in the Department many years later.

The studies involving gold had led to contact with the firm Johnson andMatthey with works then in Hatton Garden. The company lent the considerablequantities of the precious metal used, and provided free assaying to Heycock andNeville, although the assaying of materials for precious metal content had, as inother centres, been a major component of metallurgical instruction. Items fromthis assaying activity remain in the Departmental archives. In addition, GeorgeMatthey had chaired the Discourse at the Royal Institution at which Heycock hadpresented his X-ray results. Heycock thus developed a link with the WorshipfulCompany of Goldsmiths, in which Matthey was prominent, being on its Courtand having served as Prime Warden (1872 and 1894). It appears that Mattheyplayed a major part in persuading the Company in 1908 to endow the Readershipin Metallurgy for Heycock.

THE ESTABLISHMENT OF PREMISES FOR METALLURGY INCAMBRIDGE

After Heycock's appointment as a Reader, two rooms in the Chemical Laboratorywere assigned for his use by Professor Sir William Pope, Head of the Departmentof Chemistry in succession to Liveing. As a Fellow of Sidney Sussex College,he would have been familiar with Heycock and Neville's work in the collegelaboratory. As the number of students taking the subject of metallurgy as part ofthe chemistry degree increased further, in 1910 Professor Pope transferredHeycock to a set of four rooms in the basement which had just become vacantowing to the Agricultural Department moving into a large laboratory elsewhere,provided by the Drapers Company. The adaptation of these rooms was fundedby the Worshipful Company of Goldsmiths to the tune of £800, received on 16June 1910. In a letter to the Goldsmiths, Heycock claims that he personallycontributed more than this amount in the form of essential apparatus which hehad accommodated in his own 'private laboratory', presumably at Sidney Sussex.Heycock's notes for the adaptation contain interesting details for the electrical

Page 21: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 15

Figure 5. Plans for the Goldsmiths) Laboratory) 1919.

work to be carried out by Bailey, Grundy and Barrett, whose shop/works weresituated in 2 St Mary's Passage and who, for a period, supplied DC power to thetown.

By March 1919, however, the number of research students and undergraduatesattending laboratory instruction had grown beyond the capacity of even the fourrooms, and Heycock determined that he would either have to find a site for a newbuilding or extend where he was. He commented that the advantages of hisdepartment being attached to the chemical laboratory were so great as to lead himto favour strongly an extension.

On 19 March 1919, he again appealed to the Worshipful Company ofGoldsmiths - this time for £5,000-5,500 - to enable such an extension (thesite, but no money, was being made available by the University). It is a measureof the rapidity with which decisions could be made in those days that a letter fromGoldsmiths' Hall was received on 11 April 1919 indicating that 'a sum notexceeding £5,500 be given to Cambridge University for the purpose of providingan extension of the Metallurgical Laboratory at Cambridge and the equipmentthereof, such extension to be associated with the name of the Company'. Thearchitect for the extension was Harry Redfern of Latymer House, 134 Piccadilly,and plans were well advanced by 23 April 1919. Tenders were to be sent out on8 May, inviting three Cambridge builders, one from London and two provincial.Final plans were received on 11 June 1919 (Fig. 5). William Sindall of Mill Lane

Page 22: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

16 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 6. Delegates from the Goldsmiths' Company and the University await the unveiling of theplaque.

was chosen as the builder with, again, Bailey, Grundy and Barrett carrying out theelectrical work.

Heycock dominated the planning of the new laboratory, providing detailedrequirements and comments as the work progressed. The opening of the exten-sion by Robert M. Tabor, Prime Warden of the Goldsmiths' Company on 5October 1920 was attended by three Wardens and several Members of the Court(Figs. 6 and 7). The University was represented by the Vice Chancellor, ProfessorSir J.J. Thomson, Professor Sir William Pope, Professor Sir Ernest Rutherford, theHeads of several colleges and by Emeritus Professor of Chemistry G.D. Liveing.Heycock expressed his thanks to the Goldsmiths for their magnificent benefactionand his pleasure at such distinguished company, drawing particular attention to thepresence of Liveing, then aged 93, thanking him for promoting an interest inmetals and to whom much of the day's development was due, a tribute which wasechoed by Sir William Pope, following an account by Liveing himself of the riseof the study of chemistry at the University (Fig. 8).

Manufactured equipment was generally not available and a 'sealing wax andstring' approach was normal. For example, in Heycock's thermal analysis ofalloys, temperature arrests were recorded on thin, transparent, paper coveringa wooden frame which slid in a 'sash window' supported by a float in a tank, filledat a constant rate from a lavatory cistern. The temperature difference between aspecimen and a blank deflected a moving galvanometer spot, followed by marking

Page 23: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 17

Figure 7. A view oj thejinished laboratory.

Figure 8. Professor George Downing Liveing addressing the assembly.

Page 24: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

18 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 9. Heycock circa 1920.

the paper, entering the actual temperature. On a heavy concrete bench, however,this set up was even sensitive to seismic tremors. A photograph of Heycockat about this time appears as Fig. 9. The apparatus was still in use in ProfessorHutton's time by such people as W.D. Clark, (Downing 1934-1939).

Page 25: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 19

After Neville's death In 1915 and with the greatly increased teaching andadministrative loads associated with his own Readership and residence within theDepartment of Chemistry, Heycock published very little more. He was givenmuch of the organising and planning of the numerous extensions of the UniversityChemical Laboratories. Thus in 1922, aged 64, he is recorded as superintendingthe extension of the Department of Physical Chemistry into the old EngineeringLaboratories in Free School Lane, on behalf of the Board concerned. Parts of thepremises were on the site of the original Perse School, and in a letter he givesinstruction that newly purchased chairs are to be marked 'Perse Room' on theunderside, an example of his personal attention to practical detail.

Page 26: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

20 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 10. Heycock with his mentor) ProfessorLiveing, circa 1920.

Figure 11. Menu for Heycock)s retirement dinner.

An important role in the Metallurgy Department in the 1920s and 1930s wastaken by Dr D. Stockdale who started research with Heycock in 1921, eventuallybecoming an excellent lecturer on whom a considerable amount of teachingdepended, particularly after Heycock had retired and through to the 1940s.

Page 27: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 21

Figure 12. Heycock at retirement.

Heycock retired in 1928 with a Cambridge-based retirement dinner and presen-tation in his honour on 11 March 1929; Sir William Pope was in the Chair.Several illustrious names appear on the guest list, including Sir Ernest Rutherford.Dr F.B. Kipping, Dr F.G. Mann, Mr W.G. Palmer, Mr H. Rideal and Dr R.Norrish, who all remained familiar names in Cambridge Chemistry, were also inattendance. The menu contained extractive metallurgical terms that may not allbe familiar to the materials scientist of today (Fig. 11). Sadly, Heycock (Fig. 12)did not have a long retirement, dying, aged 73, in 1931.

Dr U.R. Evans

A particularly significant disciple of Heycock was Dr Ulick Evans, (Fig. 13)who was to become 'Father of the modern science of corrosion and protection ofmetals'.

Born in 1889, following private and preparatory schooling, he completed hissecondary education at Marlborough College, going on to King's College in 1907to read Natural Sciences, becoming an Exhibitioner in 1908 and gaining a B.A. in1910 and an M.A. in 1914. Whilst a student taking Part II chemistry, he wasfortunate enough, as noted earlier, to become acquainted with Heycock fromwhom he had weekly hour-long fascinating supervisions, which helped to steerhis interests towards the electrochemistry of metals. A year at Wiesbaden thenfollowed graduation, studying electrochemistry with Professor H. Fresenius, andthen in 1912 he continued electrochemical research with Dr S. Rideal and sonE.K. Rideal in London. This ended with the outbreak of war in 1914.

Page 28: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

22 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 13. Dr Ulick Evans.

After the war, during which he had served mainly In the Middle East, hereturned to Cambridge in 1921 and remained there for the rest of his long life.Heycock provided facilities for him in the Goldsmiths' Laboratory and ProfessorT.M. Lowry offered space in Physical Chemistry. His first book, Metals and Metal-lic Compounds, was published in 1923, incorporating some of the work on electro-chemistry completed before the war. This particular interest was to blossom in thecontext of corrosion studies, with his first papers on this subject appearing in 1923.Before that time, there was no real understanding of corrosion processes, andEvans' work was seminal, identifying its electrochemical nature in a totally newway, and designing simple experiments to support his theories. In particular, hequickly showed the significance of 'differential aeration' in determining anodicand cathodic regions, cutting across the conventional wisdom of the time andgenerating some controversy. The final 'cap' was in the work of his student T.P.Hoar, published in the Proceedings of the Royal Society in 1932, which established avirtually exact Faradaic relationship between the rate of material corrosion, forseveral metals under a variety of conditions, and the electrochemical currentflowing between the anodic and cathodic regions of the specimen. Using veryclever and yet simple experiments (so typical of Evans' style) they were ableto determine current versus potential for the two areas and to show that the

Page 29: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 23

Figure 14. Dr T.P. Hoar (Sam).

corrosion current was greatest for minimum separation of the two potentials,leading to the important 'Evans diagram', which can be employed as a guide tothe control of corrosion by means of applied currents as in cathodic protection.

The effect of differential aeration, as established by Evans, explained so manyday-to-day features of wet corrosion, where attack is concentrated in crevices orjoints or beneath surface deposits, i.e. where air is not readily available, creatinglocal anodes which are balanced by much larger surrounding cathodic areas, lead-ing to deep pitting and eventual penetration as, for example, in copper water pipesinadequately cleaned internally and on car bodies. An important contribution wasthe understanding of the passivation of iron by oxidising agents and proving theexistence of an oxide film. Other important contributions were the establishmentof the principles of cathodic protection, now so widely used, the methods bywhich selected inhibitors controlled corrosion, how corrosion fatigue occurs, theways in which atmospheric rusting takes place and much more. In all this, heexperimented and published books and papers, on his own, in addition to super-vising the work of approximately 60 research students, many of whom werethemselves to become well known. Two members of his research team were toremain as teachers and researchers in the Department: T.P. Hoar (Fig. 14), whohad been publishing with Evans since 1932, and J.P. Chilton from the 1950s.

Page 30: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

24 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 15. Dr }.E.O. Mayne aack)} by kindpermission of his family.

Hoar was to be known as 'Sam' throughout his career as a result of theprominence of Samuel Hore-Belisha, the Home Secretary of Belisha Crossingand Beacon fame. His time-keeping left much to be desired, but once startedhis lectures were always first class, and students could always pass the timeby conjecturing which excuse he would employ on that day, and they wereprepared to wait for him to appear. Like his University contemporary AlistairCooke, he had a keen interest in amateur dramatics and his part in the foundingand running of 'the Mummers' is not always recognised. His amateur dramaticactivities also extended, with his wife, to running the theatre in Frinton duringthe summer season. Students and staff alike were always bewildered by the factthat this internationally recognised corrosion expert drove the rustiest cars inCambridge!

Evans was also often associated with J.E.O. Mayne (Fig. 15) who was carryingout work on the role and development of protective paint films on metals. Maynewas eventually to provide important funds for the support of research in theDepartment. He had developed polymers for paints, founding and then eventuallyselling the company Vinyl Products Ltd in the early days of commercial plasticpaints.

Page 31: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 25

Figure 16. Birthday lunch in Downing College celebrating the 80th birthday of Ulick Evans.

Evans had commenced lecturing during 1924 and continued, incorporatingnew knowledge largely as he discovered it, until his retirement in 1954. Hepublished close to 300 papers and several very important books, published byArnold, viz:

Metals and Metallic CompoundsCorrosion of MetalsMetallic Corrosion: Passivity and ProtectionIntroduction to Metallic CorrosionThe Corrosion and Oxidation of MetalsSupplementary volume to above

1923-19611924-19351937-19561948-19701960-19701968-1970

He was widely honoured and, on reaching the age of 80 in 1969,a birthday lunchwas held in Downing College (Fig. 16)when many of his co-workers and col-leagues were present. Fig. 16 shows, on the 'top' table, Professor A.H. Cottrell,M. Pourbaix, Evans, Hoar and Mayne. Professor Robert Honeycombe, Head ofDepartment at that time, is on the right-hand side next to Mayne. L.C. Bannisterin glasses, one of U .R. Evans' early research students, later of British InsulatedCallendar Cables and then British Oxygen, faces the camera in the foreground.H. Keith, J. Wanklyn and J.P. Chilton can also be identified.

Page 32: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

26 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

U.R. Evans and his collaborator J.E.O. Mayne each rna ery generousbenefactions to the University to. provide grants 'to further the teaching andreseat h in the study and the prevention of corrosion and oxidation ofmetals and related fields'. The trust funds thus set up have enabled supportfor both research students and staff working in the area. Such funds were,and are, very in1portant in enabling continuity of effort.

Continuing Studies in Corrosion and Electrochemical Processing

The study of corrosion and electrochemical processing which constituted so largea part of the Department research effort in the early days, through U .R. Evans andthen T.P. Hoar, did not end with their retirements or later with that of J.P.Chilton. Since then, continuation has been primarily in the hands of Dr G.T.Burstein, with studies of the mechanism of corrosion and passivation, and methodsof lifetime prediction. New methods of probing the microscopic processes onelectrode surfaces are being developed, enabling the investigation of, for example,microscopic depassivation on titanium and stainless steels. On the electrochemicalprocessing front, studies in relation to fuel cells are of continued importance,seeking new electrolytic surfaces for electrodes and overcoming the perennialproblem of electrocatalyst poisoning. Another avenue of electrochemical process-ing research is in the treatment of surfaces for particular properties, extending tothe production of special microstructures. Much of the work still takes place in theoriginal Goldsmiths' Laboratory. Tim Burstein's eminence in the corrosion field isreflected by his editorship of the journal Corrosion Science.

Aqueous corrosion is not, of course, the only mechanism by which surfacedegradation can occur. High-temperature corrosive environments create particularproblems, and for many years Dr J.A. Little has been engaged in studyingthe mechanisms of attack and ways in which resistance can be improved, bothin terms of bulk compositions and surface treatment such as the application ofcoatings.

Page 33: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 27

Figure 17. Professor R. S. Hutton.

PROFESSOR R.S. HUTTON, GOLDSMITHS' PROFESSOR OFMETALLURGY 1932-1944

The establishment of the Goldsmiths' Chair in Metallurgy is a mark of the flexibil-ity of the Cambridge system in earlier days. The upgrading of the Readership,held by Heycock until his retirement, to a Chair came as the direct result of com-munications from a Government department. On 3 March 1930, F.E. Smith ofthe Department of Scientific and Industrial Research (DSIR) wrote to the ViceChancellor lamenting the shortage of metallurgists for posts in industry and ingovernment service in relation to the technical advances taking place, which wereincreasingly concerned with the study of the materials used. It was at this time, forexample, that designers like Barnes Wallis were promoting the use of aluminiumalloys for aircraft structures. Existing metallurgists were generally from a fullhonours course in Metallurgy at such institutions as Birmingham University andthe Royal School of Mines, recruited directly from school, and the MetallurgyResearch Board of the DSIR was not satisfied that these sources of supply weresufficient or the only desirable ones. The DSIR stated that it 'would, for example,welcome the appointment of men who had taken high honours in Chemistry andPhysics in the Natural Sciences at Cambridge, especially if they have added totheir previous studies a sound knowledge of the principles of metallurgical science,as, for example, by a post-graduate course'. The communication continued:'These considerations, bearing as they do on the careers that may be open toCambridge men who have acquitted themselves with distinction in the Tripos,appeal to the Metallurgical Research Board to justify them in suggesting that theybe brought to the notice of the General Board or other appropriate body in theUniversity' .

Page 34: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

28 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

The General Board, who considered that the desires of the DSIR could best bemet by the establishment of a Professorship in the subject, raising its profile, passedthe communication and comment on to, the Council of the School of PhysicalSciences on 20 March 1930, and the Council met on 16 May. Present wereProfessor A. Hutchinson (Chairman, Mineralogy), Professor Inglis (Engineering),Professor Sir William Pope (Chemistry), Sir Lenox Conyngham (Reader inGeodesy) and Messrs. Landon, McCombie, Rideal, Taylor, Thurkill and Turner.They strongly supported the proposal of the General Board to convert theGoldsmiths' Readership of Metallurgy to a Professorship. A committee of theCouncil, comprising Professor Inglis together with Messrs G.I. Taylor, Rideal andU.R. Evans, was appointed to consider the possibility of drawing up a syllabus fora i-year course of post-graduate study in metallurgy, to report to the Council on2 June 1930. As reported in the University Reporter, Hutchinson confirmed, on6 June, the following resolutions to be passed back to the General Board:

1. The Council consider that in order to obtain a man of sufficient eminenceto develop the subject of metallurgy, it will be advisable to appoint aProfessor of Metallurgy rather than a Reader in Metallurgy.

2. They suggest that the possibility of converting the Goldsmiths' Readershipof Metallurgy into a Goldsmiths' Professorship of Metallurgy (as madepossible by Heycock's retirement) should be considered.

3. They consider it desirable that a 'l-year post-graduate course in Metallurgyshould be established as soon as practicable.

The report was received by the General Board in the Easter Term 1930, agreedand passed to the Council of the Senate, who were thus able to announce theestablishment of the Goldsmiths' Professorship of Metallurgy in the Reporter on 20October. It is interesting that the Goldsmiths' Company had agreed to transfertheir financial support from the Readership (the interest on £10,000), which hadbeen very much a personal support for Heycock, to the new Professorship withan annual augmentation of £450. This left a shortfall of £500 per annum to befound by the University. Times were hard financially, but Professor Pope, con-tinuing the strong support from Chemistry, agreed to a reduction of £250 in hisrecurrent grant and Professor Inglis (Engineering) agreed to a similar reduction. Inthe latter case, however, he considered that some of the teaching should be doneby his Department, 'where certain apparatus and other facilities already existed'.Presumably, he was thinking of mechanical properties and mechanical testing. It isalmost certain that this caveat resulted in the appointed Professor (Hutton) invitingthe metallurgist Dr Tipper in Engineering (whom he already knew) to take part inthe teaching, both in lectures and in practical instruction.

The Professors involved in these negotiations were clearly independent powers,negotiating directly with the University in relation to resources, with the system

Page 35: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 29

Figure 18. Professor R.S. Hutton.

based on mutual trust and minimum bureaucracy, without rigid procedures.Professor Sir Alan Cottrell has commented that he still found this ethos prevailingto a large degree when he was appointed to the Goldsmiths' Chair in 1958.

Thus was the Professorship established. What was the background of themetallurgist appointed to this important new post? How eminent was he?

Hutton (Figs. 17 and 18) was born in 1876 and studied chemistry at OwensCollege, Manchester, under Professors H.B. Dixon and W.H. Perkin, with adeveloping interest in applied chemistry and technology. Little metallurgy wastaught in Manchester until 1906, when H.C.H. Carpenter was elected as the firstProfessor of Metallurgy. As in Cambridge, Birmingham and elsewhere, the originsof metallurgy had been in applied chemistry.

On graduation, Hutton went to Leipzig in March 1898, spending 18 monthsin Ostwald's laboratory, attending lectures by the great man and others on crystal-lography. Sadly, he failed to pass the preliminary examination as required beforecommencing research, but claimed to have benefited from the physico-chemicalresearch going on around him under Ostwald, Bredig, Luther and Wagner, thelast work to be particularly significant later on. After Leipzig, Hutton spent a fewmonths in Paris with Moissan, who was developing various types of electricfurnace, but who previously was famous as the first chemist to isolate fluorine andseveral metals by electrolysis. Using electrical heating methods, Moissan producedcarbides, notably calcium carbide, for the first time, receiving one of the earlyNobel prizes. Whilst in Paris, Hutton attended a short course of lectures by LeChatelieron alloys, which seem to have disappointed him somewhat, although,overall, he was inspired by the great man. This esteem may have been partly in

Page 36: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

30 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

relation to Chatelier's publications on scientific management and intellectual lead-ership in science and industry, as for example in the paper 'Formation des Elites'(Bull. Soc. Industrielle de Mulhouse, 214-236, 1928). This is a recurring theme inHutton's own contributions as described later.

From 1894 to 1908, he worked initially in a mainly administrative capacity inthe Manchester University Physics Laboratory, with the geologist A. Schuster(Hutton's future father-in-law) and A.T. Stanton. Schuster retired early, at theage of 56 in 1908, making way for Ernest Rutherford who came from Montrealin mid-1907 to continue his work on radioactivity. In 1900, Hutton had beenappointed Lecturer in charge of the Electrochemical Laboratory on a salaryof £100 p.a., which rose to £250 after 8 years. His scientific/technologicalcontribution whilst in this post was the use of electrical furnaces for fusing andshaping quartz, which led to the start of a company, Thermal Syndicate Ltd,famous for 'Vitreosil'. Financial pressures persuaded him to leave academia at thispoint and to accept an offer in 1908 to join his brother in an old silver-platemanufactory in Sheffield. This opportunity had come with a transfer of authorityin the company to his side of the family following the death of an uncle.

The firm of William Hutton and Sons Ltd had been founded in 1800 by hisgreat-grandfather, mainly engaged then in 'close plating' i.e. silver plating oniron and steel by soldering, for both harness and domestic articles. The firm waslater to pioneer the making of spoons and forks from nickel-silver (i.e. nickeldecolourised brass) in about 1832 and was the first Sheffield licensee for Elkingtonplate, electroplated silver onto nickel-silver. Sterling-silver flatware also becamea product and by 1907 the firm was employing 800 workers, many of themwomen, working in the buffing shops.

On joining the company in 1908, he was able to bring some scientific processcontrol into what had hitherto been very much a traditional rule-of-thumbenvironment, without even ammeters being employed in the plating baths.Metallurgically, he solved problems of 'season cracking' in nickel-silver by low-temperature annealing and developed the hardening of pewter and Britannia metalby heat treatment.

During the First World War, the plant was largely converted to the productionof cartridge brass and cupronickel components as well as some steel pressings.Hutton was able to utilise his furnace design experience for the development ofgas furnaces, using a waste gas/combustion air contraflow system for heating steelbillets for shell-head forgings and gas melting furnaces for non-ferrous production,unique at that time except for the Royal Mint, coke-fired pit furnaces being morewidely employed. The increased demand for good-quality gas that resulted causedproblems of supply and was significant in the Gas Regulation Act of 1920.

Another 'first' described by Hutton was the introduction in 1921 of work-studyinvestigations of the buffing process for spoons and forks where large numbers

Page 37: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 31

of women were employed, an early example of industrial organisation andmanagement, particularly in relation to industrial fatigue. These detailed studiesunderlined the need for better working conditions and the installation of workscanteens, even leading to a 'Buffers' lunch club in Sheffield and the conversionof an old chapel into the 'Howard Street Club for Women Workers', which ranfrom 1914 to 1956. In 1922, Hutton gave the Institute of Metals Autumn Lectureon 'The Science of Human Effort: Motion Study and Vocational Training'. Thiswas an interest which was to continue.

During the interwar period, Hutton took an interest in promoting the exchangeof scientific and technical information, initially in the establishment of a panelof translators with some knowledge of the three major branches of the Sheffieldtrade: heavy steel, silver and electroplate, and cutlery. In similar vein, when afounder member of the Association of Special Libraries and Information Bureaux(ASLIB), he introduced a plan which extended such a translation panel to thewhole country.

Sadly, the slump in world trade which followed World War I destroyed theexport trade for Hutton's firm, and the works in Sheffield were closed and theassets sold off in 1923. He had been aware that this was likely to happen from1921 and looked for another post. He had already taken up an interest as afounder member of the Council of the British Non-Ferrous Metals ResearchAssociation (BNFMRA) and was asked to take an initially temporary position asDirector of the Association to see the enterprise safely launched.

Hutton's role was to encourage membership of the Association amongst thefirms producing and fabricating non-ferrous metals, many of them then small. Theminimum subscription was £25 and, pound for pound, government support waspromised, subject to a total industrial support of £25,000. Although this does notseem much, even allowing for the change in the value of money, Hutton had ahard job achieving this total, with much travelling around the country. The maindifficulty was the fear that through cooperative discussion and research, individualsecret techniques would be lost to competitors. In fact, this remains a difficultytoday with industrial support of academic research.

The objectives of BNFMRA were first to carry out experimental researchon problems likely to be of service to the industry as a whole, and secondlyto organise an information department which would provide members withup-to-date reports in the whole field. Hutton's enthusiasm for the latter aspect wasbound up with the foundation of ASLIB. Initially, the practical research activitiesat BNFMRA were all extra-mural, with the administrative headquarters inBirmingham, but in 1930 a move was made to 40 Euston Road in London, whereboth office and laboratory accommodation was provided.

The election of Hutton is surprising bearing in mind the calibre of the com-petition presented by people like Daniel Hanson, who had become Professor of

Page 38: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

32 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Metallurgy at Birmingham University in 1926, or perhaps even U.R. Evans, whowould have been an internal candidate. In his autobiography, Hutton commentedthat the professorial stipend was at least 40% less than he was in total receivingfrom BNFMRA, and that he considered himself 'most unworthy to take such apost in a famous school of metallurgical research of the type established byHeycock'. It is certainly true that his experience was almost wholly technologicalin relation to industrial activity, reflected in the relatively few publications attrib-uted to him. Modestly in the autobiography he states 'thanks to the way in whichmy imperfections were overlooked, I have never regretted my decision' (to acceptthe post). He admits that in an early lecture to the University Chemical Society onhis activities at BNFMRA on copper locomotive fire-box stays and lead cablesheathing, the Chairman, one of the professors present, whilst expressing thanksand interest said that he could not understand why such work could be called'research'! In truth, although evidently a consummate politician, Hutton neverattained the academic stature of his predecessor Heycock. His interests andpublications had been largely concerned with historical subjects, aspects of indus-trial psychology and technical education, and there were no seminal scientificcontributions as there had been with Heycock before he was made a Reader.

Undoubtedly, he had powerful friends. His father-in-law was Sir ArthurSchuster who had been Secretary of the Royal Society from 1912 to 1919, andHutton described Sir William Pope, Professor of Chemistry, as 'myoId friend'.He also recorded in his autobiography that he knew some of the electors, and one'intimately'. The electors to the Chair in 1932 were Sir Harold Carpenter (RoyalSchool of Mines), Lord Rutherford, Brigadier General H.B. Hartley, H. Thirkill,Professor Inglis, G.!. Taylor and Sir William Pope. Hutton was certainly a manwho was well travelled and had a wide circle of contacts and friends. At one timein Cambridge, he announced that he was a member of 199 committees, leadingU.R. Evans to suggest that he could have one from him to make up the round200!

If his appointment still seems strange, perhaps another of his activities may besignificant. Before the 1939-1945 war, he had for many years kept in close touchwith German metallurgists, some of whom he had got to know well, and hedeveloped a keen interest in refugees, particularly those from Germany, perhapsinfluenced by the fact that his father-in-law's family (Schuster) had emigrated fromFrankfurt-on-Main to Britain, rather than be under Prussian domination. Hutton'sown part in aiding the escape of refugee scholars from Nazi Germany, to Cam-bridge in particular, prior to 1939, was recognised in 1961 by a reception on his85th birthday and with a letter signed by 160 of them. Amongst those so helpedwere Dr E. Scheur, Professor W.H. Fraenkel, Professor F. Haber, Professor M.Born, Dr P. Ewald and Dr G Schlesinger, the latter a world authority on machinetools. Professor W.H. Fraenkel appears in the Department photograph for 1939

Page 39: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 33

and presumably had been given laboratory space by Hutton for a while. Dr W.J.Kroll, who had discovered methods for producing ductile titanium and zirconiumin a private laboratory in Luxembourg, also came over to Britain to try to transferhis work. His cause was championed by Hutton in both governmental andindustrial circles, but without positive response. In 1940, therefore, Kroll went tothe USA where he was welcomed, giving a head start there to the productionof titanium for aircraft applications. It may be that Hutton had more than aphilanthropic interest in refugee scientists and had some official governmentresponsibility to encourage and assess those who wanted to come over.

Although perhaps not directly relevant to Hutton, research by Dr David Burkefor a book on Melita Norwood, The Granny Spy, has indicated that government,through the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research (DSIR), consideredit essential that a government official should be the next Director ofBNFMRA tosucceed Hutton. This condition was met by the appointment of Harold MooreCBE from Woolwich Arsenal. This is interesting in so far as a Soviet spy ringoperated inside the Arsenal in the 1930s before being broken up by the SecurityServices in 1938. Melita Norwood, who was working as a secretary at BNFMRAat the time, was linked to this spy ring, and MIS accordingly opened a file on her.She went on to be secretary to the then Director, G.L. Bailey, at the time whenBritish Nuclear Fuels (BNFL) was working on the separation of uranium isotopesby diffusion within the atomic-bomb project, code-named Tube Alloys, beforethe British effort was transferred to the USA. The overall interest of Governmentin non-ferrous research in the 1930s may have influenced Hutton's appointmentto Cambridge.

Hutton's interest in ASLIB continued during his tenure of the Goldsmiths'Chair. He had been made a Member of the Court of the Worshipful Company ofGoldsmiths in 1936 and was Prime Warden from 1942 to 1943. It was a mark ofhis widespread influence that in 1938 parties from the British Association Meetingin Cambridge visited the Department.

In relation to the Department, his greatest achievement was to establish metal-lurgy as an optional subject within the field of the chemistry examination papersfor the Part II Natural Sciences Tripos. With continued effort, this led to theacceptance of Metallurgy as a separate Pt II subject in 1938, although its status asa Sub-Department of Chemistry continued.

In 1943, an examination in Pt I of the Tripos enabled students to takemetallurgy as a half-subject, along with chemistry, physics, mathematics or otheroptions. No doubt Hutton's committee experience and political skill helped inwhat must have been a difficult progression to full acceptability of the subj ectwithin the School of Physical Sciences.

W.D. Clark (Willie, Downing 1934-1939), has confirmed that in the year1936-1937 Hutton called together the final-year class that had elected to take the

Page 40: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

34 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Page 41: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 35

Metallurgy course as the option in Pt II Chemistry and said 'Gentlemen, I do notknow if you have thought about the examination you have to take at the end ofthe year to get your degree. It is the Pt II Chemistry examination, and the fourpapers each give a choice of the questions you seek to answer and contains ques-tions involving metallurgy. If you look at each of the previous year's papers, youwill find that they include only one question which is clearly metallurgical andone which verges on metallurgy, so you will have no choice in the metallurgicalquestions you answer, and you will have to be able to answer many purely chemi-cal questions. This has meant that the brightest student I have ever had throughmy hands got only a 2.2, and I do not think any of you are likely to do better.You may not know, however, that if the University does not provide any exami-nation suitable for the course of study you wish to pursue, you are entitled toconsult your Professor, and if he agrees, he can give you a Certificate of DiligentStudy, in which case you take no examination and proceed to your degree on thebasis of your Part I result.'

Clark recalls that, not surprisingly, the seven who had opted for metallurgywent one by one and asked to be treated thus and were told 'Yes, if you studydiligently'. Hutton then went to the Faculty Board and reported 'All my younggentlemen have asked for a Certificate of Diligent Study, and certainly they havegood reason to ask and I propose to give them one'. Two years later, a separateexamination for Pt II Metallurgy was introduced. This was crucial for the devel-opment to the eventual full separation from Chemistry to form a new Depart-ment. After a period of research work for an MSc with Stockdale, Clark joinedICI at Billingham in July 1939 and remained with the company for the rest of hisprofessional career. Usefully for the students, Hutton introduced a practical courseon Engineering Workshop practice with tuition in the use of machine tools,planer, shaper, miller and lathe and encouraged students to take summer jobsgiving relevant experience. Professor Hutton gave a weekly lecture on mining andsmelting and took a group of students to Sheffield to see various works there.Clark recalls being instructed to 'wipe your feet' before entering the SheffieldUniversity metallurgy department. Research effort in Hutton's time appears, how-ever, to have remained fairly static, apart from the major contribution whichcontinued to be made by U.R. Evans and his team.

The Departmental photographs taken in Hutton's time begin the records inAppendix IV. Stockdale and Gould were the most prominent members of thestaff Stockdale did much of the metallurgy teaching and research and was, in fact,appointed Director of the Sub-Department of Metallurgy from 1 October 1944until Wesley Austin's appointment as Professor on 1 October 1946. Gould wasdescribed as 'U.R. Evans' right-hand man'. His interest was in paints on metalsand in corrosion fatigue, and he eventually became Professor at the University ofNatal.

Page 42: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

36 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 19. Dr C.F. Tipper.

Although not a member of the Metallurgy Department staff, and thus notappearing in the 1937 group photograph, the distinguished metallurgist Dr C.F.Tipper (Fig. 19) had by then been invited by Professor Hutton to give a series ofeight lectures in the Department, a course which was to continue for a number ofyears. In view of this important association, her career is of interest in the presentcontext.

Page 43: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 37

gesture. Thbreakthrough to deelements in plastically \,...J,.••.••jl.-'-'.L.L.L.L,,~\,...J,. ''''.LI-J-.

the relevant combination ,n+c 11'~ r-h1'"',

Diehl's rule, could perha"-"C'rY'I£'T'P"-"1'"'

was an essential foundaltt~i;~~.:~~£~~~and inspired Taylor to 1

For this, and earlierUniversity in 1926. Her r)OC)K 1npioneering treatment of an imp

1928, she married GeorgeslLlpc~rintttendentof the Geologic

929, she settled in·~~~~it~f~~:~~years. Her associati

:~~~~::~:~:~;~~~::n~l:~~:~~~),UgH JlIUIl,. having any official univ

"l""Xl'''l1'"'r-iprf nera Research Fellowship forW ith war starting in 1939, she took

~..~~1·~~i~~~~i~~~.~Department and oversan for the war effort. Her

Page 44: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

38 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Page 45: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 39

is still essential reading tc)bBtain a detailed picture of the way in which thesuBject has developed over the years, and particularly in relation to theappreciation of the importance of the materials aspects.

(S{)nstance.Jipper retired .in1960,.arlcl(~:rhusBand.having died earlier)wentto·live with her Brother at BanKI-:Iopse,LangwathBy,·.Cun'lBria.Colleagues held her in high .esteern and found her a pleasure to work with,although of independent character and somewhat outspoken. A youngassistant in the Department of Engineering get ailed to report to Mrs Tipperrecalled how, .finding her seated at her desK with her door open, he. stoodin the doorway awaiting instruction. She.IooKed up and asked him 'areyour hands cold?' Thinking 'what akindfold Jady' he responded 'Thankyou, no'. She then snapped 'then take. your hands out of your pocketswhen you are speaking to me'!

Her work was always meticulously carried out and remains as one of themajor contributions to the developme11.t.oftrletallurgical science. There canBe no doubt that she was an outstanding metallurgist who should have hada great deal more recognition in her lifetime.

Hutton's tenure of the Goldsmiths' Chair relates now to the earliest of personalmemories from those still alive today, like W.D. Clark. Roger Hargreaves (inCambridge 1934-1941) recalls that in his time much of Heycock and Neville'shistoric equipment was 'lying about and part of the spacious background furnitureof those relaxed days', and with 'something of an orderly litter of ancient andmodern Cambridge Instrument Co. and Foster Instrument Co. galvanometers,bridges, potentiometers, recorders, and purpose-made electric furnaces'. Smallgas-fired injector furnaces were employed for making alloys but with a molybde-num-wound resistance furnace using hydrogen-protected windings for controlledatmosphere melting at higher temperatures. The Department was, as recordedearlier, established in the basement of the Chemistry Department. Hargreavesrecalls that the rolling mill was installed in the area where Professor Pope hadproduced mustard gas in World War I, resulting in it being referred to as 'Hades',with the smaller area next door containing a gas-fired furnace with noisy centrifu-gal Blower Being christened 'Little Hades'. After graduation, he went on to doresearch on the zinc vapour pressure of brass. His first job was in the AviationDepartment at Shell in the Thornton Aero Engine Laboratory, although, Becauseof the shortage of equipment there, Hutton allowed him to continue pursuingaero-engine problems in the Cambridge Department using all facilities until 1943,whilst getting together research equipment at Thornton. Hargreaves' subsequentmajor contribution was in the development of nickel-aluminium alloys forexhaust valves in aero-engines.

Page 46: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

Robe Cahn ;19~1: 94:;r::::h~~~e::rt:;:\::Hut~~:'S~I~~~~fi;ll: 1

. . . .!~~;=~~~~~~p nml~" ~~ IIU~~~ _ c~'r~~~~l

his home in Chau ~ _,-oad. . 1 ;~~~~~:~:hwell disposed to refugees like .ter ::J' and 'A 111P'

necessary Littlego examinatio rtl"l c "'1 It ty:~l~"where his Director of Stiidie _ -u 'F I

half-subject Metallurgy andMathematics. Cahn found ,~ I~ sting,with good teaching by Drs LJ llips, '1ockolds WoosL .In fact, the X-ray diffraction () course undoubtedly

!:fl;:~~~:r!:~;t:~~e~~:;~; ~:: ~~~~ulOve ~~u~:~a~~:"'nlL....I·"'"

to research on polygonisation V\ :-: \i g his PhD in 1950, he1 . _ T T

to ~K t as Scientific Officer t' "1aI. ,y then a Senior Scientific

: If! ~oved :~deL~ ~~~] r - 00 ::~~v~~v~~~:r~~llegeIPS, Ba 60r, fOL .-C:. "0 to the University of

Sus ~)Cas >rofessor 0 Materi and th Dean of Engineering until19""7f' at the Universitie Sud, ~""" _': California Institute 0- followed and the ent, , 986 he '( me ar ti~@~ i Research Fell i1'1hi 'rr .•. . .. ,impF1r~:b~r 1~r~t::n~~ie ;:;;~i ; a p alliirg ~llat~~:i~~;·

C thers (nee Lechem, upal IlLridge from 1942 to . .:.;i' I_ ~~h~~:~~~~:ft~~'. re~~s a .. 1 <11 :bL~~-mix of netallurgy, mineralogy, 1~ and 1 _. ~y was dt d upo1'l' ..'

;:: t~:an~ ~; ~~:t:~~~;:~::ht~:c:~;: ~~::~~~i~is~t~i~nall~;~"T~rV:~'~li:tl~;.;m~it~l~~.~'14-~:T~,-,~~i:initially intending to read Pt II Ch~mistry, go~~:, ~In.f$;;,~

and a talk with Professor Hutton persuaded hei c:hl e p

start of the Michaelmas term, he telephoned her inviting'hl~;o;~~.:;:~e;~~~clti.~·.•.~,the Ritz. It says as much for her' relative u I" .ation ~ . ~ ~ c

wartime London that she accepted with plea 'r'] 1 L~ . LIldl

easy host, encouraging wide-ranging conve r 1 LeI mostmemory is of the place and the service.

There were 11 students taking Pt II, including, of cours ~but she was the only girl. As regards the course, she reca ll

40 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Page 47: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 41

metallography formed a significant part of the practical element, where sheteamed up with Cahn, beginning a life-long friendship. However, herpleasure was not confined to the microscope bench but extended to c 'J'

£ nd workshop practice. She recalls a series of le::'ii~I~~~?~;tJ~~11~5i "eem llletal,~mfaces by 'an Australian' (Bowden P). .1

For a woman nletallurgist, securing a job subsequen""I~Trr..~.,

in those days. Although recommended by a main board director or llL,l

(Sir Charles Freeth) after interview, the head of ICI Metals did not t~~~iAt~~ttli~y: were 'ready for women researchers yet'. ~

In the event, her first post was with the De Havilland Aircraft C,-,~~.L.t'a.~.Ly

at Hatfield as a research metallurgist, and, as it turned out, the only'i h a post in the company. Under a Mr Weekes, she became

erienced in determining the causes of failure in aircraft. Recently,s to write 'I have never regretted .ng a metallurgist'.

Page 48: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

42 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 20. Professor G.P. Wesley Austin,Head of Department in (a marvellous

pressure-cooker period. '

PROFESSOR G.P. WESLEY AUSTIN, GOLDSMITHS' PROFESSOROF METALLURGY 1945-1958

Hutton was followed by G.P. Wesley Austin (Figs. 20 and 21) as Goldsmiths'Professor. Born in 1881, he was educated at Friends School, Sibford, QueensCollege Taunton, Birmingham University and the Royal Technical High School,Aachen. Like Hutton, he had many contacts in Germany and spoke the languagewell, an ability subsequently to be important.

After graduation, he was employed by the Admiralty, becoming PrincipalScientific Officer and Superintending Scientist, RN Torpedo Factory and Experi-mental Research Establishment, Greenock. A particular interest seems to havebeen steel pressure vessels (i.e. cylinders and containers), and for a period hewas Chairman of the Home Office Committee in this area. He was also activeon British Iron and Steel Research Association (BISRA) committees and as anOECD consultant. His publication record is not very strong: Modern Open HearthSteelworks in 1924 and, later, Effect of Molten Solder on Some Stressed Materials(1936).

On the face of it, Austin's appointment to the Goldsmiths' Chair on 1 October1945 also appears to be difficult to explain. By 1945, there were many possiblecandidates of substantially bigger reputations, with the growth in the number ofmetallurgists engaged in industrial research, if not in academia. Nor does the list of

Page 49: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 43

Figure 21. Professor G.P. WesleyAustin, retirement portrait by Arnold

Mason, 1958.

electors throw much light. They were Professor Sir William Bragg, E.K. Rideal(Director of the Royal Institution), Dr A. McCance (British Iron and SteelAssociation), Sir H.B. Hartley, Professor Inglis, Dr McCombie and Dr D.R. Pye.At least two, however, would have known Austin through Government contact.One internal candidate, the lecturer D. Stockdale, who had played an importantteaching and research role and who had acted as Director of the Sub-Departmentin the interregnum (1944-1946) between Hutton's retirement and WesleyAustin's physical arrival, was overlooked and resigned his post. C.S. Smith, theBritish metallurgist who had been employed in the Los Alamos project, wasoffered the Chair, but had already committed himself to a post in Chicago a fewdays earlier, an undertaking that he could not break. In conversation later, headmitted to being very disappointed at the missed opportunity. He went on tobecome one of the most highly respected metallurgists in the USA and a 'fatherfigure' in the subject. F.R.N. Nabarro, who was said also to be interested insucceeding Hutton, worked in the Ministry of Supply from 1941-1945, but thenwent to work with Charles Frank in Bristol, an important metal physics centreat the time, as a Research Fellow. He later moved to Birmingham University as alecturer and then to South African Professorships, firstly at Witwatersrand andthen at Johannesburg.

Austin was a small, busy, neat man with a puckish grin and social charm.He had many contacts in industry and in government laboratories, and hadbeen involved in assessing the industrial position in Germany after the war. Thesecontacts were particularly important in obtaining research funding and essentialresearch equipment for what was, by the rapidly changing standards of the times,

Page 50: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

44 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

a very poorly accommodated, equipped and funded laboratory, which, confirmedby Hargreaves' observations (see earlier), seems not to have changed greatly fromHeycock's time. In the original plan for the Lensfield Road Chemistry site,about 26,000 sq ft had been allotted to Metallurgy for teaching and research, anddetailed planning for this space had been prepared by the Department and agreedby the architect in the original conception of the building. With the developmentof the Lensfield Scheme, however, and limitation in the size of the buildingin relation to the needs of Chemistry, it was agreed that Metallurgy would not,after all, move to Lensfield Road and that equivalent space would be found forMetallurgy in the rooms vacated by Chemistry on the New Museums site. Thespace allotted from Chemistry, to add to the basement area already occupied byMetallurgy, amounted to 5,000 sq ft, most of it large teaching laboratories, whichwere desperately needed. To an extent, this need related to the extremely incon-venient way in which staff and students had to move between the Goldsmiths'teaching laboratory (as it was then) and the mechanical and heat-treatment labora-tories, via walkways in the central-heating boiler house of the building (includingChemical Engineering). In this noisy and dusty area, resided the boiler man'Charlie' Crook who frequently caught ducks on common land on his way towork.

In fact, a lasting impression for many alumni, even into the 1960s (for exampleP.A. Jones 1965), by which time a corridor had been constructed circumventingthe passage through the boiler house, was that the basement was a warren of smallrooms, everything slightly dirty and tatty, yet 'somehow enriched by a real sense ofscientific history and endeavour.

Wesley Austin's period of office as Head -of Department began, of course, justafter the end of World War II, described by the then young undergraduate TomFarthing as 'a marvellous pressure-cooker period', with everyone determined toburn the candle at both ends after the restrictive war years.

As a result of growth in the student numbers .and the slow release of space, therewas still a desperate need for practical teaching and research space and researchequipment. Austin had good relations with ICI, and in 1953 this enabled thepurchase of a Siemens UM60 electron microscope and a Triib hot-stage refracto-meter. Other electron-diffraction apparatus was funded by the Distillers Company.A number of fatigue-testing machines were also obtained from Germany, muchused by G.C. Smith and his group.

Wesley Austin's greatest achievements were in obtaining further accommoda-tion and much-needed equipment and in building up the teaching and researchstrength, welcoming research students from other universities. In response to theshortage of research space, before more was allotted in the main building, he wasable to obtain University permission for a .hut to be built alongside the Austinwing of the Cavendish. The construction was supervised by F. T. Bridgeman, whohad been appointed Chief Assistant in 1947. "The disposition of accommodation

Page 51: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 45

m:~URG'l LABORAl'ORIES - 5,000 ro.2

Wecha- Furnacenica1 RDomTesting

U1cr08co~esandBalances

___ 1

-I It jointly withDepartment orChem1stry.

10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 eo 90--~--~--~~--~~--~~-~Scale of' Feet.

Figure 22. Metallurgy in Chemistry basement.

thus available in 1950 is shown in Figs. 22 and 23. Fig. 24 shows occupants of theGoldsmiths' Laboratory circa 1951.

Bridgeman (Fig. 25) had entered University service in 1936 as an assistant toProfessor Norrish in Physical Chemistry. For 6 years during the war, he worked inChurchill's 'dirty tricks' Department, the Special Operations Executive (SOE), in'the Fryth', Welwyn, then returned to Physical Chemistry, but moved to Metal-lurgy in 1947 as Wesley Austin's 'right-hand man' in relation to Departmentadministration. Austin would find it hard to operate within present-day bureau-cracy and more centralised administration. His advice to Bridgeman was 'nevercommit anything to paper unless forced to do so' and 'wait until the third time ofasking before responding to officialdom'. A favourite file was the waste-paperbasket. Both used the phrase 'the matter is in hand' frequently.

Important additions were made to the staff. When an undergraduate, G.C.Smith of Pembroke had taken Metallurgy in Hutton's time and then proceeded toappointment as a Demonstrator (1948) and then Lecturer (1953) quite quickly ongraduation, becoming a mainstay of the teaching for many years subsequently.With the arrival of the Siemens electron microscope, Dr ]. Nutting moved infrom the Cavendish as a Demonstrator in 1949. Other members of staff were

Page 52: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

46 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Metallurl1v - Research EuilCin::r.2.000 f'~. 2

S1gma Phase High tempera-

Inh1bi tors ture micrc>s"cope •

..j

Dr. Hoar I PowderMetallurgy

,

store.

IOxy- IHydrogen

Gas Cell

f

Vacuum

IMelting. I -~I

IHigh ContinuousFrequency CastingGenerator.

II

Haigh

IFatigueMachine Mill

II!j

Figure 23. The hut.

Entrance

U.R. Evans and T.P. Hoar. With the retirement of U.R. Evans in 1954, Hoar,Nutting and Smith carried most of the heavy teaching load between them. Aplaintive note from Hoar to Professor Austin in October 1955 pointed out that he(T.P.H) was to give 68 lectures and supervise the entire Pt II class (of 30 students)in chemical aspects of the course as well as Pt I for several Colleges and direct thework of five research students. This is substantially confirmed in official recordsfor the time (Table 1); in addition, staff were in attendance for courses during theLong-Vacation period of residence.

With the construction of 'the hut', and prior to the completion of the moveof Chemistry to Lensfield Road, chemical metallurgy and casting technologyresearch was carried out there, with close relationships established in almost a

Page 53: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 47

Figure 24. Occupants of the Goldsmiths} Laboratory circa 1951 - Owen Dunmore} LionelSirwardene, Don Harris.

Figure 25. F. T. Bridgeman receiving a retirement gift fromDave Duke.

Page 54: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

48 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Table 1. Metallurgy - Teaching Schedule From Archives, 1955-1956

Number of hoursof formal teaching

Other teaching, ifany, excludingsupervision of

Demonstrations Research StudentsLectures

Members of the establishedgraduate staff by name(excluding Professors and Readers)Dr T.P. Hoar 68J. Nutting 37

80120 Four lectures to

post-graduate engineersFour lectures topost-graduate engineers

G.C. Smith 60 120

Formal teaching carried out byother personsDr ].W. MartinDr TipperMr Taylor and

Dr P.B. Hirsch

88

16

32

Dr Bowden 4Research Students 2,500

'sub-culture'. Occupants in Wesley Austin's time were 'Sam' Hoar (who had hisoffice there), D.V. Atterton, F.T. Bacon, LA. Bucklow, M. Coe, K. Farmery,J.G. Hines, D. Houseman, F. McVittie, D.A. Melford, R.B. Nicholson, M.J.Olney, R. Prasad, G. Thomas and R.G. Ward. K. Bowen, P. Bradshaw, A. Duceand D.A. Temple were amongst those who remained in the Goldsmiths'Laboratory in the basement of Chemistry. Other occupants of the Goldsmiths'Laboratory, at this time during the 1950s, are recorded in Fig. 24. U.R. Evans andhis team, including Don Whitwham and J.P. Chilton, continued to occupy roomsat the top of the Chemical Laboratory.

David Atterton commenced research in 1947, studying metal/mould reactionsunder 'Sam' Hoar. He subsequently joined Foundry Services Co., rising to Chair-man in due time and with subsequently many major appointments to the boardsof major companies. Bob Ward was engaged in the electrolysis of sulphides, againunder Hoar. He moved to Sheffield, where he wrote an excellent book onthe Physical Chemistry of Steelmaking before emigrating to Australia, becoming aDirector of Broken Hill Pty.

Fraser McVittee eventually became a Director of the Steeley Company. DavidHouseman, who was to become well known in metallurgical circles, and who wasalso studying the interactions between molten metals and refractory materialsunder T.P. Hoar, shared the large room at the end of the hut with Melford. J.G.Hines was working on the stress corrosion of stainless steel with 'Sam' as supervi-sor, and was subsequently to join ICI. Mike Cole and Ian Bucklow were also

Page 55: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 49

supervised by 'Sam', the former studying the mechanism of electrolytic polishingand the latter the electrochemistry of alloy electro-deposition. Joe Olney wasworking with Gerry Smith on high-temperature optical microscopy in relation toaustenite grain-size control using a reflective objective and was a good experimen-talist, always helpful to colleagues. Mike Cole and Ian Bucklow shared a room,and the former was prone to take long weekends, but by getting back on Mondayjust before he knew Sam was to be there, he cunningly managed to hide the fact!Later, the two room-mates set up the firm Metals Research at Melbourn, still inexistence today as Metals Research Semiconductors Ltd. Their interests werethe provision of single crystals and the supply of high-temperature furnaces. IanBucklow was well known for never wearing anything but sandals on his feet, acharacteristic still apparent today. He had come up in 1948 after National Service,obtaining his BA in 1950 (ex-servicemen could take the degree after 2 years).He then worked for his PhD, supervised by Sam Hoar, as above. Derek Templeeventually rose to be Chief Executive of Imperial Smelting Processes Ltd. (R TZ),Avonmouth, bringing him into regular contact with Jim Charles. Some otherresearch students of the same general era were Costi Edeleanu, T.W. Farthing

Page 56: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

50 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

and D.W. Dewhirst. Tom Farthing became closely associated with the titaniumindustry, and David Dewhirst remained at Cambridge in the Department ofAstronomy. In 1947, research students numbered 24 in total, mainly supported byBISRA, BNFMRA, Ministry of Supply, DSIR, Rhokana Corporation and ICI.Four students were dependent on their own funds.

It was clear to Wesley Austin that some forms of process metallurgical researchcould not be carried out in the cramped conditions of the existing laboratories,even with 'the hut'. Negotiations with the University, in conjunction withColloid Science, were made for use of vacated buildings on the Sebro (Short Bros.Repair Organisation) site on Madingley Road, now part of the new Cavendish

Page 57: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 51

area. It had been a wartime development on land requisitioned from St John'sCollege in 1942 and then sold to the University in 1949 after de-requisitioning.Sebro provided large hangar repair facilities for the Short Stirling bombers operat-ing out of East Anglia, e.g. Wyton, Waterbeach and Oakington airfields. TheStirling, the first British four-engined heavy bomber, shared many design featuresof the Sunderland flying boat, but was not a particularly successful aircraft, with alow ceiling and only a moderate bomb load as compared with its successor, theAvro Lancaster. Once airborne, the plane was rugged, safe and light to handle, buttake-off and landing speeds had to be relatively high to avoid stalling, and with astrong tendency to swing sideways, thrust on the tall undercarriages produced notinfrequent collapse. Landing was best achieved by touching down with all wheelssimultaneously. Its low-level manoeuvrability led to its eventual use for glidertowing, troop carrying and paratroop dispersal. Major repairs were carried out atSebro, and on completion the various sections were taken to Bourn airfield, alsoon Madingley Road, for reassembly, testing and return of the aircraft to the homebase.

The building became known as the Ernest Oppenheimer Laboratory, reflectingthe donation of funds from the Anglo-American Corporation of South Africa,supposedly for 50/50 support of research in the Colloid Science Department andMetallurgy. In practice, however, most of the donation seemed to go to ColloidScience in relation to the work on the froth flotation of minerals, which wasunder the part direction of Professor R. Schumann, a visitor from MIT who hadworked on the recovery of uranium from low-grade raw materials in the Manhat-tan project during the war, with Dr J. Leja as the main researcher. ProfessorSchumann was an imposing figure, with a large house on Long Road and amemorable Armstrong Siddeley car.

A report in 1952 lists all the projects in the Laboratory as follows:

]. Leja - selective flotation of metals, minerals and salts by long-chain ioniccompounds, through monolayer absorption and multilayer absorption.J.G.N. Thomas - interaction of mono layers of long-chain ionic compoundswith metal ions in the substrate.J.S. McKingley-McKee - oxidation and mode of action of xanthate asflotation agent.G.A. Officer - propagation and properties of poly-oxy-ethylene ethers bylong-chain alcohols.]. Glazer - cold vulcanisation of rubber by sulphur mono-chloride.M.Z. Dogan - on the tanning of fatty acid and protein monolayers by Fe,AI, Cu and Cr ions in solution.T.A. Henderson - oxidation of metallic sulphides in the solid state.p .A. Young - mechanism and kinetics of the oxidation of molten sulphides.

Page 58: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

52 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

As can be seen, the bulk of the work related to Colloid Science, but with thelast two projects (giving S02 as the product of reaction) being kept well awayfrom the central Metallurgy Department. Henderson's work was supported bythe British Oxygen Company, and Charles recalls reviewing his work for theCompany circa 1955. Peter Young eventually became Professor of Mineral Engi-neering at Leeds University. Whilst working at the Madingley Road, site he keptseveral old cars in the hangar there, including a Mercedes.

C.C. Smith

G.C. Smith (Gerry) entered Pembroke College from Keighley Grammar School,Yorkshire, in 1942, graduating in 1944 with a first-class degree. There were onlyseven members of the Pt II class (see Appendix II), and he recalled a visitinglecturer corning each week from London on two consecutive days, stayingovernight. The lectures took place around a table in the Department library, andthe gentleman in question would solemnly take down the two-volume Metalsby Carpenter and Robinson from the shelves and enquire 'at which page did weend last week' and read on, slowly and carefully reproducing diagrams and graphsfrom the book on a blackboard whilst the class watched. After a few sessions ofthis, by general agreement the lectures were boycotted in favour of the 'BunShop' on the corner of Corn Exchange Street nearby (later demolished), exceptfor the one girl present, Miss J.R. Murray of Girton, who was more soft-hearted.On learning of this, Professor Hutton insisted on an apology to the visitor fromthe class. Whether or not the lecturer amended his technique subsequently is notrecalled.

After Smith's graduation and the arrival of Wesley Austin as Professor in 1945,recognition of his teaching skills resulted in his appointment as Demonstratorin 1948. He became a Lecturer in 1953, but throughout the period he carried amajor teaching load in the Department. His teaching and research in those earlydays were always in the physical metallurgy field, complementing Sam Hoarin the chemical field. Responsibilities under Wesley Austin evolved into controlof the mechanical testing facilities which by then included 50-ton ArmstrongWhitworth, 50,OOO-lb Macklow-Smith, 3,OOO-kg Losenhausen, 2-ton Hounsfieldand 350-kg Chevenard tensile testing units, the latter being potentially usefulat low loads, the smallest beam being 5 kg. His research activities developedprimarily in the field of mechanical properties/microstructure relationships, withparticular emphasis on fatigue in nickel, titanium and copper alloys, the influenceof hydrogen on alloy properties, and the effect of oxide dispersions in copper asproduced by internal oxidation. David Pedder, one of Gerry's research students,has expressed his appreciation of Gerry's supervision during his PhD studies on'Internal Oxidation of Copper Alloys', which he undertook from 1967-1971,

Page 59: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 53

before joining the Plessey Company at Caswell, Northants. 'Gerry was an enthu-siastic supervisor, with a most patient and gentle manner, and I really enjoyed myinteractions with him. He was also very supportive when domestic obligationsaffected progress, having confidence that I would complete my project'. Manyothers also acknowledge his skill and patience as a teacher and research supervisor.For example, Professor M.F. Ashby, very well known for his work and publica-tions on materials engineering, selection and design, graduated in the Departmentin 1957 and went on to post-graduate research under Gerry on internally oxidisedcopper alloys. In later years, after retirement, Gerry worked in harness with hisclose friend J .A. Charles, on the influence of phosphorus on banded structures iniron and the microstructure of lead alloys.

Dr F. T. Baco

F.T. Bacon was an entrepreneur whose interests in electrochemistry, andfuel cells in particular, coincided with those in the Department for a while,and he was given space in 'the hut'. He entered Trinity fioin Eton in 1922,completing the Mechanical Sciences Tripos in 1925. From there, he went asan apprentice to C.A. Parsons in Newcastl eing in charge of searchlightdevelopment from 1935 to 1939. During the 1930s, he had becomeinterested in fuel cells but was unable to convince Parsons that a workablecen.might be developed. He left Parsons in 1940, and with a cetain amountof financial support was given some space at King's College, London.However, service in the Admiralty intervened, and it was not until 1945that he was able again to 'follow his dream',. this time with support fromthe .Electrical Research Association (ERA), working under Dr Eric Ridealin the Department of Colloid Science, Cambridge. Fortunately, he hadprivate means which enabled him to continue working when the Egrant ended. With pressure pace in Colloid Scienc with WesleyAustin's cooperation, he moved his work into a room i eMetallurgyhut' and is listed as a research worker in the Department in 1948 anddescribed by other occupants;. for

c

example 'Lorn Farthing,. !is a 'beautifulman', always equable. There was some interaction with G.C. Smith in1955. Later in his work, he was handsomely supported by US funds, andwith Metallurgy relinquishing 'the hut' in 1957 on taking over more ofChemistry, he moved to Chemical Engineering.

It is interesting that in 1957 Marshall's Flying School in Cambridge wasgiven a contract by the NRDC, the objective of which was to develop andconstructa continuous-feed, fully automatic, Bacon Hydrox fuel cell of1O-kW capacity for fixed or mobile use, associated with much Americaninterest and with aeon as guiding consultant. On 25 August 1959, the

Page 60: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

54 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

developed fuel cells with 6 '~K.1~~~ •• ·(;~1~.~utwere demonstraatt~;:..a.;~]~~r~:~.J'~-:I~~~~::;forklift truck and a circular saw, < providing power ;' - .~ •

~:~E:!:~~~:~::~i:Yt~:ah t :ta::n:r::t

W

:: .•.;.•.", ",....,..}.~...;."~•.:~ 1~i'~1had no previous experience in __ _ ,as admitted in 1

1960. It may well ha llbeen thr' 11 Bacon's long associa •...r'+"wi..•.•....u Dr

Norman de BI~;l~y:fl~~~~~e[~!~~1!f!t~;~~~ei~t~e~J~~ur:n~i~o~r~~~i~f.~r...~~l~~~!College, who vv Y"P!!:: 1. ~f:~.De Bruyne was . ur. 01 I's' .as the first pupil in --'( .r H1b a 1..•.'_.L ..•.~ Lo._..rop..&.L.-I"'.He had, however, v" ...•..'U'.L ..•.I~'\;;... idea: c a raft design and in -1' designcau

and built hiS~U~W--~~~I~~~~~~~~4~~e - 'the sna~r1~(:'~·~!~itf~rsh,~.:\!I~"followed by £ run ::t .••.•e Constructichanging the .'--- with a site at 1/

1934/1935. He .J mded structures and JI'U'.Ul.L'-..., .L.•..•. U. .•..L"-'.L.LA..L'-'

construction, lead ~~~ ae A ~~ of high-strength cdtl.lll'C:Sl'TVVCC>.C':S l'.n"'·

1937, which P1U ng the war in the "yy\"''''''''+,",f'f-''''''':~ 'ot· ,.'....De Havilland M( The Redux b · ;~~~i;(REsearch at DC :~rnf sed in aircraft ~nct 1 . ,. ..:.

i~ie,~'V~-~;~fJfTI~,e~n~t~Of1....,....,. .•.-'"'-A-'-', •..•. aoneycom ..~v,~.L ••••.ctures ~low weight '-" ~ high

•. '~~:""r"')dr'~~...,....:.,.t:~:~'nl:C';~;Errbl~·'~~·~.c:.:h~t~-~·~'~]~c..lfJ:~!~hhi-·r:Aisa:'~I~~e~....:l~~~~~~1~~~l~1~~~~¥~:~~~~~_~~~d~~l.••

.t,-,.L v -,"..&..n,,-,.I..jv that hhe sUlgg;est:e::"dMal all's to Bacon LUI r l~~'~

w. u n any c v ~ableL,rA" "'{W'XTd''l~(, de d. with f-hA

Prr nd l1~U 11 .•...• 1 .•.•o.,rt a 1 .

. .:-an 11,-,

llLI

Systen1.s JLtd

Smith's lectures were precise and clear, based on a full understanding of contentwithout showmanship. A very private, modest, conscientious and careful, evenstubborn, man, he was a stickler for protocol, for example the wearing of gown,square and hood by examiners when attending examinations. His modesty as tohis contributions to the subject was ill-placed and contributed to the fact that heremained 'Mr' throughout his career, never wanting to put himself forward.Teaching, research and administration were not the only ways in which hecontributed to the life of the Department. As recalled by many, research studentsin the Department were all invited to regular weekly evenings listening togramophone records in his flat overlooking Market Hill, with refreshmentsprovided by his wife, Audrey. His musical taste was largely classical, and he built

Page 61: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 55

Figure 26. The Staff team at the annual cricket match, circa 1956. Present are G.F. Moden,John VVheatley, Alan Misson, Gareth Thomas, John Coiley, Lord David Kirkwood, BertTaylor, Jack Nutting. Front row: Gordon Hadly (remembered as a golfer)) Alan Smith and

Gerry Smith.

up a library of Mozart performances, able to recommend the 'best' interpretationsas they were available.

He was also a keen and formidable batsman in the Department cricket teamand, in later years, always played for the Staff in the annual Staff/Student cricketmatch (Fig. 26). Dr J.E.O. Mayne of the corrosion group provided a keg of beerfor the occasion, and Audrey Smith provided cake for tea. After retirement, hebecame Scientific Editor of Materials Science and Technology, the flagship journal ofthe Institute of Materials (which was merged in 2002 with the Institution ofMining and Metallurgy to create the Institute of Materials, Minerals and Mining).Serving on the Editorial Board and responsible for the refereeing process throughto the acceptance of papers, he was succeeded in that post by J.W. Martin, one ofhis early research students.

Gerry was a widely used consultant, usually in harness with J .A. Charlesafter the latter's arrival in 1960. He was the natural choice as Acting Head ofDepartment during interregnums between succeeding Professors. This was a rolehe always carried with sensitivity and care. He retired in 1984 (Fig. 27) and diedon 21 June 2003 aged 79.

Page 62: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

56 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 27. Gerry Smith at retirement.

The First Expansion Period

In the 1950s, Metallurgy had become a rapidly developing subject, attractingmuch academic and national support, which was to continue into the 1960s.Research activity in both academia and industry flourished - a heady and hopefultime indeed. In particular, dislocation theory was becoming established, solidi-fication theory and control were developing, and classical thermodynamics andkinetics were being used to understand and control processing. The intellectualapproach to the relationship between structure and properties in metals waswidening to include fibre-strengthened plastics, semi-conductors and otherelectronic materials and ceramics. Atomic energy projects gave impetus to thedevelopment of new materials and an understanding of radiation damage. Inaviation, the increasingly rigorous demands of materials for jet engines occupiedmuch attention.

The numbers of both undergraduate and research students were increasing, andmuch good work was being carried out under the direction of the staff: Hoar,Nutting, Smith and Evans. From 1946, when Wesley Austin was appointed tothe Chair, to 1958, when he retired, numbers of Pt I students had increased from30 to 120, and Pt II from 12 to 30. The number of students reading for the

Page 63: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 57

preliminary examination had increased from 15 to 80. By 1958, there were alsosome 30 research students in the department.

The class of 1958 was a rather special one in that it has held two reuniondinners. As with most events of this sort, they resulted from the enthusiasm andeffort of one man, in this case Cedric Walters. The first was in 1983, marking'25 years on', and was attended by 15 members of the class. As a student, Cedrichad been very active in generating a social cohesion in the class, arranging notonly Department parties but also lectures by visiting speakers. J .A. Charles recallsbeing so invited by Cedric in 1958, to speak on 'Oxygen in Steelmaking' follow-ing a summer vacation job with him at the British Oxygen Company's researchlaboratories in South Wimbledon. Cedric was subsequently to join BOC in theSales Technical Service Department, staying for a fair number of years beforemoving to Entores in the City of London. Sadly, he did not live to see retirement.

Whilst there had been a healthy increase in the size of the Department duringWesley Austin's time, there was a recognition that it did not have strength in thenew approaches to metallurgy based on atomic theory, materials structure anddislocation theory comparable at the time with, say, Birmingham or Oxford. Withthe retirement of Professor Wesley Austin in 1958, the opportunity was taken bythe electors to redress this situation by the appointment of Professor A.H. Cottrellfrom Harwell, having been at Birmingham. Under his direction, expansion of theDepartment accelerated further, and scientific legitimacy was established morefirmly within the Natural Sciences community.

Page 64: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

58 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 28. Professor Sir Alan Cottrell:the beginnings of materials science.

PROFESSOR SIR ALAN COTTRELL, GOLDSMITHS' PROFESSOROF METALLURGY 1958-1966

Entering University from Moseley Grammar School to read Metallurgy, Cottrell(Fig. 28) was an early wartime PhD student in the Birmingham Department,which had been given inspired leadership by David Hanson as the second FeeneyProfessor, who had been appointed in 1926. Cottrell's research was in the field ofwelding metallurgy, of significance in relation to tank armour, and had Govern-ment support, but in 1944, recognising his outstanding ability, Hanson put himonto the Staff with the remit of developing modern science concepts into bothteaching and research. Hanson also recruited Geoffrey Raynor from Oxford,where the atomic theory of metals was being developed by Hume-Rothery.Other important additions to the Staff were T. Ko, F.R.N. Nabarro, B. Bilby andL. Aitcheson, all to become well known - a powerful team indeed.

Cottrell had a straightforward Birmingham metallurgical education, but with hisnew assignment set out to teach himself the levels of advanced physics, particularlyatomic theory, necessary for the task allotted to him. These he mastered, enablinghim to take the dislocation theory forward with, for example, the now classicexplanation of strain ageing in iron. In 1949, at the early age of 30, he wasappointed Professor of Physical Metallurgy. A rapidly rising star, he was thenrecruited to act as Deputy Head of the Metallurgy Division of the Atomic EnergyResearch Establishment (AERE) at Harwell under 'Monty' Finniston.

His invitation to Cambridge on 18 January 1958 from the Vice Chancellor,Lord Adrian, was keenly accepted and a house in Luard Road purchased, not far

Page 65: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 59

Figure 29. A celebration - Jack Nutting, Alan Cottrell, Gerry Smith and Tony Kelly.

from Professor Sir Nevill Mott, already known to Cottrell by reason of theirshared interest in atomic theory. A later move was to be to a house in MadingleyRoad, previously owned by Sir James Menter ofT.I. Hinxton Hall. Through theoffices of Lord Todd, Head of the Department of Chemistry, Cottrell became aProfessorial Fellow at Christ's College.

By the end of 1958, Alan Cottrell had made his assessment of the situation inthe Department. The staff numbers were small and they were heavily overloaded,even by the standard of those days, but relaxation could still be enjoyed (Fig. 29).He determined to raise the profile of the Department to take advantage of therising interest in the subject amongst students with more and better accommo-dation, additional staff, a revised syllabus for undergraduates and large researchgrants. His association with AERE was important in obtaining such grants fromboth the Atomic Energy Authority (AEA) and the Central Electricity GeneratingBoard (CEGB), and support from the Science Research Council (SRC) enabledthe purchase of good equipment, particularly a top-flight electron microscope,which was becoming vital in the metallurgical research field, in 1959. The earlierelectron microscope in the department, obtained by Wesley Austin, had beenuseful but it was largely restricted to surface replica studies as opposed to thetransmission electron microscopy (TEM) now possible, and it had therefore madethe Department less competitive with regard to the work progressing in theCavendish Metal Physics Group.

Page 66: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

60 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 30. New Museum site fire.

As regards accommodation, the move of Chemistry to Lensfield Road enabledcontinuing expansion upwards from the origins of the Department in the base-ment, but it was still essentially Victorian with old wooden benches and woodenfloors, both soaked in chemicals, mercury in the drains and scattered facilities.Although one or two rooms had been fitted with concrete floors and benches, andsome valuable processing at elevated temperatures were carried out in these andin the basement, the building was essentially not suitable for metallurgical work, asrecognised by Wesley Austin with the building of 'the hut' and the use of theSEBRO site. The point was emphasised by two disastrous fires (Figs. 30 and 31).The determination to move to a modern, more suitable, building increased, tocome to fruition in 1971 with the Arup Building.

Cottrell was also intent on modernising the syllabus to a more fundamentalapproach. An aspect of this was how extractive metallurgy had been taught.Although Hoar and others in Pt II had introduced applied chemical thermody-namics in their lectures, he considered that in the first and second year (Prelimsand Pt I) the approach had been too descriptive and needed to be more com-pletely based on the underlying thermodynamics (as in the Dannatt/Ellinghamapproach) and reaction kinetics. To set the example, Cottrell undertook to give

Page 67: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 61

Figure 31. The fire.

these lectures, although they were not related to his fields of scientific interest,and he included the material in the standard metallurgical text he was writingIntroduction to Metallurgy, first published in 1967. This was essentially a revisionand expansion of the earlier Theoretical Structural Metallurgy, first published in 1948.This publication was a great success and has remained in print for many years.

As to staff expansion, the University provided a few additional demons-tratorships and lectureships which enabled the appointment of R.B. Nicholson(electron microscopy), A. Kelly (metal physics and non-metallic materials) and J.A.Charles (process metallurgy). Nicholson had been a research student in theDepartment and Kelly in Physics. In 1967, Nicholson left the Department to takeup the Chair at Manchester but came back to give his final-year lectures in threeconsecutive slots on every Saturday morning for 8 weeks. By this time, final-yearundergraduate numbers had climbed to almost 70, creating problems as regardslecture theatre accommodation, and this expansion was maintained in the early1970s under Honeycombe, particularly in relation to the 'new' Crystalline Statecourse (which replaced the old separate half subjects of Crystallography andMetallurgy). More than 300 students often took the first-year course (filling thenew Babbage Lecture Theatre) with 120 students going on to the second year and60+ still in the final year - halcyon days indeed.

Page 68: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

62 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

There were important developments in the teaching of crystallography, with liveTV demonstrations of the stereographic projection, undergraduates assemblingcrystal models held together with elastic bands and carving up plastic spheres tomake proj ections of various 0bjects - this very much in the Cambridge traditionof simple experiments which give considerable insight.

The facilities in the Babbage Lecture Theatre were 'cutting edge' for the time,with a battery of black and white video cameras feeding mixers and the Eidophorvideo projector, which somehow projected the image from a flowing oil film, andtook at least half an hour to warm up before each lecture. Ian Hutchings recalls hisservice as 'junior camera operator', assisting Trevor Page in the IA Crystalline Statelectures, as being somewhat stressful. Jim Charles also employed the Eidophorprojector for the large audience of metallurgists, engineers and chemical engineerswhen videoing the dismantling of equipment to component parts in his Selectionof Engineering Materials lectures. Photographs of the Brian Ralph/Trevor Pageteaching team at work in the Pt I laboratory and in the Babbage Lecture Theatreusing the video projector are given as Figs. 32 and 33.

Through the excellent relationships between the Department and Tube Invest-ments Research Laboratories at Hinxton Hall, in 1962 Cottrell was able toappoint a TI Research Fellow in the person of G.J. Davies, a New Zealander.

Cottrell also set up two new research teams in the Department, one onfield-ion microscopy (D. Brandon, P. Bowden, M.J. Southon, M. Wald) and theother on the metallurgy of high-field superconducting alloys (D. Dew Hughes,J.E. Evetts and A. Campbell). He did, of course, continue to supervise his ownresearch, focusing on three main topics, the theory of elastic-plastic deformation atcrack tips, which was useful in clarifying the understanding of fracture in semi-brittle materials, the experimental observation of deformation at crack tips instructural steel (with ].F. Knott and]. Griffiths) and fibre-strengthened composites- in the last case collaborating with Tony Kelly (Fig. 34).

In this latter field, the work was very significant. It had been discovered else-where that dislocation-free metal single crystals (whiskers) were very strong and,

Page 69: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 63

Figure 32. A Part IA Crystalline State course practical class.

Figure 33. A Part fA Crystalline State lecture in the Babbage Lecture Theatre.

Page 70: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

64 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 34. Dr A Kelly (Tony).

with the knowledge that there was a striking increase in the viscosity of fluidswhen including dispersed, stiff, rod-like particles, it was postulated that muchwork would have to be done, against friction, in pulling fibres out of their socketsin a plastic matrix, increasing resistance to fracture. Tony Kelly worked on variousaspects of this, realising that dislocation-free whiskers were not essential for thestrengthening. Inherently brittle materials were also suitable as fibres, e.g. ceram-ics, giving fracture resistance from the relatively weak interfaces with the matrix,preventing cracks in the fibres from propagating. A substantial research groupwas established in this area of research, looking at the wide potential for thisdevelopment.

Ceramics

As regards ceramics, research and teaching courses in the traditional Metallurgydepartments were generally focused on their use in refractory situations -strength in fabricated components such as bricks and crucibles, particularly atelevated temperatures, stability of component phases, maintenance of shape,chemical reactivity with metals, slags, etc. Gradually, however, interest developedin the wider use of ceramics in relation to other refractory properties, all this in

Page 71: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 65

Dr J.A .. @harles

Ji111GHarles;was invitedtojoin the DeJ?artmentas a Lectllrer in 1960 after13 years in industry. Graduating in 1947 from the Royal School of Mines,he was directed by Government toworKinthe···ResearcHDepartment ofJ . Stone ..and Go, Deptford, conducting research on bearing metals. Onrelease, he moved to British Oxygen atitsR..esearchDepartment in SouthWimbledon, initially carrying •out researcH on the oxygen· cutting process,but more importantly moving to the use ofconlmercial gases in extractivemetallurgy, particularly oxygeninifol1arid steelmaking. In 1956, he wasauthor of Oxygen in Iron and Steelmaking,tl-re first book to be .publisheddealing exclusively with the subject.· This and published J?aJ?ersbrought himto the notice of Alan Cottrell,whocollsideredthat his already wideprocess-metallurgy experiencemade him a.suitable candidate for thedevelopment of the teaching and research that he had in mind. He andDr J. Nutting (who was shortly leaving.to keaChair at Leeds University)travelled down to South Wimbledon. toa·meeting arranged by Charles'immediate boss, Cambridge graduateW-J.B.Chater, to meet him.

Charles knew nothing of the intent,lfHt;wasmerely instructed to carryon with normal experimentation, which at the time was concerned withuse of argon through hollow electrodesiwhen melting steel in a I-cwtcapacity arc furnace, prior to industrial.trials .. .i\t the end of the melt, oncethe steel had been tapped and cast, GharlesWasintroduced to theCambridge pair. He had met Nutting at conferences previously, but notCottrell. Knowing that Nutting had been offered the Leeds Chair, heenquired as "to who was replacing him at Cambridge. Jack Nuttinghad no-idea, so cheekily Charles enquired'cloyou think I would do?'

·.ii.·· ....·.·.•.··..•··..···.•••.. ·although the thought of taking a post in acadell1iahad never crossed h~i-ii.··.\: ....·..

Wnd~ Later Chater engineered that Cottrell and (2harles were alonetogetH~F,a~d the enquirywasma~e.by.Cottrell'were you seriousin y?urquestion cqpcerning suitability. fora Gan~bridge post?' An evasive answer byCnarlGswasifollqwedbyCottrell inviting him to write if.he was interestedand a visit to Cambridge. for discussions would be arranged.

r-EhefactthatCharles had taken the initiative proved importantinpreventing any action by BOG against the University for enticement, aludicrol.ls suggestion which had been made by the then Director ofResearch,\¥ho.was .very. peeved that Charles might leave andhadcorrGctlysurmised that the visit by •.Cottrell could have been to attract Charles toCanlbridge .. Onaccepting an offer that had been made by GambridgeU~iversity'Rha~J~s'lea\Tirg. was .made .as unpleasant. as possible ..•O~lY.~fterthe departure fronl BOCofthe director concerned,some years later,wernormal,llaP1?Y, lationswith •.•BOG restored.

Page 72: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

66 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

.~(~ ~I~!~Althou~ 1'"""1

throughou 11:S - ~ 1 0>

upossiblt 'A

IT .~p -

-"

";~::'rT u

. .in sion IA A l(

--

b ldened 1 u ,g~~~- d ~l 1 1 '-'r11 an stt 01 :. '} L 1

OUork c rriec :n ) ~ ..J.

. c

i~1bution of _

&. J:

1

-

1<; r1 ~ J-llmonly the 1\0\ L W i c

A ed wi " v , Of e

ck' 1A

of : •...1~ ,1mf' 11 l__l,

~RIA .I. .•• ..L

·0 - ' .-. . 1 11

~I(' v

)<~05!~.v Ir 0- If

'r

IT In~l( A IP .AI....l ,

--,....,. 1

- - .L

::f!"T .( - - rlc 1

:..t ers .nT ytt rl W '1'" I\" 1 .1 V-0

i~!{~E:~''11 ~ the TJ.. -.J

d by ....1.. ~ '1~titu~1~"i··. -~ . - .

Is and 1 .

the context of the move towards overall materials science as opposed to just met-allurgy. In the Department, this was reflected in the work begun by Tony Kelly,where the use of ceramic fibres in composites was investigated.

Page 73: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 67

Ton .lly (Fig. 34) had left theU n f ReadiIlg in 1949. andcomp eted a PhD in the Cavendish i , for which Cottrell was theexternal examiner, before going to t rsity of Illinois for 2 years andthen as an Associate Professor at Northwestern University until 1959, whenhe was appointed Lecturer in the Cambridge Department. He left to jointhe Natural Physical Laboratory i 967 in .the post of Superintendent,Department of Inorganic and Me .c Structure, then Deputy Director from1969 to 1975. He was seconded I for the period 1973-1975 beforetaking the post of Vice Chancellor, University of Surrey, in which hecontinued until 1994. Important publications included Strong Solids (1966,with revisions up to 1996), Crystallography and Crystal Dfjects (1970, revise1999). Since retirement, he has worked' the Departn1.ent as aDistinguished Research Associate. His dIstinction has been marked by thecreation of an annual Kelly Lecture in the context of the Gordon Seminars·and the Armourers and Brasiers' Cambridge Forum held in the Department.The inaugural lecture was given by Tony himself in 1999.

Effort in relation to ceramics continued with John Leake, Trevor Page (beforehe left for Newcastle), Kevin Knowles and Bill Clegg. At one point, Trevortook over the high-temperature hardness tester developed by K. Gove (Ken) inCharles' group for the measurement of the hardness of oxides and sulphides insteel at rolling temperatures. This was unique in so far as the diamond indenterwas also heated, reducing the local chilling effect on indenting. Atmosphericcontrol was also possible.

A Cambridge graduate in Physics, Kevin Knowles joined the staff of theDepartment after obtaining a DPhil at Oxford in 1979. His main interests havebeen concerned with the relationship between atomic structure and properties inceramics, for example how the barriers to electron tunnelling operate in electroniccircuit protectors, and the effect of dopant ions. As regards mechanical properties,he has been concerned with the way in which ceramic interfaces are bondedat the atomic level, which should help in producing tougher products. A majorinterest has been the mathematical modelling of these and other physical situations. .In ceramics.

Bill Clegg came to the Department from ICI, where he had worked withDerek Birchall on making toughened ceramics, particularly for use at high tem-peratures, in particular overcoming the problems associated with the prohibitivecost of existing ceramic composites. On moving to Cambridge in 1992, he startedlooking at layered ceramic structures which could be very simply made using stan-dard powder-processing techniques, ideas which have now been taken up in Japanand by the refractories industry. More recently he has been looking at extremely

Page 74: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

68 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

hard materials using nanoindentation. One of the great advances here has been inpreparing samples for the transmission electron microscope, allowing electron-transparent foils to be prepared from very specific regions, and cross-sectionsthrough indentations to be prepared. This has allowed a whole range of effects tobe studied, such as phase transformations on indentation and the effects of testingat temperature, and has led to a reformulation of the classic Peierls analysis of thelattice resistance, correcting the difficulties associated with this.

Among the first-class Pt II students in 1959 were Piers Bowden, mentioneabove, Geoff Groves and Peter Rothwell. Groves was to do important workon composites with Tony Kelly. Peter Rothwell completed a PhD underSam Hoar, with subsequent external financial support. until appointed byHoneyconlbe toa Demonstratorship i orrosion in 1967. In 1972, he leftto head the National Corrosion Centre, part of the National PhysicalLaboratory at Teddington, providing a valuable service to industry untilfalling victim to cancer.

Cottrell's Departure

Sadly, in January 1965, Alan Cottrell announced to the staff that he was leavingto be Deputy Chief Scientific Adviser to the Ministry of Defence. He becameDeputy Chief Scientific Adviser to the Government from 1968 to 1971, progress-ing to Chief Adviser for the 3 years 1971-1974. He then returned to Cambridgeas Sir Alan and as Master of Jesus College until 1986, taking the role of ViceChancellor from 1977 to 1979. In full retirement, he returned to the Department,continuing to write articles and books, e.g. Introduction to the Modern Theory ofMetals (1988), Chemical Bonding of Transition Metal Carbides (1995) and Conceptsin the Electron Theory of Metals (1998). The effects of his leadership as Professorcontinued to benefit the Department for many years after, but, in hindsight,the interruption of his scientific career by Government service may have been awaste of innovative brilliance. For him, theories were not developed as an endin themselves, but as a means of solving the problems that exist when realmaterials are used in practice.

On 23 June 2003, a unique occasion occurred in the Department when therewas held a 50th anniversary celebration of the initial publication of Alan Cottrell'sDislocations and Plastic flow in Crystals, a book which was a landmark in physical-metallurgy understanding. In an address to the distinguished audience, Prof MickBrown from the Cavendish analysed the contents of the book in the lightof present knowledge, illustrating how well the fundamental conclusions andpredictions made then had stood the test of time, reflecting the true genius ofthe author. Comments at the meeting by the author himself reflected the truemodesty of the man. As a memento of the occasion, he was presented with abeautifully re-bound copy of his seminal work from all those years before.

Page 75: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 69

Figure 35. Goldsmiths' Society tie.

The Science of Materials

By the 1960s, in the expansion period, 'materials science' and 'materials engineer-ing' were becoming accepted concepts in response to the widening of the studyand engineering use of non-metallic materials. As indicated earlier, the intellectualapproach to the relationship between structure and properties in metals was broad-ening to include polymers, fibre-strengthened reinforced plastics, semiconductorsand ceramics. Atomic energy projects gave impetus to the development of newmaterials and an understanding of radiation damage, as did the ever-increasingdemand for high-temperature-resistant materials for such applications as jetengines. The development of new investigative techniques, such as electronmicroscopy with both structural and compositional analysis capabilities, greatlywidened the possibility of relating cause and effect and thus control of propertiesin materials. Such developments were to attract research workers from otherdisciplines, particularly physics.

The movement towards 'materials science' was later to result in successive namechanges for the Department, with increasing prominence of the term in the titleto its present form.

Page 76: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

70 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

An Uncertain Future 1965-1966

There was much dismay amongst the staff when Cottrell announced his impend-ing departure to Government service. It was becoming widely known that acommittee of the University's General Board was to consider the long-term needsof the scientific departments, which included the possibility of amalgamation andrelocation, and that some had the view that Metallurgy could be absorbed intoPhysics and Chemical Engineering. These views were later enshrined in the DeerReport, published in the University Reporter of 8 December 1965 (see page 71).

The Metallurgy staff had always had to battle with Physics on several fronts, notleast in recruitment to their courses, with many college Directors of Studies inNatural Sciences being physicists. The Department relied primarily on the qualityof the teaching and the intrinsic breadth and interest of the subject in Pt II. It wasalso increasingly clear that Peter Hirsch, then leader of the Metal Physics group inthe Cavendish Laboratory, was preferred to succeed Cottrell by several influentialpeople. After all that had gone before, the concept of a physicist to take over wasa difficult one for the Metallurgy staff to accept, although Peter was well knownand liked. Their views as to the future were solicited at a dinner meeting in ClareCollege, in the C.P. Snow style. Those present included G.C. Smith, A. Kelly,J.A. Charles and Professor Brian Pippard from Physics. Pippard was himself amember of the General Board and conveyed the message to the Board that theDepartment view was that the new Professor should be a metallurgist, not a physi-cist. No doubt this, and the subsequent delays in appointing the successor, hadsomething to do with Hirsch's decision to take the Wolfson Chair offered to himat Oxford in succession to Hume-Rothery, although his own published accountclaims that this was because he had been in Cambridge for 23 years already,and considered Oxford to be a bigger challenge in view of the development inCambridge already achieved under Cottrell. Cottrell's departure in June 1965 wasfollowed by a long interregnum over the Michaelmas Term 1965 and the LentTerm 1966, with Gerry Smith acting as Head of Department.

With the requirement now for a metallurgist for the succession, the electorssought suitable candidates. The electors in 1965 were: Sir Charles Sykes FRS(Firth Brown, Pro Chancellor Sheffield University), Professor A.G. Quarrell(Sheffield University) and Sir Owen Wansborough-Jones (Director of ScientificResearch, Ministry of Supply, Prime Warden Goldsmiths' Company), with Pro-fessors H.J. Emeleus, N.F. Mott, W.A. Deer and Sir John Baker from Cambridge.Amongst those approached was Professor F.D. Richardson of the Royal School ofMines (Imperial College) but he declined the offer. His interests were exclusivelythermochemical processing and the associated thermodynamics, which did notfit well with the Cambridge Department's background or its facilities at thattime, and this was the deciding factor in his declining. Professor N. Petch of the

Page 77: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 71

Report to the General Board of the. Committee on the Long- Term .Needs ofScientific D artments

(v) Faculty of Physical Sciences..•..•..L'-,.L~'- .•."'"' the present Departments of:

MetallurgyOrganic and Inorganic Chemistry

Physical ChemistryPhysics

The Committee place Metallurgy here ather than under Technology,despite the University Grants Committee's classification of subjects, in thebelief that Metallurgy, in Cambridge, has closer academic affinities with thefundamental sciences. The Committee recognize that. Metallurgy hasaffinities with Engineering and Chemical Engineering, but recentdevelopments in the subject of Materials Science indicate a developingcloser affinity with Physics. The Co would have liked to seeMetallurgy with its present Cambridge co ,closely linked, physically, withPhysics rather than any other existing Departnlent, and indeed that wouldhave happened if it were now propose to. carry out the original plans forthe development of the New Museu ite. Metallurgy will still have a nehorne on that site; but the Committee have other recommendations forPhysics. They do not exclude the possibili ,if the present academicalaffinity persists, of Metallurgy finding it ate home side-by-side withPhysics. On practical grounds, that can hardly be expected until after theperiod with which the Committee are concerned, and in any event, withan impending change in the Headship of the Department of Metallurgy, .theacademic line of development of the subject in Cambridge cannot bepredicted with certainty. In the long-run, the Comnuttee think that it maycease to' exist in Cambridge as a separately organised subject or Department

its present form: they fores possibility that extraction Metallurgymay find most appropria .. in Chemical Engineering and most ofthe· rest of the present subject be merged in Physics. The Committee haveexcluded Colloid Science, in the knowledge that the .General Board intendto make proposals for the winding up of the Department in its present formand in the expectation that work now in progress there may be '-'''-' " .L'-''"~.~

in some appropriate other existing Department.

W.A. Deer, ChairmanK.C.Bullard

J.B.J.C . ..L"'-~.d..L~"'.L,,-"

Metallurgy Department, University of Newcastle-upon- Tyne, a respected physicalmetallurgist, was then actually elected on 12 June 1965, but withdrew after someconfusion, with a notice to this effect in the Reporter on 9 July. The list of other

Page 78: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

72 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

possibles for appointment or with an interest included G.V. Raynor, (FeeneyProfessor of Physical Metallurgy at Birmingham), J. Menter (Tube Investments,Hinxton Hall) and K.A. Jackson. Contact with Bruce Chalmers, GordonMcKay Professor of Metallurgy at Harvard, revealed that he did not want to beconsidered.

There was relief from uncertainty when finally the appointment to theCambridge Goldsmiths' Chair settled on Professor R.W.K. Honeycombe, Profes-sor of Physical Metallurgy at the University of Sheffield, elected on 2 December1965 with tenure from 1 April 1966.

Field- Ion Microscopy

Both Alan Cottrell and Jack Nutting had been very impressed by the first atomicresolution pictures produced by Erwin Muller's group in 1956. Several papersfrom around that date suggested possible applications of this technique in physicalmetallurgy/metal physics. In 1959, it was agreed that a newly qualified PhDstudent of Jack's, David Brandon, should form and head a new team devoted todeveloping both the technique and its applications. The initial remit, from AlanCottrell (and with some funding brought from the UKAEA) was to developthe technique as a way of looking at the atomistic aspects of radiation damage,stimulated by the 'Windscale incident' some years earlier, where the enquiry haddiagnosed the cause as failure of a nuclear-fuel can through radiation damage.

The initial group consisted of David Brandon, Joe Reich (a technician who hadescaped the clutches of the Nazis in Austria), Mike Southon (who came with aCambridge degree in physics) and Mike Wald (who was seconded from the IsraeliAtomic Energy Authority). The two Mikes were both research students whobegan their studies in October 1959.

The first stage in the development of the group was to build workable micro-scopes. Although the naming of instruments was generally resisted, one was calledChitra (meaning picture in Hindi) by Srinivasa Ranganathan, who was one of thelater students who made great strides in applying field-ion microscopy (FIM) tostudies of grain boundaries as part of his PhD study. Ranganathan, generallyknown as Rangu by his associates, has become one of the most prominent metal-lurgists in India, heading for some time the Department of Metallurgy in theIndian Institute of Science, Bangalore.

By the time Brian Ralph joined the team in October 1961, the first microscopewas used almost exclusively for application studies, while Mike Southon, joinedby Derek Whitmell, had built a second instrument for making more fundamentalstudies of field ionisation and field evaporation. Brian, who had been an under-graduate in the Department, was charged with looking more generally atthe metallurgical applications of field-ion microscopy (such as disorder-order

Page 79: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 73

transformations, precipitation, etc.) and working with the tungsten-rheniumsystem. The interpretation of images of solute atoms in the structures was takenfurther by Ed Boyes working with Mike Southon. Mike expanded both thescope and the science of FIM well beyond previous limits, and his very carefulexperiments are still cited today.

Brian claimed to have had initial concerns in dealing with 'the two Mikes'.Mike Wald worried him because he was seriously colour blind red/green.Although no accidents occurred, Mike Wald (being the senior research student)had Chitra from Monday to Thursday, with Brian having the 'weekend shift'.However, before operating the microscope, Brian would check all the wiring(those were the days when the live line was red and the earth green). MikeSouthon also caused Brian concern by using a very affordable system of stacks ofconventional radio batteries in series to generate several kilovolts, a techniqueoriginally introduced by Piers Bowden. There was thus potentially a lethalnumber of amperes available, rather than the microamps he needed, but thesystem was cheap and reliable. Another problem was the leakage from the polo-nium alpha-particle source supplied by Harwell, which led to a whole microscopebeing scrapped after one successful run. Piers Bowden had been involved inparallel studies in the crystallography of radiation-damage sequences, worksubsequently extended by Alan Baker in a post-doctoral year.

Derek Whitmell and Srinivasa Ranganathan were the next to join the group(October 1962) but, around 1 year later, David Brandon moved on, initially tothe Battelle Institute, Geneva, and finally to the Technion, Haifa.

At this stage, both Mike Southon and Brian Ralph were given staff posts andco-directed the field-ion group together for many years. Large numbers of visitingpost-doctorates (including John Hren) and research students (including KelvinBowkett, Richard Forbes, Henry Southworth and Roger Morgan) joined thegroup to expand its activities. Tony Kelly with Brian Ralph had co-supervised aFIM group member, George Smith, who went on to co-direct the Oxford FIMgroup for many years. The objectives of the FIM group were to improve thetechnology, e.g. brighter and better images, improved image interpretation andextension of the range of materials and application. Such developments involvedworking at temperatures lower than 80 K, and in 1964 projects using liquid neon(Kelvin Bowkett) and liquid helium (Richard Forbes) were commenced. Bythe late 1960s, FIM techniques had been extended to steels, which was attractiveto the new head, Robert Honeycombe, and the group went from strength tostrength with many more research students (including Dorothy Walgate, TrevorPage, David Davies, Alan Hildon, David Schwartz, Brian Dury, Tony Youle andSally Hill). Another important development came from the advent of the atom-probe field-ion microscope, the development of which in the Department was ledby Paddy Turner and Bob Waugh.

Page 80: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

74 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

The Development of Electron Microscopy in the Department

There had been some pre-1939 development of electron microscopes inGermany, the UK and the USA, but it was a batch of seven RCA EMB micro-scopes supplied in late 1942 under the wartime British-American lend-leaseagreement that was to make the technique more widely available in the UK.Allocation of these microscopes was made to various centres by a war-cabinetcommittee, with one coming to the Cavendish Laboratory, associated withLawrence Bragg and Neville Mott, but with hands-on control by George Crowe,previously Rutherford's personal research assistant. In 1946, Vernon (Ellis) Coslettarrived in the Cavendish on an ICI Research Fellowship and was to be in directsupervision of electron microscopy for the next 30 years or so. After the war, aSiemens UM100 microscope was also obtained by Coslett from Germany. It hadbeen liberated from the Krupps armament works by allied troops.

Reference has already been made to the arrival in 1953 of a Siemens UM60electron microscope, obtained by Wesley Austin with the help of ICI. Summerschools on electron-microscopy technique were already established in the Austinwing of the Cavendish and elsewhere and, after 1953, involved the MetallurgyDepartment as well. One such occasion in 1954 was attended by many whobecame well known subsequently (Fig. 36). Amongst those identified are Cosslett(seated centre), Jim Menter (on Cosslett's right, later to be Director of Research,Tube Investments, Hinxton Hall), Jack Nutting (seated at end of row), ArthurBrown (on Menter's right), Michael Seal (third from right of those standing),Elmer Hyam (standing fourth from left), Raymond Hart (very back row) and DonPashley (standing, above Cosslett's right shoulder, also later employed by Tube

Page 81: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 75

Figure 36. 1954 Electron-Microscopy Summer School.

Investments, Hinxton Hall and then as Professor of Metallurgy, Royal School ofMines).

At that 'School', Menter, Brown and Nutting were much involved in theteaching. Pashley had been roped in to demonstrate electron diffraction usingthe Finch camera in the Physics and Chemistry of Solids Group, having hadexperience with the technique at Imperial College, where it was developed.

This was, of course, before the thin-film technique for metals was introducedand emphasis, as far as metallurgy and materials science was concerned, was onsurface replication. Later meetings based on Cosslett's group in the Cavendishintroduced the thin-film method and were attended by people such as Bill Nixon(Engineering), Jim Long (Mineralogy) and Peter Duncumb (Physics), the latter todevelop the scanning microscope and electron-probe microanalyser in conjunc-tion with David Melford (see earlier). The electron microscopy of thin crystalsrequired more powerful microscopes and in 1958/59, with help from the AtomicEnergy Authority and the Central Electricity Generating Board, Cottrell was ableto obtain a grant from the Science Research Council enabling the purchase of atop-flight instrument, capable of imaging structure in thin films. The 'welcomeparty' (Figs. 37 and 38) on arrival of the machine introduced R.B. Nicholson,then a research student with Jack Nutting, but eventually to become successivelyDemonstrator and Lecturer in the Department. Cooperation by Nicholsonwith the Cavendish group under P.B. Hirsch, by then a Reader in Physics, led to

Page 82: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

76 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 37. Celebrating the arrival of the new electron microscope, 1959: David Brandon, sideview of Peter Swan, rear view of Robin Nicholson, Tony Kelly, Alan Baker, Alan Cottrell, Bob

Fisher, Miss Ford (Professor's Secretary) and Dr Kingsbury (CEGB).

the publication in 1965 of the classic work Thin Film Microscopy (Butterworths).Another research worker in the early use of electron microscopy in the Depart-ment was Gareth Thomas, subsequently to become a highly respected academic inthe USA.

Under Honeycombe, the expansion of electron microscopy was continued withthe appointment of Jeff Edington.

Expansion continued further with the recruitment of Michael Stobbs fromthe Cavendish, where he had been working with Dr Mick Brown. Stobbs thenheaded the electron-microscopy activity in the Department. A 600-kV high-resolution electron microscope was built in the old Cavendish Buildings as a jointfacility for Physics, Chemistry, Metallurgy and Engineering. It was essentiallydesigned by Cosslett and built by W. Nixon of Engineering. At some stage,Stobbs was put in charge of the use of the instrument as well as building up theelectron-microscopy facilities in Metallurgy more generally, ably assisted in this byDr Simon Newcomb, who is now an electron-microscopy consultant in Ireland.

Page 83: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 77

Figure 38. Jack Nutting with Robin Nicholson and Alan Baker .

• ,...... '\,\./"-1S appointed initially as a Senior in Research and then asL -'-J'J~J\,U~~tDirector of Research. He was an, ent~usiastic and energeticresearch supervisor who took a close interest ~I?:, what his students weredoing:' Known as 'big E' to his students;' 4 .as full of ideas - many ofthem imported from the USA whence he'had just returned. As recalled byPhilip Jones, thoughts from the weekend wer'e communicated on Mondays,but s!:udents learned to see if they continuedr~rning for a further ~t;~k or,. .~en just 'blessed th~ughts:, before consid~rilfg' t?em .further. A'~: "particular 'characteristic was his 'calibrated eyeball~ ~.his spatial judgem~nt,8l'distance, size and alignment was inspire~::'In 1976, Jeff was appointed toa' Chair at Southampton University. From there, he moved to theUniversity of Delaware, then to' ,Akar;t, en~ng up as Vice President. Hisnext appointment was at British Steel/Corns as Executive Director ofTechnology.

Electron microscopes, like so many other high-technology instruments, datequickly, and the next big change in facilities came with the arrival of ProfessorColin Humphreys in 1990. He brought with him the first field-emission gun elec-tron microscope in the Department made by the UK Company VG, which is stilloperating today. With him also came a Science and Engineering Research Coun-cil (SERC) grant for a high-resolution microscope, the 400-kV JEOL 4000 EXMark II, also still operating. At the same time, the SERe made it a condition of

Page 84: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

78 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

..........

.

obin's Ex:hil)itioner '"'\

•;;J~~:~~~~~:;~;_lt til 19 '/' no 'wC"Tever·-·,·-hr.+-Llie obtl,~c11J.1JLJ.\."'..I.a.~,-,Tnive, ~ .P )epa ~ in

's

- .

Cambridge receiving the VG microscope that a new Senior Technical Officerpost would be created to run it. The University agreed, and Dr Chris Boothroydwas appointed to the post. Two further technicians to the one previously assistingStobbs were also appointed, bringing the total to three. A secondhand, but hardlyused, 300-kV Philips CM30 was the next purchase, and then a joint applicationto the SERC was made by Physics, Engineering, Earth Sciences and Metallurgy,masterminded by Humphreys and Stobbs, for a Philips field-emission gun instru-ment, the 300-kV CM300. This permitted a number of novel technique develop-ments, e.g. electron holography and had a Lorentz lens for magnetic specimens,making it unique at the time. Very sadly, Mike Stobbs died very suddenly beforeit was delivered or even ordered. Dr Paul Midgley was appointed to replaceStobbs, and the electron-microscopy work continued to expand. Importantdevelopments have taken place in electron tomography and holography, thelatter important in mapping the regions in a specimen which are magnetically orelectrically active. The latest instrument to be installed is a 200-kV field-emissiongun FEI Tecnai, donated to the Department by FEI. The microscopes have wellover 100 users, and the Department is one of the leading centres for electronmicroscopy in the world.

Functional and Device Materials

Research on superconductivity was initiated by Alan Cottrell in October 1961,with the staff member in charge being Dr David Dew-Hughes (Fig. 39), who hadmoved to a lectureship in the Department from Sheffield. As with other initiativesby Alan, this was a remarkably perceptive move at a time when superconductivitywas only normally discussed in the realm of remote and abstruse physics. He isremembered saying, with characteristic insight, that one day these remarkable

Page 85: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 79

Figure 39. Dr David Dew-Hughes) with Geoff Groves and BrianCherry.

materials would surely be widely applied, and it was essential for the materialsaspects to be taken up in the Metallurgy Department to prepare the ground fortheir application. The first research student was Anant N arlikar (later AssistantDirector of the the National Physical Laboratory and editor over the years of animportant series of monographs on superconductivity). In October 1962, ArchieCampbell and Jan Evetts joined the Department to work for David.

From the beginning, superconductivity research in the Department wasgenerously and enthusiastically supported by the CEGB through Dr Peter Chesterand his staff at Leatherhead. At that time, there were also good links with HeinzLondon at Harwell. He was one of the famous London brothers who proposedthe London Theory - the phenomenological theory of superconductivity.

Links were quickly established with the Cavendish Laboratory, encouraged andsupported by Professors David Shoenberg and Brian Pippard. Arrangements weremade for the helium gas boil-offin the group's equipment to be returned to theMond Laboratory helium liquifier, through high-integrity copper pipes aroundthe building. The first of three important developments was the arrival fromOxford Instruments Ltd of the first superconducting magnet to be sold commer-cially in the UK. The magnet was said to have been wound in Sir Martin Wood'sgreenhouse! Second was the installation of a 1,OOO-ADC generator as a currentsupply for superconducting measurements. The third major development con-cerned the first use of the rear spiral staircase as a drop tube for quenching metaldroplets, the product being used to fabricate a novel superconducting wire thatwas patented by the CEGB in 1968. Subsequently, Lindsay Greer constructed astate-of-the-art drop tube on the same staircase for rapid quenching of alloys.

Page 86: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

80 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Geoff Bibby joined the group as a research student in October 1965, with GerrySmith as the titular supervisor, since David Dew-Hughes had already departed fora Chair at Lancaster. David has more recently been in the Oxford Department.The first Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC) contractwas awarded in 1966, with the final report appraised by Dr Jim Charles!

ProfessorA.L. Greer

Lindsay Greer graduated in Natural Sciences in Cambridgethen carried out research in the Department for his PhD until 1979transformations in metallic glasses, with John Leake as his supervisor.then spent four years at Harvard working with David Turnbull, therebycontinuing the link between the two Cambridges established by MikeAshby. Lindsay has also held positions in Grenoble, Sendai and St Louis.His interests in nletallic glasses have continued from his PhD work. Soriicglasses can give exceptional elastic strain and specific strength or oncrystallisation give nanocrystalline materials with exploitable properties,notably high-strenalupTInium alloys. Crystallisation and the reverseprocess· of amorphlsatlon have be studied to optimise the chalcogenide-based phase-change materials used for data storage. Other materials thanmetallic glasses, but also far from equilibrium, such as nanocompositesthin films, are also~~tudied in his group. These afford excellent opportunitiesfor kinetic measurements in short-range diffusion. In addition, Lindsay hasconti d a long-term. programme (started with his research student PeteSchumacher, now Head of the Austrian Foundry Research Institute,Leoben) arriving at understanding grain refinement by nucleants inalUn1iniutil alloys. In. 2001, he w.as made Professor of Materials Science andDeputy Head of the Department.

Whilst the Functional and Device Materials group started with the title 'super-conductivity', and is still known as such by many, it began to engage in a muchbroader area of functional materials from quite an early stage. This expansionbegan in 1972 into magnetic materials with the student Clive Grimwood, nowDirector at Thomas Broadbent and Sons Ltd., and hence progressively via metallicglasses to ferroelectric, ferroic, thermomagnetic and dielectric materials. Animportant event for the Department was the arrival of Rob Somekh (now a seniorengineer at Plasmon plc and supporting departmental research). Rob (Figs. 40 and41) was instrumental in bringing the Department to the forefront of researchinto the applied science of thin-film deposition of materials. In the late 1960s and1970s, microcircuit silicon chips were coming of age, and this technologywas brought into both teaching and research in the Department. In 1969, an

Page 87: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 81

Figure 40. An early photograph of a (shaggy' Rob Somekh with JohnDawson.

achievement was their first crude photolithography to form micro-contact arrays.Memorably, there was a long-vacation practical on thin-film circuits for which analumnus, John Dawson, obtained 18/20! John (Fig. 40) subsequently becamefounder and Managing Director of a world-leading hi-fi and cinema equipmentcompany, A&R Cambridge Ltd.

By 1977, the group was constructing its first clean room for device and micro-circuit processing in the old departmental darkroom. In 1977, the group's workwas extended to metallic glasses as part of a university-wide project that includedRobert Honeycombe, Mary Archer in chemistry and Phil Gaskell in physics. Atthat time, Lindsay Greer, John Patterson and Michael Gibbs were research

Page 88: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

82 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 41. Rob Somekh and Professor Jan Evetts with a film ofmetallic glass on a polymer sheet. This material is used for security

tags.

students - both Greer and Gibbs are now Professors with senior university posi-tions, while Patterson is Research Director at BNFL. In October 1982, the groupwas joined by Mark Blamire and Zoe Barber who are now key staff membersof the Department. In 1985, Bartek Glowacki came to the Department fromPoland as a British Council-sponsored visitor. Subsequently, he became anAssistant Director of Research in the group, and is now a Reader, concentratingon superconducting materials.

The present scope of the device materials group research programme includesmagnetic and superconducting materials, functional oxides, nitrides and carbides.

Page 89: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 83

There are projects on bulk materials and advanced composite structures as well asmultilayers, superlattices and heterostructures for particular device applications.Many projects are collaborative, involving close interaction with industry,institutions and universities in Europe and the USA.

Experience gained during 25 years of working with the precision ultra-highvacuum (UHV) deposition of thin films and multilayers has involved workingexperience with most of the elements of the periodic table. Many materials aredeposited as precision epitaxial films or multilayers on single-crystal substrates.Complex multicomponent compounds can be deposited with accurately con-trolled stoichiometry; deposition control is to the level of one or two monolayers,and rates are controllable to one part in 1 X 104 or one part in 1 X 105• There aretwo thin-film deposition facilities in the Department for sputtering and pulsed-laser deposition, and a further laser deposition facility in the Cavendish LaboratoryInterdisciplinary Research Centre (IRC) on Superconductivity.

Extensive clean-room facilities are available for the processing of prototype andproduction devices and sensors involving multilevel masking to submicron dimen-sions (0.3-0.5 um) using the latest optical lithography equipment combined withdry-etching processes. These facilities were moved to the IRC for Nanosciencebuilding in 2003. Device arrays in excess of 6,000 devices have been fabricated.Some research is carried out on device-processing techniques including reactivegas processing. The group also has equipment for chip dicing and wire bondingfor the production of working devices.

Areas of interest for technology include mass-memory disc technology, super-conducting composite conductors, magnetic multilayers and 'spin engineering',multilayers for X-ray mirrors and X-ray optics, as well as precision materials forthermometers, flux sensors, particle detectors and X-ray detection. Most devicesare based on magnetic or superconducting materials. Particular areas of expertiseare the deposition of ultra-soft magnetic films (coercive force <0.5 A m'): thedeposition of magnetic multilayers; the deposition of high-quality high-temperature superconducting films; the processing of high-quality low- 'T, filmsand devices and the fabrication of advanced superconducting compositeconductors.

Measurement techniques include precision magnetic measurements and opticalrotation, low-temperature measurements to 1.9 K, the use of high magneticfields to 8 T, DC and AC electronic characterisation; and the measurement ofreflectivity, absorption and transmission.

Jan Evetts was awarded the first 'ad hominem' Professorship in the Departmentin 2000, a well-deserved recognition for so much innovative work. On retirementin 2004, he handed over leadership of the group to Dr (now Professor) MarkBlamire.

Page 90: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

84 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 42. Professor Sir RobertHoneycombe: a period of consolidation.

PROFESSOR SIR ROBERT HONEYCOMBE, GOLDSMITHS'PROFESSOR OF METALLURGY 1966-1984

Born in Australia, Robert Honeycombe's (Fig. 42) initial experience after gradu-ation was with the Australian Council for Scientific and Industrial Research(CSIR), from 1942. Fig. 43 shows the CSIR Lubrication and Bearing Section,Melbourne (1943), of which he was a member. Others present, later to becomewell known in Cambridge also, were F.P. Bowden, D. Tabor, J.S. CourtneyPratt, A. Yoffe and June Collins, who became Robert Honeycombe's wife. Hecame to Cambridge in 1948, firstly as an ICI Research Fellow in the CavendishLaboratory and then as Royal Society Armourers and Brasiers' Fellow. In 1951, hewas appointed to a lectureship in physical metallurgy at Sheffield University, risingto Professor in 1955. When with the CSIR, he had worked on thermal-fatigueproblems encountered in metals of tetragonal structure, very much applicable totin-based bearing metals, in cooperation with Walter Boas. His appointment inSheffield commenced a long association with, appropriately, the physical metal-lurgy of steel which was to be his main interest throughout his subsequent career,with a strong research group in the field being built up in Cambridge. Thecelebration of his being made a Fellow of the Royal Society is recorded (Fig. 44).

Honeycombe's 18 years of Department leadership was another very importantperiod and the longest in the Department's history so far. Following the establish-ment by Cottrell of a revitalised Department, there was steady further growthunder Honeycombe with the recruitment of many new members of staff andthe establishment of new areas of research: polymers, initially with Piers Bowden(who earlier had been concerned with an argon-beam, low-energy radiation-damage study) and later Alan Windle, mechanical behaviour with John Knott(who had been one of Cottrell's own research students) and, representing a further

Page 91: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 85

Figure 43. CSIR Lubrication and Bearing Section, Melbourne, 1943. R. W.K.Honeycombe is back row, second from the lift. J. Collins, to become Mrs

Honeycome, is in front row, second from the left.

Figure 44. Departmental celebration of Professor Robert Honeycombe's FRS -with John Leake, John Knott, John Chilton, Jim Charles and Trevor Page.

Page 92: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

86 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

strengthing on the chemical-processing side, D.J. Fray from Imperial SmeltingProcesses Ltd, Avonmouth, joined the department in 1971. Derek Fray, agraduate from the Royal School of Mines, was well known to Jim Charles, whowas a consultant to ISP at the time.

All these new members of staff became excellent teachers and researchers.Trevor Page, mentioned earlier, formed an outstanding teaching team with BrianRalph, particularly in relation to the new Crystalline State course in the first year(again, see Figs. 32 and 33, p. 62). He later moved to a Chair in Newcastle andbecame Dean of Engineering. John Knott was appointed Reader in MechanicalMetallurgy in the Department, having become a world authority on fracture, beforemoving to a ·Chair at Birmingham University, becoming a fellow of the RoyalSociety, and eventually taking the role of Dean of the Engineering Faculty there.

Interesting appointments by Honeycombe were J.W. Edington and G.A.Chadwick. Geoff Chadwick made an important contribution to teaching when atCambridge through the publication of his excellent book Metallography of PhaseTransformations (Butterworths 1972). After Cambridge and spells at the Universityof Brisbane and then as Professor of Engineering Materials at Southampton,he founded his own casting research company, Hi-Tech Materials, in which hecontinued his interest in squeeze casting for maximum soundness.

In 1968, David Edmonds joined the Department and became Honeycombe'smain collaborator.

A major event during Honeycombe's tenure was, of course, the opening of theAmp building in 1971. This had been in planning since 1962, to be integratedwithin the Cambridge City Council Lion Yard re-development scheme, wherethe architects initially envisaged a linkage between town and gown througha paved communicating promenade. This was not a feasible proposition from asecurity point of view, but the remains of the idea persist in the bricked prom-enade area outside the Babbage Lecture Theatre and the steps leading down to theNew Museums site. Involvement of the staff was, in the main, restricted to inter-nal spaces and services, and their apprehensions regarding the large area of flat roofwere dismissed as inconsistent with developments in waterproofing. In the courseof time, the staff view proved well founded, with periodic substantial renovationcosts to the University.

Page 93: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 87

some work onalloys. One of the studentstake over Edmonds' roley well known, particularly

investigations in steelsed with twin-rollJ.D. Hunt, who hada research· student with J.P.1993, Edmonds was

~~~~~~.L~~c:~:::~~~.,:uUniversityof Leeds.

p\...JrrrO;ag(lrleldsl(]se,nd·g!~~::~~;~~~;~itl.l~~~~~~~~~;~~e::~~'!:~f~:::~:ahighly respected theoretical physic in the country, whilstretaining a primary interest in work has resulted in arail-steel being studied: and expl td (formerly British Steel).His great achievements in relation of transformations andmathematical models were recognis nal Chair and election toFellowship of the Royal Society .

••...•••.LJL'-''''JLJL ••••••.L I1Iht'''\r"l.1·t1rrnQ1"\r in 1968, from Uh't:T",r"

be very important to the Drepresentative on Unix rersltv··.·t)o(11Council, and in thed 'ng the 1990s, ~Ie 1 '1

associated technique fac:ili1tyin the

value to succeeding gen~~~~:~1~51~;~,i~ir;fc:o;::ti:~have. been in ceramics, ·~·f·~.~_u··~~~·~~:~m~u•.of thin films.

Julia King graduated in the Department in 1975 and went on to carry outresearch on the fracture of steels under Dr J.F. Knott. Subsequently she heldacademic posts in both Nottingham and Cambridge Department beforejoining Rolls Royce, rising to executive positions. Then followed the postof Chief Executive at the Institute of Physics and now that of Principal ofthe Engineering School at Imperial College.

Page 94: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

88 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 45. The first official access to the Arup building; mounting the steps to the area in frontof the Babbage Lecture Theatre. Frank Bridgeman, Jim Charles, John Chilton, Brian Ralph and

Sam Hoar with representatives of the Goldsmiths' Company and the architects.

Photographs taken on the first official access, with the architects, University,Goldsmiths' Company and Departmental personnel present are shown inFigs. 45-48.

The double-storey Process Laboratory, largely designed by Graeme Davies andJim Charles, has a monorail crane circuit to an unloading platform, suspendedboom and wall power, gas, air and water supplies and a fire-resistant tile floor.Mezzanine laboratories and offices relate to the main process space below which iscommunicant with a large workshop. Some upper-storey space outside the cranecircuit has been created more recently. Apart from some teething troubles in thescale of power and cooling-water supplies, the facility has proved to be satisfac-torily flexible and useful for a wide range of activity, the nature of which has,of course, changed over time. This is particularly true in relation to mechanicalprocessing, where originally good facilities were in place for hot and cold rolling,forging, swaging and drawing with associated furnaces but are now much

Page 95: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 89

Figure 46. Philip Dawson (architect) addresses the group in the foyer of the Babbage LectureTheatre, including Peter Tee, Sam Hoar, Graeme Davies, Brian Ralph and John Chilton.

Figure 47. In the Process Laboratory, with Graeme Davies standing to the right.

Page 96: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

90 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 48. The patio area' outside the tea room. Robert Honeycombe addresses delegates. JohnChilton, Gerry Smith) Peter Tee, Frank Bridgeman, Brian Ralph and Philip Dawson (architect)

are amongst those listening.

restricted. One of the largest-scale operations carried out was molten-slag arcelectrolysis for the recovery of tin as tin oxide, with T .R. Shelley supervisedby Jim Charles (Fig. 49). Another was a heat-transfer system from molten leadcontaining zinc to a fused salt at lower temperature giving zinc separation, usinga flow mixer device for the two phases, followed by cyclone separation. Theresearch student concerned, R.F. Cochrane, was supported by D.J. Duke, thenProcess Laboratory technician (Fig. 50). Fume removal from workstations wasachieved by transfer of the venturi scrubber installed earlier on the Pitt Press site,but necessitating another fan to accommodate the higher level of discharge.

In fact, the Department had grown very substantially after the original designand had already outgrown the new accommodation, necessitating retentionof substantial space in the old Chemistry block. The 'Metallurgy hut' had beenvacated by 1960 and was being used as a cycle shed, but with the later conceptof University Technology Centres it was completely upgraded for cooperativeresearch with Rolls Royce (Fig. 51). A recent marked improvement to the Arupbuilding has been a new reception hall in the base of the tower and the seminarroom above.

Page 97: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 91

Figure 49. Tom Shelley emptying tin-bearing slag fromthe electric arcfurnace.

Figure 50. Fused-salt/lead mixing followed by cycloneseparation; Bob Cochrane is supported by David Duke,

at that time Process Laboratory technician.

Page 98: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

92 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 51. The Rolls Royce University Technology Centre - formerly (the hut).

Page 99: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 93

Erosive and Abrasive Wear

In 1977 a Demonstratorship in the Department was advertised for specialism in'electronic properties of materials' following in the shoes of John Kallend. JohnLeake persuaded Ian Hutchings, although not a specialist in the field, to apply,since, rightly, he considered that Professor Honeycombe was more anxious torecruit first-class talent than to be restricted to the field of work. Ian had readPhysics and then completed a PhD in the Cavendish (under the supervision ofJohn Field in David Tabor's research group - Physics and Chemistry of Solids('PCS'). His PhD had been on the erosion of metals by the impact of solidparticles, and Honeycombe saw this as an opportunity to develop a research effortconcerned with the mechanical properties and mechanical degradation of surfaces,matching the interest in corrosion studies already long established. Ian wasappointed and, as hoped, developed a very important teaching and researchactivity in the Department. Over the years, his research moved gradually from thebehaviour of materials at high strain rates to further studies of erosive and abrasivewear, as well as of broader aspects of tribology and of surface engineering. Herecalls how he felt that his first research student was likely to be his last as he took7 years to submit! All came good in the end, however, and said student is nowVice Chancellor of a university in Pakistan.

Ian greatly enjoyed the independence in research direction fostered by succes-sive Heads of Department and the inspiration to excel at teaching providedby certain colleagues, both aspects of the Department life recalled by many.He became a Lecturer in 1982, Reader in Tribology in 1997 (Deputy Headof Department from 1998) then moving to Engineering to the GKN Chair ofManufacturing Engineering in 2001, after 23 years in the Department.

Joining of Materials

In traditional metallurgy courses, soldering, brazing and welding in their variousforms featured strongly. On his arrival from BOC in 1960, Jim Charles gavelectures on the subject but with unusual additional attention to the oxygen cuttingprocess, where he had previously carried out definitive work in the early 1950s.Later, studies in the joining of materials developed more generally, again in thecontext of expansion to materials science. Charles retained interest in soldering,brazing and welding as, for example, in relation to work in the 1960s with JohnGriffiths on the effects of reduction in soldered j oint width leading to constraintand a resultant increase in joint strength. The understanding of the effect ofconstraint in thin soldered joints was to make possible the work by Departmentgraduate T.J. Baker (1967) and others using silver-soldered assemblies for themeasurement of through-thickness tensile properties in steel sheet, where thesolder was constrained to above the yield stress of the steel. Charles' interest insoldering continued in the 1990s supervising, with G.C. Smith, the work of Nick

Page 100: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

94 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Green on solder bump technology, particularly the issues of phase instability intin-base alloy solders and thermal fatigue occurring as a result of cracking due totetragonality in tin-rich phases, where early industrial experience at J. Stone andCo. was relevant.

Rob Wallach, who had also been a member of the Pt II class in 1967, workedfor four years at Alcan Research in Canada, obtained an MSc at Queen's Univer-sity, Canada in 1971 and then returned for his PhD in the Department in 1974,took over much of the research and teaching in the joining field, including joiningin electronic assemblies which present their own particular problems. In particular,the move away from lead-containing solders has introduced difficulties specificto tin-based alloy solders. Diffusion bonding has became a particular interest,latterly with a former research student of his, Dr Amir Shirzadi. Rob also has therole of Director of Undergraduate Teaching.

Throughout the past 50 years, there has been continuing cooperation betweenthe Department and the British Welding Research Association (BWRA) and itssuccessors, the Welding Institute and TWI. The laboratories of the Institute atAbington became the professional home of many of the Department's graduatesand post-graduates, for example Richard Dolby who graduated in 1961 and even-tually became Technical Director. With support from the Institute, it has beenpossible to carry out important welding research in the Department over manyyears. As an example, Chris Farrar worked within Charles' group investigating therole of non-metallic inclusions in the lamellar tearing of welds, then joined theBWRA staff before moving on to substantial posts in the welding industry.

Archaeometallurgy

In the 1960s, Jim Charles had social contact with Colin Renfrew, a Title 'A'Research Fellow at his college, St John's, later to be Lord Renfrew ofKaimsthornand Disney Professor of Archaeology. Renfrew had taken Part I Natural Sciencesand Part II Archaeology and was keenly interested in the application of front-lineprofessional science in the solution of archaeological problems. Charles wasencouraged both by him and other archaeologists to consider the metallurgy ofsuch issues as the significance of arsenic in copper, the bonding of silver to copper,fabrication methods for copper axes, mineral-dressing methods for the recoveryof seeds from soil and much more. Early progress interpreting macro- and micro-structures in axes, and on the benefits of the copper-arsenic system, promptedthe American archaeologist Professor Jim Muhly to write 'these papers provide awholly new dimension to the study of early metallurgy, identifying copper-arsenicalloy usage to be a separate part of the Bronze Age, and showing that it is possibleto do something with a metal object beside measuring and classifying according totype'. Archaeometallurgical and fine-art activities have frequently been concernedwith establishing scientifically correct interpretations of revealed macro- and

Page 101: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 95

microstructures and analysis; as for example the production method for fine BerlinIronwork jewellery. A particular interest has been the generation and honing of atheory concerning the origins of metallurgy and the subsequent sequential use ofcopper, copper-arsenic, copper-tin and iron, showing how simple determinativemineralogy associated with colour, density, texture, influence of heating and smellcould result in progression from one material to another.

With many investigations, such as authenticity studies, being undertaken formuseums and, in particular, cooperative work with the Fitzwilliam Museum, itwas inevitable that some graduates would also become interested to work inCharles' group.

The first of these was E.A. Slater (Liz), a member of one of the New Hallgroups that Charles supervised from 1976 to 1978. Her thesis 'MetallurgicalAspects of Bronze Age Technology' was wide ranging, to include aspects of thecopper-arsenic story and, very importantly, to demonstrate practically that thesegregation of such elements as bismuth in cast bronze made classification byanalysis, as championed by Junghans, Sangmeister and Schroder, untenable.Liz went on to become a full-time archaeologist and is now Professor and Head ofDepartment of Archaeology at Liverpool University.

The next student, in 1972, was J.A. Todd (judith) who carefully observed andrecorded the Iron Age technology then still employed by the Dimi Tribe inEthiopia. Subsequent non-metallic inclusion studies back in Cambridge enabledassociations between the iron produced and the raw materials employed to beestablished. After completing her thesis, she moved to more conventional physicalmetallurgy studies and is currently Head, Engineering Science and Mechanics,Pennsylvania State University.

At one point, Ekerhard Volker, a mature student from the University ofWaterloo, Ontario, Canada, joined Charles, studying various aspects of lost-waxtechnology and the effects of lead on the fluidity of bronze. In 1989, anotherCanadian, Karen Wiemer, carried out a detailed study of Roman, Viking, Anglo-Saxon and mediaeval knife blades, comparing the products and the variations intechnology thus revealed. Close behind her came J. Stewart (Iohnrry), makinga detailed study of the iron-phosphorus system, so clearly important in under-standing the banding of microstructure observed in swords and knife blades. Theparticular significance of the segregation of phosphorus as a result of the gammato alpha transition in iron, not usually recognised, was established. Johnnysubsequently moved to the Science Museum in London.

Page 102: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

96 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 52. Professor D. Hull.

PROFESSOR D. HULL, GOLDSMITHS' PROFESSOR OFMETALLURGY 1984-1991

Once again, the electors (ProfessorJ. Lewis, Professor M.F. Ashby, Sir F. Dainton,Dr A.J. Kennedy, Professor J.M. Thomas and G.C. Smith) went outside theDepartment for their choice. Professor Derek Hull (Fig. 52) of Liverpool Univer-sity received a formal invitation to accept the Goldsmiths' Chair on 25 January1984, visiting Cambridge the day after, meeting Dr Ian Nicol (Secretary Generalof the Faculties), Professor Robert Honeycombe, whom he was to succeed, andGerry Smith. The senior staff members, Jim Charles and John Knott, togetherwith Smith, made Hull welcome at a Departmental meeting on 17 March. AfterHull's acceptance, his formal appointment started on 1 October 1984.

Encouraged by such powerful figures in the Cambridge establishment, asProfessors Edwards, Lewis, Ashby and J.M. Thomas, Hull was keen to develop astronger materials science approach in the Department, particularly in relation topolymeric and reinforced polymeric materials. In this field, Alan Windle, initiallyone of Gerry Smith's research students, recruited from Imperial College, had beeninvited by Professor Honeycombe to take over the work in polymers that hadbeen started by Dr Piers Bowden, who died very tragically soon after the move tothe new Arup building.

Windle may have felt that up to this time his position in the Departmenthad been somewhat peripheral, but this soon changed with Hull's arrival fromLiverpool, bringing with him several members of his large research group workingon polymer-matrix composite materials, for example on energy absorption during

Page 103: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 97

deformation to failure. With Hull pushing hard on the materials science ofpolymer-matrix composite systems there was an increased swing away from tradi-tional metallurgical subjects, although the staff were happy to be included in theoverall materials science concept. In April 1986, the Faculty Board of Physics andChemistry approved a change of name from Metallurgy and Materials Science toMaterials Science and Metallurgy, a change graced by the Senate in July 1986.Thankfully, the maintenance of even a modest metallurgical-processing activity inthe Department was subsequently to be of great importance in relation to thework of D.J. Fray and his associates.

As part of the terms of his appointment, Hull was able to recruit a new Univer-sity Lecturer, Dr T.W. Clyne, to work in the composite field. Clyne remainedessentially a metallurgist, however, with much of his work being on metal-matrixcomposites.

Prcifessor T. W. Clyne, Prcifessor of Mechanics of Materials

Clyne had obtained .a first-class degree in· the Department in 1973,then carried out research with Dr Graeme Davies on thesolidification-cracking of aluminium alloys (PhD 1976). H' turn toCambridge came after academic posts ill Sao Paulo, Brazil, Lausanne andSurrey. Moving through academic posts in the Department to becomeProfessor of Mechanics of Materials, Bill built up a strong research effortnot only on metal-matrix composites, but also on other aspects of materialsprocessing such as casting, the modellingprocesses.

Another important appointment in 1984 by Hull was David Gardiner asDepartmental Secretary to succeed Group Captain Hurlock who was retiring.

Professor Sir Sam Edwards (Physics) was very keen to see the growth of poly-mer science generally in Cambridge, particularly polymer chemistry to supportpolymer physics and polymer technology. In early 1985, with the enthusiasticsupport of Professor Sir John Meurig Thomas (Chemistry) and, of course, DerekHull, there was a move to form a Committee on Materials crossing all the depart-ment boundaries. One development from this was to establish the CambridgeCentre for Materials Science in the Department and later the establishment ofone-day University-wide annual meetings for the involvement of all researchers inthe University to discuss scientific aspects of materials science in depth.

There had, in fact, been earlier initiatives involving Professors Honeycombeand Ashby (Engineering) to create a Materials Engineering Centre, with RobertHoneycombe even providing space in the Department for the Centre, withProfessor Ashby's name on one of the doors. Sadly, however, nothing came ofthe concept practically. After a year or two, the idea of the Cambridge Centre forMaterials Science as a reality also faded away.

Page 104: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

98 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Derek Hull's occupancy of the Goldsmiths' Chair featured seemingly endlessvisits from internal and external organisations to assess and evaluate the Depart-ment, requiring a great deal of effort in preparation by him and by seniormembers of his staff. Particularly important was a visit of the University NeedsCommittee, scheduled for 13 July 1985, which annoyingly had to be postponed,although eventually coming to a useful outcome.

Hull was always alert to opportunities to strengthen the Materials Science activ-ity in Cambridge and to improve facilities in the Department. A bid to the NeedsCommittee of £lM for electron microscopes was made in January 1987, and soonafter the Committee put a second Chair in the Department at No 4 on the prior-ity list, and encouraged developments in electron microscopy. In November1987, Hull agreed to mortgage two posts from the staff establishment in order topush forward the matter of a second Chair, which was then eventually approved,making way for the appointment of Professor Colin Humphreys from Liverpool.Progress on the electron-microscopy front was marked by the purchase of a JEOL4000 instrument as a result of a united bid by the departments of Materials, Phys-ics and Chemistry. There was much discussion as regards siting, but by February1989 it had been agreed to put it on the New Museums site in what had been partof the earlier High-Voltage Electron Microscopy area of the Old Cavendish.

On the polymer front, a Polymer Characterisation/Synthesis Centre wasestablished in the Department in 1990, towards the end of Hull's time. Whilethe University of Cambridge was already a centre of excellence in the theoryand properties of polymeric materials, it was recognised that there was a need toestablish a resource to manage the design and synthesis of innovative polymericmaterials, vital to a more detailed understanding of behaviour, providing afocus for interdisciplinary collaborations between Materials Science, ChemicalEngineering, Engineering, Physics, the Institute of Biotechnology and the Centrefor Nanotechnology.

1990 was to see major changes in the staffing of the Department. Dr J .A.Charles retired, and DrsJ.F. Knott, D.J. Fray and Mr D. C. Gardiner left for otherposts.

Page 105: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 99

Figure 53. Professor CJ. Humphreys.

PROFESSOR C.J. HUMPHREYS, PROFESSOR OF MATERIALSSCIENCE 1990-1993, HEAD OF DEPARTMENT 1991-1996 AND

GOLDSMITHS' PROFESSOR 1993 TO PRESENT

With the success of Derek Hull's campaign for a second Chair in the Department,it was possible to appoint Colin Humphreys (Fig. 53) as Professor of MaterialsScience in 1990. When Hull retired in 1991, Humphreys moved across tobecome Goldsmiths' Professor and Head of Department, the latter post to becomerotational between the increased number of Professors in future years. In 1996, thepresent Head of Department, Derek Fray, was appointed to the third Chair whichhad been established as the result of campaigning by Humphreys.

Colin Humphreys initially studied as a physicist at Imperial College and thenmoved to Oxford as a Senior Research Fellow at Jesus College, being appointedas a University Lecturer in the Department of Metallurgy and Science of Materialsin 1980. In 1985, he moved from Oxford to the University of Liverpool, asHenry Bell Wortley Professor of Materials Engineering, before moving again tothe Cambridge Chair in 1990.

An extremely energetic man and a good communicator, Colin Humphreys hastaken on a large range of external appointments in connection with materials-science issues in wider academia, government and professional institutions, toinclude presidency of the Institute of Materials in 2002. He presided over themerger of that body with the Institution of Mining and Metallurgy, a unionwhich had been championed many years before by Charles when Vice President

Page 106: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

100 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 54. Professor Alan Windle with Professor Colin Humphreys.

In r: mber 2nnl) t-,lh elabu at space vA~.J _1 ~

v

,;} oravof (lho

V . .1..1..1.'-'" VVed to lbrdlnd, nje'vN'lv

, LU~U'-'.l. -L .1.'-".l.'-'~.::l'sor

r'

of the Institute of Metals. Humphreys then became the first President of the Insti-tute of Materials, Minerals and Mining from 2002 to 2003. Awards and honoursculminated with the CBE in 2003.

Naturally, with a physics background, Humphreys' activities have been inadvanced techniques in the electron-microscopy field, for example, electron-beamnanolithography and application of energy-loss spectroscopy. The department

Page 107: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 101

now houses a world-leading state-of-the-art field-emission gun TEM. As thefirst Director of the Rolls Royce University Technology Centre on AdvancedMaterials for Turbine Blades, located in the Department, in 1994 he moved intoresearch on high-temperature alloys. More recently, the propagation and growthof the semi-conductor gallium nitride, which has light-emitting diode potential,has also become a major interest and activity, with close cooperation with ThomasSwan Ltd and the creation of the Cambridge Centre for gallium nitride in 1990,with a major grant from the EPSRC.

Colin Humphreys is seen in Fig. 54 with his successor as Head of Department,Alan Windle.

Page 108: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

102 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 55. Professor A.H. Windle.

PROFESSOR A.H. WINDLE, HEAD OF DEPARTMENT 1996-2000AND PROFESSOR OF MATERIALS SCIENCE 1992 TO PRESENT

Alan Windle's (Fig. 55) first degree was from Imperial College, graduating in1963, and followed by a PhD in 1966 at Cambridge, as a post-graduate student ofTrinity College under G.C. Smith's supervision. He went back to the RoyalSchool of Mines as ICI Research Fellow for a year from 1966 to 1967, beingappointed Lecturer in the Department of Metallurgy and Materials Science therein 1967 where, apart from spells as a Visiting Scientist/Professor at Bristol andCarolina State University, he remained until 1975. He then returned toCambridge as Lecturer. In 1992, he was appointed Professor of Materials Sciencein succession to Colin Humphreys who had moved across to the Goldsmiths'Chair. In 1993, he was appointed Acting Director of the Melville Laboratory forPolymer Synthesis after its formation, and became Head of Department in 1996,the Chair now rotating. His work on polymers was recognised by election toFellowship of the Royal Society.

Windle took up the challenge of developing polymer studies in the Departmenton his arrival in 1975, following the death of Dr P.B. Bowden somewhat earlier,and maintained a steady activity over many years, growing particularly under theHeadship of Professor Derek Hull, as described earlier. In recent years, his researchgroup has been very active in the field of carbon structures, e.g. nanotubes, theirproduction and use in the context of the carbon reinforcement of polymers, aswell as in the intrinsic structure of polymers themselves.

Page 109: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 103

With the synthesis of carbon nanotubes using a polymer on silica, carpets oftubes 20 mm in diameter, but with a length:diameter ratio of up to 1 x 104 can beproduced which have properties suited to high electrode-area density electrodes.Cooperation with Derek Fray, George Chen and Mark Hughes has given thepromise of important electrical applications, such as a thin 'wafer' -type capacitorwith a specific capacitance of greater than 2 farads/ crrr'. A particular interest hasbeen to use computational modelling to develop a view of polymer structuresacross all the size scales from atomic, through molecular and micro- to connectwith the macroscopic domain of the engineer and the use of finite-element meth-ods, i.e. creating a virtual polymer which will respond realistically to thermal andmechanical processing treatments and conditions of service, enabling integrationwith engineering design.

In 1994, a major piece of equipment for the production of carbon nanotubeswas introduced into the Process Laboratory, replacing the heavy forging press!

Biomedical Materials

There had been a general recognition in the Department for some time of thesignificance of the structure of natural materials such as shell and bone in relationto their properties. Attempts had even been made in the 1960s to study thegrowth of rat muscle on metal substrates using electron-probe microanalysis, inrelation to the take-up of metal ions by the tissue. The American medical student,Dana Mears, who carried out this work went on to become an orthopaedicsurgeon in the USA.

In 1999, the Department was successful in obtaining funding for a new Chair inMedical Materials, and Professor William Bonfield was appointed.

taff in the Department,erial College, continuin...• - .•..~,r,p~,~~~~I~§~~I~~~d~~i

ap orntment assa Rea Queen Mary College(QMC)/Westfield College pro there to become Professorof Materials. Whilst at established himself as a leader in the fieldof biomedical materials a strong group, some of whomtransferred to Cambri For many years, he has been associ din several capacities with of Materials Science and associatedpublications, and now, as , with the Royal Society's new journal.Inteiface.

Page 110: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

104 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Other staff members studying biomedical materials are Drs Ruth Cameron andSerena Best, now both Readers.

Bill and Serena are particularly interested in developing substituted calciumphosphates (chemically similar to bone material), where ion substitution in thelattice of the (CalO(P04)6(OH)2) is being investigated in relation to integrationwith natural tissue, this as well as more general considerations of tissue and implantengineering, for example bioactive glass ceramic implants with special properties,e.g. wear characteristics. Ruth Cameron's approach concerns polymer usage. Theymay be used in controlled drug delivery, soft-tissue replacement and hard-tissuerepair. Biodegradable polymers may be used as controlled drug-delivery devices,where the drug is embedded within a polymer matrix and is released slowly as thepolymer erodes, but much needs to be determined in relation to the factors deter-mining the degradation rate. Resorbable polymers may also be used in temporaryload-bearing applications such as sutures, pins and as scaffold for tissue engineer-ing. Polyurethane-elastomer layers are also effective in reducing friction in totaljoint replacements (hips and knees). Biostable polyurethanes may also find wideruse in heart surgery and urology.

University Technology Centres and Other Large Collaborations

An approach to closer collaboration between the Department and industry, intro-duced in 1990, was to create centres within the Department where Universityresearchers could collaborate with industrial staff, bringing together the output ofacademic scientific study with the application skills of the latter, working togetherto give the most rapid application of research possible, this to be in specific,defined, areas of work.

The first such centre, called the Rolls Royce University Technology Centre(UTC) , was established in 1994 in the Department and was the result of anagreement with Rolls Royce, with the 'Metallurgy hut' completely refurbished asaccommodation. Professor C.]. Humphreys has been its Director from 1994 to thepresent. Following the events of 11 September 2001, Rolls Royce substantiallycut the funding, and key members David Knowles, Roger Reed and MarkRoberts left for other jobs, but the UTC is now experiencing re-growth.

The Gordon Laboratory was officially opened in June 1999 and carne under thedirection of Bill Clyne, supported by DERA (Defence Evaluation and ResearchAgency) with close links to the DERA Research Centre at Farnborough, andinvolved the short-term secondment of DERA scientists. In the first year, sixdifferent research projects were set up, chiefly dealing with polymer-matrix com-posites and novel reinforcements, but including work on metallic foam. DERAwas subsequently split and reorganised, the responsibility for the Cambridge workgroup going to the newly formed QinetiQ.

Page 111: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 105

A very successful large collaboration, called the Cambridge Centre for GalliumNitride, was set up with Thomas Swan Scientific Equipment Limited (Aixtron)and EPSRC in 2000. It was initially triggered by the rapid growth of interestin gallium nitride as the most significant semi-conductor since silicon. Throughcooperation with Professor Colin Humphreys, a loan of gallium nitride depositionequipment was made to the Department as the core of a GaN facility used byboth partners. Grants totalling several million pounds have been received for thiscentre. Thomas Swan himself, who founded the company, then funded collabora-tion between the Department and the company on carbon nanotube research andproduction, involving Professor Alan Windle.

In cooperation with National Power, the UTC has set up the Regenesysprogramme to analyse and develop a new energy storage technology, involvingredox flow cells. Electrical energy is converted into chemical potential by 'charg-ing' two liquid electrolyte solutions and subsequently releasing the stored energyon discharge. The UTC is also involved with the investigation of carbonnanotubes as a form of carbon for producing uniform-property electrodes.

A proposal for cooperative research with 3M in such a Centre, with planning atan advanced stage, did not, in fact, come to fruition, and this underlines particularproblems with the concept of these Centres. With the support of specific Univer-sity research, there is always concern on the part of the industrial partner that theymay be paying for work that cannot be adequately protected in commercial terms.The free exchange of scientific ideas within an academic community does not sitparticularly well with the exploitation of those ideas in a competitive industrialcontext. Even if detailed contracts are drawn up covering financial support andintellectual property rights (IPRs), these are very vulnerable to changes in theindustrial management and ethos, or where financial support may be withdrawn asan easy way to make R&D savings within a company or to accommodate changesin priority. Also, the question of the ownership of the IPR is always difficult toestablish, and universities are not usually willing to enter into legal battles throughthe courts. In practice, notwithstanding all the contractual procedures, in the endit largely becomes a matter of trust, as with earlier generations.

An example of changes in industrial organisation affecting the establishmentor survival of a UTC came during negotiations with GKN, which was initiallyvery interested in a package proposed by the Department (Professor H. Bhadeshia)but, with the closure of its W olverhampton plant (including Research andDevelopment) and restructuring of the company, the possibility disappeared.

The most recent UTC arranged by Professor W. Bonfield with Pfizer on thematerials science of pharmaceuticals has important features which, it is hoped, willensure its long-term survival. First, there is the stability which comes from itslarge size in terms of the number of different aspects of Pfizer's business that areinvolved, and the aspect of a large critical mass, which is very important.

Page 112: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

106 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

In seeking financial support for cooperative research, venture capitalists areoften involved. It is particularly pleasant when such contact involves alumnifrom the Department. Examples are Anne Glover (matric. 1973), who is nowChairman of the British Venture Capital Association and Chief Executive andco-founder of Amadeus Capital Partners and Dr Christopher van Essen of TTPVenture Managers Ltd (matric 1963). Dr Chris Dobson (matric 1957), after verysuccessful development of his company Trikon Technologies, is now assisting theDepartment in exploiting ideas generated in our research.

(Spin-off Companies

A different way in which ideas from Departmental research have been translatedinto commercial practice has, of course, been through the foundation of compa-nies to exploit inventions. To some extent, Metals Research (page 49) was anearly example of this, and in recent years Ion Science Ltd, Cambridge AdvancedMaterials Ltd, Metalysis Ltd and British Titanium plc have all been launched withProfessor Derek Fray as founder director. Derek is also involved, together withKarl Sandeman, in Camfridge. In 1989, Cambridge Molecular Design, a compu-tational modelling company, was formed, associated with Alan Windle. As oftenhappens with such young companies, it went through a series of mergers, first tobecome international as MSI, then as part of a US-quoted company, Pharmacopia,then rebadged as Accelrys, with the original product range from the Department(Cerius) being complemented by one for PCs known as 'Materials Studio'. Overthe past 10 years, it has been the largest and leading materials modelling companyin the world. Throughout, it has maintained its major non-biological researchcentre in Cambridge.

Much of the work of the Functional and Device Materials Group also leads tointellectual property and advanced know-how, which is protected by secrecyagreements or by patent applications. Patents are transferred to collaboratingcompanies or held by Cambridge Advanced Materials Ltd. (CAM), a researchcompany closely linked to the group.

Page 113: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 107

Figure 56. Professor DJ. Fray.

PROFESSOR D.]. FRAY, PROFESSOR OF MATERIALS CHEMISTRY1996 TO PRESENT AND HEAD OF DEPARTMENT 2001 TO

PRESENT

Derek Fray (Fig. 56) graduated from Imperial College as a metallurgist in 1961,going on to a PhD in 1965.

Between 1965 and 1968, he was an Assistant Professor of Metallurgy at theMassachusetts Institute of Technology, USA, teaching thermodynamics, heat andmass transfer and the chemistry of materials. His research interests were concernedwith fused salts and the thermodynamics of steelmaking reactions.

In 1968, he returned to the U.K. to work in the Research Department of theImperial Smelting Corporation Ltd, responsible for projects concerned with fused-salt electrolysis, the treatment of dilute solutions, processing of zinc dusts andresidues and the refining of aluminium-containing alloys.

In 1971, he was appointed University Lecturer in Materials Science and Metal-lurgy at the University of Cambridge, teaching thermodynamics, extractionmetallurgy and rate processes.

In 1991, he joined Leeds University as Professor of Mineral Engineering,becoming Head of the Department of Mining and Mineral Engineering. On1 February 1996, he came back to Cambridge as Professor of Materials Chemistryand in 2001 became Head of Department. His research interests, which earnedhim Fellowship of the Royal Academy of Engineering, have included electrowin-ning from dilute solutions, properties of electrolytes for the extraction of lithium,treatment of electric-are-furnace dust, recycling of secondary materials, control of

Page 114: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

108 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

oxide phases for the prevention of high-temperature oxidation and developmentof solid electrolyte sensors for the refining and on-line analysis of metallurgicalphases and gases. Of particular importance was the discovery that, by making ametal oxide cathodic in a bath of molten calcium chloride, the oxygen ionisedand dissolved in the salt, leaving the pure metal. Surprisingly, by the reduction ofmixtures of metal oxides, alloys can be made directly. The University has licensedthe technology to British Titanium pIc for titanium and to Metalysis for othermetal oxides. Major challenges in the application of this route to metals still exist,but it has generated world-wide interest. George Chen has worked on the projectwith Derek.

Dr Vasant Kumar had been associated with Derek Fray in Cambridge in the late1980s, working on applications of solid electrolytes, particularly as sensors for usein process control. He moved to Leeds when Fray was appointed to a Chair therein 1991 and then back to a post in Cambridge, continuing his work on solidelectrolytes as sensors for situations such as automotive pollution control, metalrefining, furnace, kiln and incinerator gases and for general chemical processcontrol. The production of metals and glasses with controlled compositions andnegligible impurity levels and the search for novel ways of upgrading the value ofwaste materials have also been significant aspects of his interests, often involvingelectrochemical processing and the application of process modelling.

In the Materials Chemistry field, the Department has been further strengthenedby the appointment of Dr J.L. Driscoll. Judith obtained her first degree inMaterials Science and Metallurgy from Imperial College in 1987 and then a PhDin Cambridge under the supervision of Derek Fray and collaborating withJan Evetts. From 1991, she spent 4 years as a post-doctoral worker at StanfordUniversity and IBM Almaden before returning to Imperial College as a Lecturerand then Reader. A sabbatical year in 2003 at Los Alamos National Laboratory inthe USA preceded her return to Cambridge. Her interests are the determinationof basic materials chemistry/thermochemistry parameters for functional materialsand their application to controlled processing, to produce improved properties.This is very much a niche area and is of key importance to the technologicalimplementation of complex functional materials.

STAFF MATTERS

Departmental Secretariat

Robert Honeycombe recognised that, with the growth of the Department, effec-tive management required a dedicated post to deal with day-to-day administrationand accounting, working closely with both the Head of Department and the ChiefAssistant. By complex negotiation at Faculty Board level and beyond, whichinvolved suppressing other appointments, the first Secretary, Peter Tee, joined theDepartment on 1 July 1969, coming from the Chemistry Department at Leeds

Page 115: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 109

University. On leaving in 1974 to take a similar administrative post in theCambridge Department of Chemistry, he was succeeded for a short time by MissWilliams and then by Group Captain John Hurlock who had retired from theRAF and was to hold the post for 10 years, bringing good humour as well aseffective management. On Hurlock's retirement in 1984, David Gardiner wasappointed, again a very good administrator who left for another post in 1990.

David Gardiner was followed by Lorraine Dann, the present excellent incum-bent as Departmental Secretary. It became clear, however, that with markedexpansion of the research school and more stringent contractual requirementsfor grants, there was a need for dedicated control of graduate admissions andof research-grant contracts. The former requirement was answered by theappointment of Dr Rosie Ward as Academic Secretary, with industrial liaison, thenegotiation of research contracts and intellectual property rights being dealt withon a part-time basis by Dr Rachel Hobson.

University Assistants

The success of both teaching and research owes much to the dedicated assistantstaff of the Department. In the early days, they were responsible directly to theprofessors and carried out most of the experimental work at a time before therewere many research students. It is not possible here to mention all who have con-tributed to the development of the Department over so many years, providingin particular the continuity of practical expertise which is so important in anexperimental subject, but a number stand out from the past as being importantcontributors or particularly memorable characters.

In Heycock's time, a prominent member of the New Museums Club (a fore-runner of the Association of Cambridge University Assistants [ACUA], represent-ing scientific assistants on the New Museums site) was F. Stoakley who, as SeniorAssistant in Chemistry, seems to have had a great deal to do with the MetallurgySub-Department. It was Stoakley who took the wonderful photograph ofHeycock with his mentor, Professor G. Liveing (Fig. 10). The Metallurgical Labo-ratory record books of teaching experiments and so on are meticulously presentedin beautiful copper-plate handwriting, recording research experiments etc., andare almost certainly the work of an assistant. Heycock's handwriting, recordingresearch experiments etc. and when giving instructions to his assistant for studentpracticals, often on a rough scrap of paper, is legible and clearly distinctive. Sadly,there are no attributions of responsibility in the laboratory at that time.

N or is there a clear record of the more prominent assistants under ProfessorHutton as the first Professor of Metallurgy. From ex-students' accounts, there hadbeen little change from Heycock's time. One of the earliest assistants recorded wasAlfred Shadbolt, who joined the Chemistry Department as a boy of 15 in 1927.He appears in Department photographs (from 1939), so had clearly been allocated

Page 116: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

110 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

to the Sub-Department by then. He remained until retirement, latterly actingas Department photographer. Others joining Chemistry as boys at much thesame time were Ben Rich and Geoff Eyles. Like Shadbolt, they moved into theMetallurgy Department for the rest of their employment when Chemistry left forLensfield Road.

In 1937, S.]. Williams was the laboratory steward, E.C. Cox was the laboratorytechnician, and Hutton's secretary was Miss Dawkins, who married NormanSwindells, one of Hutton's research students.

The growth of the Department under Professor Wesley Austin is reflected inthe marked increase in the number of assistants; by 1957 there were at least 15assistants:

Frank Bridgeman (b. 1910)

Mrs ButlerSidney Charter (b. 1916)

Ivy ColdwellColin ColeGeoffrey EylesTom KennedyBen RichDerek SeymourAlfred ShadboltJack StewartMrs StewartArthur TaborCyril (Bert) Taylor

(b. 1916)(b. 1916)(b. 1905)

Peter Turner

Chief Assistant - mention of Bridgeman hasalready been made. He retired in 1975(Fig. 25)

CleanerMechanical-testing technician, designer and

draughtsmanGeneral laboratory technician - metallurgyCleanerAnalyst, worked for Evans and MayneW orkshop/StoresGeneral AssistantAssistant Class TechnicianGeneral Assistant and photographyWorkshopCleanerChief Class Technician/Librarian in later yearsResearch Assistant with Evans and MayneWorkshop

Some of the above remained into the 1970s, but many just failed to make themove to the Arup building before retiring. New blood was appearing. BrianGoshawk (Fig. 57) took charge of the Process Laboratory on its completion in1971, but later moved upstairs to be Chief Technician, and also dealt with theaccounts. Derek Starnell joined the Department initially as electron-microscopetechnician and then succeeded Goshawk as Chief Technician. On his retirementin 1992, Derek Starnell was replaced by David Duke. David had joined theDepartment as a boy in 1964, moving between research groups and theworkshops, but was, for a substantial time, Assistant in the Process Laboratory. Stillin the post, he has been an outstanding Chief Assistant, patiently and goodhumouredly dealing with an ever-expanding workload.

Page 117: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 111

Figure 57. Brian Goshawk in conversation with the Chancellor andProfessor Honeycombe during HRH Prince Philip's visit in 1978.

Figure 58. Joe) Reich receiving a retirement present from ProfessorHoneycombe.

Page 118: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

112 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 59. Joe' Reich demonstrating a (broom cello'; ProfessorHoneycombe and Bob Cochrane in the background.

Joseph Reich, an Austrian Jew, who has already been mentioned in relationto field-ion microscopy, was a survivor of the holocaust, in which several of hisfamily perished. Before the Second World War, he was a member of the ViennaBoys' Choir, but a career in music was barred by his religion when the Naziscame to power. In spite of this background, he was always cheerful and encour-aged others to take a similar attitude. At his retirement party, he entertained thegathering by playing a single-string broomstick cello, movingly redolent of theway in which music could still be produced in extreme hardship (Figs. 58 and 59).

Eddie Holland was a small, cheerful, wizened man who acted as a generalassistant with the corrosion group. During the war, he had been employed byMarshall's of Cambridge which was heavily engaged in the repair of aircraft. Hissmall size made him ideal for the job of threading services within bomber wingsand fuselage, a crawling activity he delighted in recalling. An inveterate pipe

Page 119: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 113

Figure 60. Arthur Tabor.

smoker, his demise followed terrible suffering with cancer of the mouth, but evenwhen seriously ill he continued to work in his shed, producing wooden toys fordisadvantaged children at Fulbourn Hospital.

Sidney Charter had been in the Army (Royal Engineers) and retained a militarymoustache and bearing. An excellent draughtsman, he provided the designs anddrawings for many pieces of research equipment and was highly regarded by all.Apart from this general service, Sid looked after mechanical testing with a baseoriginally in the Fatigue Laboratory in the old Chemistry building, but transferringto a small separate office in the Arup building before retirement. Generations ofstudents and other assistants (for example Brian Whitmore, who took over theMechanical Testing Laboratory in 1974) learned a great deal from Sid. HowardFrench and Graham Brown also benefited greatly from his example.

Over many years, the research school had reason to be grateful to John Leader.The son of a watch and clock maker in Burleigh Street, he was brought up in aninstrument-making environment and had a wide general engineering knowledge.A natural 'squirrel', he could often 'find' a material or component to help inmaking equipment. His free time was largely spent in operating a boat businessout of Bait's Bite Lock.

Class Assistants

Those University assistants who are responsible for preparation and good order inthe practical class laboratories have a very important role. They can assist with theteaching as they become familiar with the practical aspects of the experiments,and their attitude to students is very important in the image that they, with the

Page 120: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

114 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Demonstrators, create of a happy environment and a worthwhile subject to study.The first dedicated teaching laboratory assistant was Arthur Tabor (Fig. 60) whohad previously been employed by Pembroke College. Generations of studentswere 'shown the ropes' by Arthur, who took a great deal of pride in giving asgood an impression of the Department as possible in what were, at the time,outdated and rather gloomy laboratories. He was assisted in turn by DerekSeymour, Steve Watts and Frank Ison, the latter continuing well after the moveto the Arup building in 1971, when Ted Pettit took charge. Ted, who hadpreviously worked for Banhams the boat builders, was again an ideal classassistant,friendly and helpful to both staff and students, as have been those who succeededhim.

Photography

Initially, photography was mainly carried out on an individual basis,with staff andstudents taking, developing and printing plates and film themselves. Even inthe planning of the Arup building, a considerable number of dark rooms wereincluded for use by research students. Gradually, however, specific individualswere nominated to provide photographic assistance. The first of these appears tohave been Alfred Shadbolt. Mrs Ivy Coldwell also helped with metallographyand associated photographic developing and printing in the 1950s. In the 1960s,Shadbolt still had a major role in photography, with eventually Don Naunton,operating independently, in the 1970s. Denis Cowan, who had joined theDepartment to work in the FIM Group, moved into Photography when a dedi-cated facility had been provided in the Arup building, eventually in associationwith Brian Barber who took over the role of Department photographer in 1974,providing excellent service to everyone, assisted now by Carol Best. Theirfunction has widened considerably with video filming, computerisation and digitalimaging.

Metallography

Metallography has, of course, always been a vital aspect of training and practicewithin the Department, with a dedicated facility at one time being set up forresearch students, both in terms of specimen preparation and optical and electronimaging, the latter with the analysis capability essential to present-day study. Forsome years, the dedicated specimen-preparation suite was controlled by Ray Fella.

SOCIAL AND SPORTING MATTERS

The Tea Room/Canteen

A particular feature of the Department at present is the egalitarian nature of thefacilities for refreshments. However, before the building of 'the hut' and before

Page 121: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 115

Table 2. Canteen Rations - Allocation Per Week 1948

Metallurgy Corrosion(U.R. Evans)

Tea 200z 100zPreserves 180z 100zFats Butter 1st week 100z 40z

2nd week 90z 50zMargarine 1st week 180z 100z

2nd week 190z 90zSugar 440z 220zCheese 80z 40zMilk Per Day Monday to Friday 313 pints 12/3pints

Saturday 1~ pints 2/3pintRationing 1st month 83 41Points Per Month 2nd month 82 42

Note 16 oz = lIb'l Ib = ,...,,454gm

Figure 61. In the first communal (tea room). Frank Bridgeman)Professor Wesley Austin) Clifford Gregory) Arthur Tabor and Sid

Charter.

Metallurgy occupied most of the old Chemistry Building, the prOVISIon offacilities for coffee and tea was fragmented, with Mrs Wulff providing for theU.R. Evans group on the top floor and Mrs Coldwell catering for the rest in theLibrary. Such provision had, of course, to come within the Ministry of Foodrationing allowances for businesses and institutes. As a matter of interest, theseallowances for January 1948 were as shown in Table 2.

Once 'the hut' had been built, giving space for the research group under T.P.Hoar, fragmentation of social activity increased still further. With the final moveof Chemistry to Lensfield Road and when Metallurgy had taken over the upperfloors, with the hut no longer required, a front-facing room on the third floor was

Page 122: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

116 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 62. A tea-room gathering of assistants; recognised are Steve Watts, Derek Starnell, PeterHull, Eddie Holland, Graham Brown, Joe Reich, Bill Childerley and Bert Taylor.

Figure 63. An evening 'get-together', circa 1949. Derek Temple, a research student who hadcome from the Royal School of Mines, is centre back, wearing glasses. He married Peggy Dunn,Wesley Austin's secretary. Others (identified', but some without certainty, are A.R. Entwisle,

T. W. (Tom) Farthing, A.G. Duce, A.G. Metcalfe, E. Gregory, B.H.C. Waters, R.D.Holliday, J. Butler and K. Bowen.

Page 123: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 117

Figure 64. Two familiar names - Ge<1frey Eyles (left) and GrahamWood (standing). Graham went on to become head of the Manchester

Corrosion Centre.

Figure 65. Campbell Laird and John Knott pay careful attention to acolleague on some festive occasion.

allocated as the Tea Room, and Professor Wesley Austin encouraged all groups touse it (Figs. 61·. and 62). In spite of this, the group under Evans and Mayne con-tinued to provide for themselves, a practice which continued through Cottrell'sand Honeycombe's tenures, to their displeasure also. Alternative recreational cen-tres were the 'Bun Shop' and the 'Eagle', conveniently placed public bars(Figs. 63, 64, 65).

In planning the move to the Arup building in 1971, a good social area wasconsidered an essential feature of a happy, progressive Department. Thus, a pur-posefully larger and better equipped facility was provided, enabling Pt II students

Page 124: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

118 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 66. The Part II class oj 1974-1975. Staff present are John Leake) Gerry Smith) JohnKallend) Jan Evetts) Derek Fray) Mike Southon) Trevor Page) Jim Charles and Robert

Honeycombe.

to be accommodated also. Such provision has enabled maximum opportunityfor communication and interaction for those who wish to use it. Many visitorshave commented on the. facility and its. significance in creating social cohesionand friendliness. On occasion, the Pt II students have even requested a classphotograph with those members of staff that could be persuaded (Fig. 66).

Sporting Activities

Social cohesion and individual leadership have often produced teams to representthe Department in various inter-departmental and external competitions. Therewas a period when there were several oarsmen amongst the research students.The oar in the Tea Room celebrates the victory of the Metallurgy ·boat in theCambridge Rowing Association Bumps in 1984, with a crew of P.I. Marshall(stroke) S.P. Timothy, D. Neville, G.S. Hillier, M.C.L Patterson, M.P.D. Ellis,P.J. Burnett and A.J. Davenport (cox); the coach was P.L. Makin of theCambridge University Women's Boat Club (CUWBC). Teams also achieved

Page 125: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 119

Figure 67. The champion darts team - David Duke, BrianWhitmore and David Ackland identified.

Figure 68. Robin Nicholson (putting on his pads) and Graham Woodencourage a youngster to look at the camera. Staff v Student cricket

match, July 1961, Emmanuel Cricket ground.

inter-departmental victories in five-a-side football, ten-pin bowling and darts, thelatter played in the Assistants' Club in Mill Lane (Fig. 67).

Again, the Metallurgy cricket team took many inter-departmental titles over theyears (Fig. 26) and, under the leadership of Graeme Davis, even toured to playForces teams in Germany. The annual staff/student cricket match in earlier yearswas an important family function, with tennis matches taking place alongside thecricket (Figs. 68 and 69). The scorer for these matches was often Ivy Coldwell,

Page 126: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

120 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 69. Sam Hoar and Jim Charles await their turn, July 1961.

Figure 70. 'Tad' Bonizweski and Ivy Coldwell, scorers.

seen in Fig. 70 with Tad Bonizweski. The 'silverware' resulting from sportingachievements resides in a display cabinet in the Tea Room.

In recent years, competitive 'pub-style' quizzes have been taking place in thecanteen, with all branches of the Department fielding teams.

Page 127: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 121

Figure 71. HRH Prince Philip, Duke oj Edinbutgh, Chancellor oj theUniversity, is welcomed to the Department, 7 February 1978-shaking hands with Group Captain John Hurlock, Department

Secretary. Alan Cottrell (then Vice Chancellor) and his PA GeoffreySkelsey watch, as do Robert Honeycombe, Gerry Smith and Jim

Charles, awaiting their turn.

IMPORTANT VISITATIONS

Naturally, the Department has attracted many professional and academic assessorsand visitors over the years. One of the earliest visitations was, of course, byGoldsmiths' Company representatives during Heycock's efforts to enlarge facilitiesand at the final opening of the Goldsmiths' Laboratory. Professor Hutton'sDepartment was visited by members of the British Association meeting inCambridge in 1938 (page 38), and assessment of the Department teaching andexamining in relation to the Institution of Metallurgists' professional qualificationsoccurred at intervals. On such occasions, as well as professional inspection, themembers of the assessing panel would be .entertained to lunch, mixing with bothstaff and students. A member of staff on one such occasion was describing over

Page 128: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

122 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 72. Prince Philip is presented with a cast aluminium alloymemento by Fiona Doyle from the Part II class, watched by RobertHoneycombe, Ian Hutchings and Jim Charles (far right). Fiona is

currently a Professor at the University of California, Berkeley.

Figure 73. Gerry Smith explains a phenomenon to Prince Philip.

Page 129: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 123

Figure 74. Prince Philip with John Leake listen as two students explain their work.

lunch the eccentricities of earlier members and made a statement to the effect thatsuch characters no longer existed, to which a student responded, to our relief, 'Ohyes they do!'

As Chancellor of the University, HRH Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburgh, hasvisited the Department and taken a keen interest in the work in progress(Figs. 71-74). Sir Alan Cottrell was Vice Chancellor and Robert HoneycombeHead of Department on the occasion depicted, 7 February 1978. Prince Philiphad landed at Cambridge Airport at 10.15 am, to be met by Cottrell and GeoffreySkelsey, his PA, and Lt. Commander Blackburn, the Prince's equerry. Arrival atthe Department was at 10.30 am, where he was received by Professor R.W.K.Honeycombe and Dr A.D.l. Nicol (Secretary General of the Faculties) and intro-duced to members of the staff At 11.50 am, he moved on to the Audio-VisualAids Unit.

Some individual characters were to become regular visitors to the Department,such as cheerful Ben Wilcox, always welcome from the US Navy, and ProfessorIan Polmear from Melbourne, whose arrival like the swallows regularly heraldedthe onset of summer for many a year.

Page 130: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

124 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 75. Visit to the Department by the Chinese Academy of Science. Professor Ko is onHoneycombe's right. Departmental representatives areJohn Hurlock (Department Secretary), Jack

Mayne, Jim Charles, John Chilton and Alan Windle.

Figure 76. Professor Derek Hull (seated) addressing the gathering atthe visit of the King of Sweden.

Page 131: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 125

Figure 77. John Knott describing work on fracture during the Swedish visit. Jan Evetts awaitinghis turn on the right.

Figure 78. Derek Fray emphasises a delicate point, watched by Bill Clyne.

Page 132: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

126 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Figure 79. Alan Cottrell, Professor AJ. Murphy, Gerry Smith and Jack Nutting with TonyKelly (back view) outside the Arts School.

The visit of the Chinese Academy of Science during Professor Honeycombe'stime included Professor Ko, who had studied metallurgy at Birmingham Univer-sity when Professor Cottrell was on the staff there (Fig. 75). Professor Hull hosteda visit from King Karl Gustav of Sweden in 1980 (Figs. 76-78)

Examinations are, of course, extremely important events in the academic yearfor students and staff alike, and the visit of the external examiner is usually used tocelebrate the conclusion of an extremely arduous period for the staff concerned.Fig. 79 shows a group in the late 1950s with Professor A.J. Murphy of Cranfield,who was the external examiner for the year, while Fig. 80 depicts a gathering ofthe staff in Second Court, St John's, circa 1965, just prior to Alan Cottrell leavingthe Department.

WIDER EDUCATIONAL EFFORTS: OUTREACH

Challenging Schoolchildren with Materials Science

As a result of dedicated work by Dr Rob Wallach and a team of enthusiastic staffand post-graduates, the Department has become the focus of a regular outreachto schoolchildren, where their participation in hands-on activities and lecturesintroduces them to materials science and engineering, employing simple but

Page 133: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 127

Figure 80. Left to right: Brian Ralph) John Chilton) Tony Kelly) David Dew-Hughes) RobinNicholson) Alan Cottrell) Mike Southon) Gerry Smith) Geoff Chadwick) Graeme Davies and

Jim Charles) 2nd Court St John)s College) prior to lunch in the Wilbeiforce Room.

elegant experiments in the best Cambridge tradition, using such discardeddomestic items as plastic fizzy-drink bottles and cardboard tubes. Over the years,Rob and his teams have been selflessly involved in helping to promote interest inmaterials science among future generations of students.

Web-Based Teaching

Another contribution to education beyond the department itself is DoITPoMS,which stands for the dissemination of IT for the nromotion of materials .s.cience, aproject led by the University of Cambridge (Professor Bill Clyne) in partnershipwith the Universities of Leeds, London Metropolitan, Manchester/UMIST,Oxford Brookes and Sheffield. For those teaching or studying materials science,this web-based project provides a wide range of information, developed primarilyat undergraduate level. It can save time in teaching preparation, provide searchableon-line access to high-quality micrographs, and contains self-contained learningpackages. The micrograph library of 700 materials has been contributed bythe cooperating universities, and all binary alloys in the library are linked to aninteractive phase diagram. Additionally, teaching and learning packages (TLPs) are

Page 134: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

128 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

available for frequently encountered materials science topics. All information inDoITPoMS is freely available for non-profit making purposes.

STUDENT MATTERS

Student Numbers

There has been a steady rise in the number of research students in the Departmentover the years since the end of World War II, beginning under Professor WesleyAustin's leadership. This growth in research student activity is mirrored by theincrease in staff numbers, from five in his time to the present 30. Student numbersreading for Part II increased greatly into the 1970s, but have declined since then.

Contact with Alumni

In recent years, greater organised effort has been made to maintain regular contactwith ex-members of the Department. The first attempt to produce a list of contactnames and addresses was in relation to the celebrations of the 50th anniversary, in1982, of the establishment of the Goldsmiths' Chair of Metallurgy, when GerrySmith and Jim Charles managed to extract most of the then current addresses fromthe colleges, who were sometimes not easily persuaded that they should divulgethe information. In more recent years, a computerised database has been devel-oped, both in the interest of the Department in terms of industrial liaison andprofessional contacts, through Dr Rachel Hobson, and for keeping alumniinformed of activities in the Department. In the latter context, the first issue ofMaterial Eyes went to alumni in 1996, and there have been 14 issues since then.For most of the time, the editorial preparation of the latter was in the hands of DrSue Jackson, herself a past member of the Department. It is now prepared andissued by John Leake, assisted by Carol Ann Monteith.

THE DEPARTMENT NOW - AND IN THE FUTURE

It is clear that the research activities of the Department have never been stronger,both in terms of numbers and the esteem in which the research is held. On theteaching side, however, the past 20 years, in particular, have seen a worrying,steady reduction in student numbers from a peak of 60 in Part II in the late 60s.There are several possible contributory factors which may have led to this. TheCambridge system of admission through the colleges, where students are admittedto read Natural Sciences rather than a specific science, has been of benefit to theDepartment in the past. However, with national and local preference amongststudents turning increasingly away from physical science, mathematics and engi-neering and towards the more 'green' biological and geological sciences, intensecompetition between departments for physical scientists has developed, where

Page 135: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 129

obviously larger departments such as Physics and Chemistry have an advantage.In the particular case of Materials Science and Metallurgy, there are fewer overallDirectors of Studies in Natural Sciences in the colleges from the staff of theDepartment, a very different situation to that existing in the 1970s and 1980s,when a proper forceful representation of the Metallurgy and Materials Science casecould be made by several individuals, such as G.C. Smith, J.F. Knott, T.F. Page,B. Ralph and J.A. Charles. It is significant that some other Departments ofMaterials also of strong reputation, such as Imperial College and Oxford, havebeen able to even increase the numbers of their students directly from schools andto raise their entry standard. Such entry directly from schools does not depend onrecruitment in competition with powerful departments once in the university, asit does in Cambridge.

Another aspect of the present situation is that the progressive move frommetallurgy to materials science has increased the Department's vulnerability to'take-over' by those larger departments where materials issues have increasinglybecome part of both teaching and research. More and more, there are overlaps ofinterests with us, as in the physics of materials, but not, however, in the particu-larly unique components of metallurgy. These are, firstly, the determination andcontrol of microstructure from change-of-state, liquid-to-solid, mechanical defor-mation and heat treatment and the establishment of the dependence of propertieson the microstructure. Secondly, materials departments should be concerned withthe thermodynamics and kinetics of the processing of metals and other materials tothe finished product, be they metals, polymers, composites or electronic materials.

Whilst the research school remains strong, it has been built to that state in thepast principally by our own high-quality graduates, brought to a realisation of thefascination of the subject by teaching and supervision. If the present undergraduaterecruitment trend continues, there is a danger that the Department will becomejust a research school recruiting from other departments in Cambridge andelsewhere.

However, there are signs of improvement. The new first-year IA course is prov-ing more popular with students and promises some increase in numbers throughto IB, Pt II and Pt III.

Another issue which affects the future of the department is that of a long-considered move to the West Cambridge site alongside the new(ish) Cavendish aspart of a redevelopment of the New Museums site. The concept of a new build-ing has been met with enthusiasm by all members of staff, but a failure to attractthe large funds necessary for such a move has weakened the Department's positionpolitically. Through the application of the Department's research, some valuableIPR has been generated which should yield a substantial royalty income for theUniversity and Department, which could be used to meet the future needs of theDepartment, including a new building.

Page 136: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

130 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Thus overall, as in the period marked by the Deer Report, the future of theDepartment is somewhat uncertain. To ensure its survival, most importantly, as ateaching department, action has to be taken to concentrate attention on the teach-ing role, attracting students to excellent courses, which have to be clearly distinc-tive from those offered by Physics and Chemistry and ensuring that a fair dealexists in colleges in promoting them. Fortunately, the staff are very confident thatthe Department can successfully overcome the challenges that lie ahead.

Acknowledgements

The preparation of this book has been made possible by the cooperation and helpof many amongst past and present staff and alumni who responded to appeals forrecollections, and we thank them all. We are indebted to Mrs Teresa Cronin forher superb effort in preparing the manuscript and to Brian Barber and Carol Bestfor so cheerfully undertaking the preparation of the illustrations, which we hopehave enlivened the text. Our thanks also go to the staff at Maney Publishing, whohave been so cooperative.

Most of the photographs were in the archives without attribution, and if wehave not acknowledged sources where we should, we apologise. Departmentalphotographs were taken by Eaden Lilley of Cambridge and their predecessors, andwe are grateful that they have allowed publication.

Page 137: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

APPENDIX IACADEMIC AND ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF - 2005

Head of DepartmentProfessor D.J. Fray

Deputy HeadProfessor A.L. Greer

Dr P.D. Bristowe

Dr G.T. Burstein

Dr R.E. Cameron

Director: Undergraduate TeachingDr E.R. Wallach

Dr W.J. Clegg

Professor T.W. Clyne

Dr J .L. Driscoll

Dr J .A. Elliott

Professor D.J. Fray

Dr S. Friedrichs

Secretary to the DepartmentMiss L.L. Dann

Academic SecretaryDr R.E.M. Ward

Safety OfficerProfessor H.K.D.H. Bhadeshia

Dr B.A. Glowacki

Industrial LiaisonDr R.J. Hobson

Professor A.L. Greer

Computer OfficerDr M.R. Manning

Professor C.J. Humphreys

Dr K.M. Knowles

Dr R.V. KumarSenior Technical OfficersMr K. PageDr S. Barnard

Dr J.A. Little

Dr P.A. Midgley

Dr C.M.F. RaeTechnical OfficersMr A.W. RaymentDr N. Stelmashenko

Dr S. Tin

Principal TechnicianMr D.J. Duke

Dr E.R. Wallach

Professor A.H. Windle

Alphabetical ListDr Z.H. Barber

Senior Research FellowsDr C. Ducati

Dr S.M. Best Dr R.E. Dunin-Borkowski

Professor H.K.D.H. Bhadeshia Dr I.A. Kinlock

Professor M.G. Blamire Dr N.D. Mathur

Professor W. Bonfield Ms M.E. Vickers

Page 138: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

132 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Distinguished Research AssociatesProfessor Sir Alan Cottrell

Professor Sir John Meurig Thomas

Professor A. Kelly

Professor R.W. Cahn

Dr J .A. Charles

Page 139: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

APPENDIX IICLASS LISTS FROM THE FIRST PT II IN 1938 ONWARDS

Taken from the Cambridge University Reporter, by kind permission

From 1966 to 1975, although there was a central common core of lectures, theclass was divided into two, Materials Science and Metallurgy. The examinationswere recombined through a system of options in 1976. From 1998, it becamepossible for students to undertake a fourth year after Part II if they wished(Part III), making a four-year course overall.

Colleges:Christ's CHR New Hall NHChurchill CHU Newnham NClare CL Pembroke PEMCorpus Christi CC Peterhouse PETDowning DOW Queens ,

QEmmanuel EM Robinson RFitzwilliam F Selwyn SEGirton G St Catharine's CTHGonville and Caius CAl St John's INJesus JE Sidney Sussex SIDKing's K Trinity Hall THMagdalene M Trinity T

Natural Sciences TriposMetallurgy 1938:

INil

n,Wilson, D.V. ee

112Campbell, N.J.M. KSutcliffe, J.P. eRR

IIIMather Y

1939:I

Jones, E.R.W. Y

lItHuddle, A.U. SEKennedy, G.M. ee

Page 140: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

134 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

1940:

1941:

1942:

112Nil

IIINil

INil

Campbell, C.S.Lees, D.C.G.

111DOWCL

Lewis, F.V.Matt, B.W.

112Mance, H.W. INPickman, D.O. F

IIINil

IBickerdike, R.L. CAl

111Eborall, R.].L.Ruddle, R.W.

JEEM

Smith, E.M.D.

112Denton, G. JE

IIIAiyer, K.V. CRR

INil

IIIPugh, S.F. CRR

112Blight, M.K. GGriinspan, S.]. CRR

IIINil

INCRR

G

Page 141: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 135

1943:

IHall, W.H. CAl

IIINil

112Cox, G.M.L. G Osborn, J.H. THHodgson, L. Q

IIINil

1944:I

Smith, G.e. PEMWilson, F.S. EM

IIICarter, A. SETucker, A.J.P. CRR

112Murray, J.R. c Whitwham, D. PETSwain, A.J. CAl

IIINil

1945:I

Pryor, M.J. T

IIICahn, R.W. T McFarlane, J.S. EMClements, P.G. SE Young, L. CL

112Duckworth, W.E. Q Rogers, J.P. CLLechem, S.M. N Wilson, R.W. PET

IIIFitzgerald, M. T. QWood, D.R. EM

Page 142: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

136 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

1946:I

Nil

IIiJane, C.W.E. CAlTimlin, E.J.R. CC

112Nil

IIINil

1947:I

Atterton, D.V. PET Duce, A.G. IN Metcalfe, A.G. QBradshaw, R.P. CRR Waters, B.H.C. CC Wolstenholme, G.A. CAlCibula, A. CTR

IIiBaker, J.P. Q Dewhirst, D.W. CRR Hooker, E.J. SIDBucknell, G.L. Q Grant, J.D. K Maxwell, D. EMButler, J.M. DOW Gray, S.A.R. T Mills, J.F. INCroom, E.A.G. CTR Greenough, A.P. Q Mowat, J.A.S. QDavis, A.G. K Holmes, E. EM Walters, R.E.S. CRR

112Aston, J.L. CTH Frankau, A.M. CAl Horsley, G.W. CLCribb, R.J.P. IN Harris, L.R. SID Webber, B.R.P. EM

IIINil

1948:I

Farthing, T.W. JETown, A.W. PEM

IIiBroom, T. IN Gregory, E. IN Taylor, J.A. NEntwisle, A.R. EM Holliday, R.D. CTR Wasilewski, R.J. FFarmery, H.K. SE Smith, K. JE

112Bystram, M.C.T. F Haywood, J.W. PEM Porter, F.C. KDarwin, G.E. T Olds, B.F. SID Wright, C.B. PEMGrassam, B.W. DOW

Page 143: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 137

IIIJasdanwalla, F.A. CLJones, R.M. CL

1949:I

Nil

n,Abrahams, A.S. DOW Davies, D.E. F Leach, J.C.C. EMAnderson, C. EM Goodenough, G.L. F Wallis, R.M. KAndrew, A.T. CL Kempson, G.P. IN Waterhouse, R.B. PEM

112Dickins, G.J. Q Foldes, S. CTH Mannox, D.J. TEldred, V.W. CTR Goodwin, R.J. SE Morton, P.H. THEvans, B. CAl Haslam, N. EM

IIINil

1950:I

Martin, J.W. IN111

Best, P. SE Houseman, D.H. Q Suckling, P.G. JNChilton, J.P. CL Hyam, E.D. DOW Young, P.A. CTH

112Butterworth, G. Q Eng, S.K. SID Roberts, D.P. EMCook, A.R. DOW Orchard, G.S. CHR

IIINil

1951:I

Hines, J.G. SE Ward, R.G. CRRMardon, P.G. PET

111Cole, M. T

112Brittain, C.P. F Howd, G.T. JE Martin, P.D. DOWGoodman, R.M. JE Kenyon, D .M. CL Shakespeare, A.G. F

Page 144: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

138 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Baer, H.D. MBucklow, LA. FCampbell, G.H. T

1952:

Denton, BLines, A.H.

Evans, P.E.Hains, J.W.Horsfield, A.M.

IIIT Mortimer, LG.CC Sutton, A.L.CRR White, C.A.

IMelford, D .A. CL

lItCAlSE

Lawrence, R.C. CRRMoelwyn-Hughes, A.A. TR

112Paul, R.W.Perry, T.G.

III

1953:

Brown, D.A.Caston, B.J.

JEPEM

Gray, D.P.Prior, T.V.

1954:

Adam, R.W.Conolly, R.LTuck, C.W.

McVittie, D.F.Smith, A.A.

CRRT

FCLM

SEPET

Thurgate, J.C. SE

DOWSEM

IMay, J.E. SEStockbridge, C.D.G. M

lItCollard, J.C. PEMMadlen, G.F. QWest, J .M. SE

112Grant, J.M.S.Macbridge, F.

IIICRRCRR

SIDG

Smith, E.

Sharp, J.D. SEThompson, S.P. CAl

IArrowsmith, D.J. INCoiley, J .A. SE

DOW

Page 145: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 139

IIIBaker, R.G. F Greenwood, D.A. JE Retter, T.F. SECrowe, DJ. PEM Kirkwood, D .H. TH Wollaston, K.H. EMFisher, J.F.C. CHR Notley, MJ.F. Q

112Clegg, M.A. SE Roe, R. CRR Steward, J.F. INDrake, J.B. DOW Scott, M.H. T Tarnofsky, V. DOWHartree, J .R. CRR Stanford, B.R. Q Wheatley, J.M. SIDHill, D.R.F. F Stephenson, T.E.V. JE Willett, K.P. DOWHines, R.T. SE

IIIHowat, J.G. CH Neale, N.R. SE Watkins, AJ. SEMcLellan, P.W. CC Perry, M. CAl

1955:I

Nil

IIIBremner, R.W. CL Huddy, G. SE Williams, B.O.B. PEMHarper, J.D. CC Samuelson, M. IN

112Brummitt, R.N. Q Gregson, M.D .A. TH Mitchell, W.I. MClark, AJ. PEM Hawkins, J.F. DOW Pocock, NJ.B. IN

IIIDixon, M. FRoberts, A.C. SE

1956:I

Branch, G.D. CTH

IIIBrandon, D.G. EM Copeman, R.C. CC Wood, G.C. CHRChristie, J.A.C. CC Nicholson, R.B. CTH

112Bryant, R. T. SE Knowlson, P.M. CRR Redstone, S.l. DOWDavies, D J. CHR Melvill, M.L. CL Sharman, D.T.V. CLHills, A.W.D CHR Prisk, W.T. CRR Watson, M.I.M. eRRJones, M.M. JE

Page 146: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

140 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

IIIBarton, P.J. SE Hydon, M.E. FBeaumont, R. SE Jackson, G.W.S. QChatham, P.G. EM Oxley, R.W. PETCrawley, W.L. JE Sadler, P. DOWHine, A.]. CL Stubbs, P.]. EM

Thompson, N.B.W. TRTrotz, C.L SEWebber, SJ. CLWhittaker, J.A. CRR

1957:I

Ashby, M.F. Q Leech, J.R. PEMKelly, P.M. CC Ratcliff, N.A. SE

lItBaker, A.J. PET Minton, C.D.T. QGeorge, P.M. DOW Patton, A.M. CAl

112Andrews, C.C. CC Hill, M.].C. TR Walter, P.F. DOWArrowsmith, J .M. CTR Keeble, J.G. SE Wilkinson, G.M.B. CLGood, S.E. SE Lloyd, C.S. DOW Worley, E.M. DOWHewin, I.D. PEM Parker, R.H. CRRHicks, A.G. CTR Scebohm, R.H. M

IIIAbbott, C.E. CAl Hanson, O.J. SE Smith, E. PEMAllday, W.]. IN Jackson, P.W. IN Starks, D.E. DOWBagshaw, N.E. DOW Pope, J.F. SID Varley, R. INGrace, P.N. CL Richards, P.R. QHall, B.C.M. DOW Rudge, C.G.G. M

1958:I

Nil

Blackburn, MJ.Haggett, R. G.

EMDOW

Murray, J.G.de B. TYearsley, A.V. EM

112Astley, 1. SE Hall, R. CAl Ross-Macdonald, S.]. INBangert, B.A. CRR Lutley, J.H. IN Scully, J.C. DOWBrown, A.J. SE McArthur, H. SID Younger, R.N. MEvans, D.R. EM Moreton, D .R. CAl

Page 147: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 141

IIIAitchison, I. IN Gibbons, J.R. Q Northcott, W.]. EMCanner, J.W. SE Harvey, M.W. JE Telfer, LG. TRClayson, D.]. CAl Horrocks-Taylor, J.P. IN Walters, C.N. SEFryer, P.C. EM Normington, F.W. CL

1959:I

Bowden, P.B. CAlGroves, G.W. CTR

n,Bird, T.L. CL Hughes, J.M.Hankinson, R.]. CTR Kent, K.G.

112Bentley, K.P. PEM Makower, M.S.Buxton, S.L. M Martin, N.Fawkes, G.D. F Moreton, R.Harocopos, B. CC Morgan, C.Hershman, A.A. CRR Read, P.].Histed, J .H. Q

Abson, J.D.Evans, C.J.G.

IIIPEM Phillips, R.].JE

1960:

Laird, C. CRRRothwell, G.P. JE

SE Price, R.]. EMDOW Yelland, T.E. CRR

T Reid, D.B.N. CRRSID Rogers, P.D.C. INSE Romer, H.F. PEMIN Smith, A.D.N. CAlEM Wade, R.H. CRR

M Woodward, F. CRR

IPollard, G. JETaylor, B. IN

lItDOW Higginbotham, G.].S. Q Murray, G.A.W. INEM Hunt, J.D. CRR Tufton, P.J. CL

Done, P.Gilbert, J.R.B.

112Benton, D.B. Q Faiers, M.E. T Mercer, J. SEBrookes, P.G. DOW Greatwood, P. T Rogerson, ].H. QBrown, ].W.G. TR Hassall,].0. CC Scudamore, R.A. QBushnell, G. SE Hitchcock, R.E. EM Smith, D. DOWCarus-Wilson, M.J. T Lee, N.H.W. Q Thackery, P .A. FDobson, C.D. SE

Page 148: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

142 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

IIICave, D.H. IN Hughes, M.]. SE Vickers, D.P. EMGarforth, D. SE Johnstone, E.T.C. IN Woyka, A.S. CCHarmer, C.F.]. IN McLauchlan, J. PEM Wykes, F.C. THHarrison, J .A. CHR Simmons, J.G. CC

1961:I

Ralph, B. JERaw, P.M. DOW

lItBrown, E.D. G Salmon, Cox, P.H. CAlDolby, R.E. SE Sargent, C.M. T

112Armitage, C.D.]. CRR Grace, M.H. JE Mellowes, MJ. TBeeston, B.E.P. SE Hardwick, J .M. SE Steward, K.P. JEClarke, D.N. eRR Hubbard, T.R.]. DOW Stock, T.A.C. CHRCooper, A. PET Lees, J.M. Q

IIIBrodrick, P.D. CAl Scott, D. JE Voller, M.D. CRRGosling, M.C. SE van Someren, O.L. T Young, J.A. CHRHandisyde, P. PEM

Examiners:G.C. Smith, A.H. Cottrell, N.J. Petch

1962:I

Waddington, C.P. CL

IIICairns, R.L. IN Palmer, LG. K Truscott, J.M. CHRGriffiths, J .R. SE Smith, J.L. G Webster, R.M. CHRJones, R.L. CAl

112Bowden, H.G. CAl Calderbank, I.G. DOW M'Hardy, J. DOWBraggins, D.W. CAl Higginson, C.E. G Mellor, F. EMBrice, J.R. JE John, D.G. CRR Morris, J.G.H. CRRBrooks, G.].D. SE

IIIAitken, D. CTH Hatch, H.P. CHR Richards, B.]. INCampbell, J. F Hendy, T.W. SE Spence, J.D. PEM

Page 149: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 143

Cooper, J.R. FErasmus, W.D.L. CRR

Examiners:A.G. Sharpe, J.A. Charles, N.J. Petch, G.C. Smith

Jeffs, R.E. SE Varley, P.M. SID

1963:

ICooper, G.A. TH Jack, A.R. IN Proctor, R.P.M. JEHargreaves, D.E. IN Macmillan, N.H. SE Weatherly, G.C. T

lItEtchells, LV. JE Jenkins, W.B. TH Maunder, P.J.H. CRRHemming, D.G. M Lightstone, J.B. CL Outram, D.A. SE

112Alderson, G.P. CL Hawkins, R.J. F Robins, A.P. M'Chatburn, R.A. SE Jurevics, R. SID Warner, C. INFord, F.P. M Lewis, E.M.S. CRR Windmm, P.M. EMHall, J.S. CC Lord, R.D. EM

IIIBain, H.D. F Hart, P.F. SE Killey, N.M. FBatty, R.D. JE Howe, D.R. TR Thomas, B. CRRBowers, D .A. PEM Hughes, G.D. CAl Tomkins, J.R. YClapham, R.R. CAl Hunt J.P. M Williams, B.J. F

Examiners:A.G. Sharpe, J.A. Charles, N.J. Petch, G.C. Smith

1964:I

Morgan, R. CRUWilkins, M.A. M

n,Brazell, D.I.A. T Jacob, W.R. T Sykes, J.M. SIDChin, L.L.-J. eRR Southworth, H.N. Q Wootton, R.W. CLHumphreys, D.C. T

112Abson, D.J. CTR Graville, B.A. PET Hammond, C. INCaton, P.D. F Gray, D.G.D. CRR Jenkins, A.J. PETColvill, R.H. CRR Grayson-Smith, I.J. IN Seldon, C.W.J. SIDEnnals, D.J.S. F

IIIAnderson, P.W. DOW Martin, S.A. CRR Sharp, W.B.A. PETFox, P.M. EM Platt, J.E.A. DOW Shell, C.A. eTR

Page 150: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

144 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Hamer, R.C. T Rotherham, M.E. CRR Sleight, A. CRRHeath, J.J. TR Ruscoe, M.J.H. CRR Westgate, S.L. TRHudson, A.S. CL Sandor, J.M. T Widgery, D.J. SIDLarkman, P.S. CRR

Examiners: J.W. Millen, J.A. Charles, A. Kelly, A.J. Murphy

1965:

Bibby, G.W.Bomford, M.J.Cockroft, R.D.H.

IGarrett, I. TSmith, D .A. F

111CRU Hudson, J.A. JECRU Hunter, W.H. INF

Lidbetter, M. CRRScantlebury, J.D. DOW

112Allen, RJ. T Clayton, A.R.K. PEM McKeown, G. DOWBurnett, S.A. SE James, D.R. PEM Mrkusic. P.G.P. CHRClark, A.B. DOW Johnston, P.J. TH Wilcox, D .M. PEM

IIIAllen, A.M. DOW Hazlehurst, 1.J. DOW Saunders, G.G. CCBowden, J.F. T Huxtable, P.L. T Slatcher, W.N. THCowie, D.M. Q King, J.E. DOW Towers,R.K. QEtheridge, AJ. SID Knight, J.W.D. CAl Walters, JJ. QGibson, B.R.C. Q Lamont-Smith, S.G. JE Yates, B.D. eLGosse, G.A. TR Pochin, C.W. Q

Examiners: P.A. Merton, J.P. Chilton, A. Kelly, W.S. Owen

Materials Science 1966:I

Newton, J.R.Ray, 1.L.F.

JECL

Dufton, P.W. TFox, P.G.D. SIDJackson, AJ.W. PEM

111Taylor, D.M.Wilson, F.G.

112Josephy, R.D.Jukes, J.A.

SEPEM

eRRT

McGlynn, M.J. CRUVan Essen, C.G. CL

Page 151: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 145

IIIChase, B.D. CHRPotts, R. TThompsett, D.J. TH

Examiners: R.C. Evans, G.A. Chadwick, A. Kelly, N.J. Petch, M.J. Southon

Metallurgy 1966:I

Bush, M.E. F Jack, D.H. EMHoddinott, D.S. CHU Jervis, R.M. CL

n,Farrar, J.C.M. CHU Hull, M.A. NHFyfe, D. SID Watts, A.R. SIDHansell, A.M. CHU

112Clare, ].A. CL Ridgeway, P. DOW Slater, ].E. DOWElsworth, D .M. DOW Rollason, T.C. PEM Washington, D.J. CTHLorkin, C.G. TH Shipley, D.C. TH Willets, K.W. TR

Fidler, R.S.George, D.

IIICHR Magson, R. T.CHR Posnett, C.N.

Q Rossiter, G.J.CHR Wolton, K.J.

CHUQ

Examiners: R.C. Evans, J.P. Chilton, R.B. Nicholson, J. Nutting

Materials Science 1967:

Jones, D.R.H.Kallend, J.S.Page, T.F.

CHRTH

JE

Calvert, P.D.Cartwright, P.Davies, D .M.

lItCHRSEJE

Darvill, S.P.Dury, B.L.Gilchrist, P.V.

112DOW Parker, G.F.TH Wilkinson, R.F

IPumphrey, P.H. KTidy, D.C. CTH

Lunn, A.C.Pedder, D.J.Shipp, R.

CLDOWPET

CTH Williams, T.J. CLG Woolley, K.E.H. CHU

Page 152: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

146 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Kauders, D.J.Macintyre, R.M.Ovey, J.D.

JECHUCC

IIIVanier, P.E.Ward, C.R.

PEMCC

Examiners: R.C. Evans, G.A Chadwick, R.W.K. Honeycombe, N.J. Petch, M.J.Southon

Metallurgy 1967:

Baker, T.J.Cottis, R.A.Flower, H.M.

CLCAlCHR

IFoster, D.J.Shelley, T.R.

THEM

lItBatte, A.D. JE Ives, A.G. TH Page, C.L. PEMBurden, M.H. DOW Johnson, R. SE Stott, F.H. THBurden, P.J. SE O'Connor, G.P. SE

112Bailey, W.J.C. CL Giddings, J. CTH Radcliffe, P.H. PEMBall, D.G. CL Halsall, S.H. Q Robinson, A.P.S.JEBrand, R.A. IN Hunter, M.J. CC Roxburgh, R.J. CHRCadman, M.A. SE Osburn, H.J. CHU Sanders, N.J. MCowley, J.M. TH Palmer, D.E.B. ce Wallace, E.R. FEllwood, D.F. CHR

IIIBagnall, C. F Frey, A.J. DOW Smith, R.G. DOWBerry, G. F Gowland, J.S. T Tutin, G.C. CLBoswell, P.G. F Rose, H.E. CHR Young, M. DOWClements, J .R. CHR

Examiners: R.C. Evans, J.P. Chilton, G.J. Davies, J. Nutting

Materials Science 1968:

Carter, A.R.Cutler, C.P.Dixon, R.W.

IHunter, J.R.

u,Sinclair, R.Taylor, D.J.

112NH Jasper, K.D.T Jones, P.J.DOW Lenman, R.W.

CHR

JENH

CHUCHRIN

Spurrier, J.Sutton, A.

JEJE

Page 153: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 147

IIIHampshire, R.G. THPetty, D.A. CC

Swallow, T.Youle, A.

Baker, H.A. NCooper, J.C. INEltringham, G.A. JE

Examiners: R.C. Evans, G.A. Chadwick, R.W.K. Honeycombe, N. Petch, M.J.Southon

Metallurgy 1968:

Cantor, B.Folwell, A.J.S.Groom, J.D.G.

Bilham, R.Bunting, M.G.Burton, D.T.Droar, P.A.Dunkley, J.J.Fisher, J.H.Freeman, B.L.Garland, J.G.

Cave M.J.D. CLCook, D.G.H. EMHarper, M.R. SID

lItCHR Pennick, A.M.CAl Price, G.D.S.CTH Roberts, G.M.

112Hidle, J.D.Jeffery, S.W.Jennings, C.P.Kingsley, M.J.Liddle, J.F.Luscombe, A.Maguire, A.S.Maguire, R.M.

Armitage, K.M.Down, R.J.

CLTEMINCTHSECTHCHU

NHDOW

IScholes, H.K.Wynne, B.E.

QCHR

CHRJE

DOW Robinson, J.N. DOWSE Torrance, A.A. PEMIN Williams, K. F

FeHRSECHUCHUCLINCTH

Pentecost, C.J.Reynolds, J .M.Shetty, A.Slater, E.A.Smith, R.F.Stead, R.Thompson, S.J.

IIIJohnson, D.F. FMcGuire, M. FSmith (Sister Mark) J.C. NH

CLQTNHCHUCAlNH

Thompson, I.R. JEWynter, M.T. CHU

Examiners: R.C. Evans, J.A. Charles, J. Nutting, G.C. Smith

Materials Science 1969:I

Hodge, C. SEOxborough, R.J. INWeatherley, J.W. Q

lItDowler, E.J. QEllis, C.D. EMYoung, R.J. IN

Page 154: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

148 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

112Goodwill, D.J. CRRHowell, P.R. CRRLeeming, R. CAl

IIIDilworth, A.J. CHUPrice, ].L. CCTemple, R.C. TR

Examiners: S.G. Fleet, R.W. Cahn, G.J. Davies, R.W.K. Honeycombe, B. Ralph

Bee, J.V.Charlton, L.Gooch, D.J.

CRRGCRR

Metallurgy 1969:

Melton, K.N.

Gove, K.B.Jones, I.P.Mellor, B.G.

Newnham, R.C. PEMOffer, R.C. INSwindlehurst, W.E. TR

IT Ritchie, R.O. CRU

TTRT

lItMoles, M.D.C.Savage, R.F.

CRU Scarlin, R.B. EMSID Wilks, M.P. DOW

112Doig, P. CRR Latham, G.e.M. DOW Tyrell- KenyonFindlay, P. F Smith, R.M.H. M Hon Ll. MForeman, R.C. CRR Terry, P.M. JE West A.W. NRGarrett, G.G. CRR

Broadbent, P.W.D. CRRDeveria, R.A.A CL

IIIEborall, J.R. JEHollins, P.M. JE

Oldfield, S.R.Stemler, R.G.

CAlDOW

Candidate not for Honours who has attained the standard of a SpecialExamination for the Ordinary BA Degree

Bolton, P.H. CRR

Examiners: S.G. Fleet, G.A. Chadwick, R.W.K. Honeycombe, A.G. Quarrell,G.C. Smith

Materials Science 1970:

Bell, R.C.Hildon, A.May, G.J.

IINMF

Taunt, R.J.Williams, D.B.

JECRR

lItHaworth, C.D.Hobday, J.P.Scott, M.G.

JECRUCC

Page 155: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 149

Bridgeman, H.D.W. CHUChipperfield, C.G. CHRDaniels, T.G. JE

112Dubery, J.M.Faithfull, J .M.Hardingham, T .K.

III

PEMNCAl

Pope, B.A. CAlWilkes, T.J. CHR

Crookes, R.I.Pont, D.S.M.F.Steventon, D.J.

QCRRIN

Examiners:S.G. Fleet, R.W. Cahn, G.J. Davies, B. Ralph, M.J. Southon

Metallurgy 1970:I

Beresford, K.N.Dann, L.J.H

FDOW

Hayman, D .R. NJohnson, A.J.D. IN

lItBarnes, J .L. Q Hickling, J. EM Smedley, P.N. SEColeby, M.G. CHR Lambert, J.S. SE Smyth, M.A. CHUHaigh, J.R. Q Shaw, N.B. SID

112Carter, J.L. CAl Metcalfe, B. CHU Simpson, G.M. CHUCooper, G.B. PEM Mills, D.J. Q Szymanski, I.A. CLLidgate, A.M. TH Mottram, C.G. SE Williams, D .M. CHUMcKenzie, D.J. F Paling, M.H. TH Wyand, R.N.L. DOW

IIIDavies, D.V.B. THRoss, N.P.G. SESmith, T.J .A. PEM

Examiners:S.G. Fleet, G.A. Chadwick, J .A. Charles, R.W.K. Honeycombe,A.G. Quarrell

Materials Science 1971:I

Burt, R.S. c Goodhew, S.J. NDawson, J. T Hamblin, D.J. CHU

lItDixon, M.F. CHU Roberts, S.A. PETDunlop, M.D. NH Wilson, F.J. NNewson, T. TH

Page 156: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

150 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Calvert, D.J.Denne, M.Griffiths, LF.

FFM

Lowe, C.M.Margaronis, 1.Wrigley, J.

FQIN

IIIEmmens, R.P. CHR

Examiners: S.G. Fleet, P. Bowden, R.W. Cahn, B. Ralph, M.J. Southon

Metallurgy 1971:

Bowling, J.E. GBunting, D.J. CHU

Booth, G.S.Davies, J.H.Heffer, P.A.

lItCHU Mandle, D.H.T Muir, G.P.F Price, D.C.

Goodall, F.C.Haugh, D.C.Hogg, W.G

112DOW Jones, A.R.F Lindford, T.J.SE

IMusson, D.R. CHUWright, D.R. DOW

F Royle, P.D. PETTH Smith, R.C.B. KPEM Wilson, M.J. Q

DOW Turgoose, S. CLDOW Wallwork, T.J. CTH

IIINone

Examiners: S.G. Fleet, J.A. Charles, G.J. Davies, R.W.K. Honeycombe,A.G. Quarrell

Materials Science1972:

Clark, G.Henshall, J .L.Kenley, R.M.

FCHRCHR

ISanders, D.J.Watts, A.J.

CTHM

lItBooth, J.A. N Henderson, A. N Monkhouse, R.S.C.JEFleet, D.E. F Knight, F.I. CHR Porter, D.A. QGreen, G. JE Lane, F.W. F Russell, D.P. IN

112Bullett, P.F. CHR Honeyborne, V.R. G Parfitt, S.H.L. JEButler, J.W. T Jepson, P.R. PEM Phillips, S.L. DOWDavey, K.S.A. CHU Morris, P.P. CHU Slater, J. JEFrancis, J. 1. Q

Page 157: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 151

IIIBloxsome, J .R.Jagger, S.N.Price, J.A.

CCJENH

Roberts, C.Unwin, D.H.

CHRQ

Declared to have deserved the Ordinary BA DegreeForeman, R.J. Q

Examiners: J.A. Leake, P. Bowden, D. Hull, J.F. Knott, M.J. Southon

Metallurgy 1972:I

Johnson, R.S. PEMSadler, 1. CRU

lItDoyle, P.J. Q How, T.F. CHUDriver, A.C. Q Welch, P.I. F

112Callick, A.H.R. PEM Oakley, S.D. SEClarke, P.C. IN White, P.C. CL

IIILeibling, M.L. CRRNyholm, P.S. CRR

Examiners: J.A. Leake, J.A. Charles, G.J. Davies, J.W. Edington, R.E. Smallman

Materials Science 1973:I

Clyne, T.W.Curry, D.A.

INF

Curtis, P.T.Hollis, G.E.

CRRF

Martin, S.C. INWilloughby, A.A. CHU

Benson, J.P.Birkinshaw, C.S.

lItCRRTH

Butler, M.J.Davidson, R.

MCHR

112Baird-Smith, I.G. CRR Jenner, P.M. TH Newley, R.A. QElliott, S. NR Kilvington, I.T. NR Sawyer, G.R. INHarmer, A.S. CC Kolbuszewski, M.L. CC Wiffen, S.R. CCHendry, W.D. M Mockler, C.J. JN Wilyman, P.R. PEMJackson, R.G. F

Page 158: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

152 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Bentley, J.Bishop, A.Crosby, J.C.

MCRRK

IIICutler, S.J.Morton, M.J.H.

FDOW

Declared to have deserved the Ordinary BA DegreeHopkinson, C.F. TSmith, ] .R. Q

Examiners: ].A. Leake, P. Bowden, D. Hull, ].F. Knott

Metallurgy 1973:I

Hookey, ].M.Horne, J.G.Marchand, A.R.

n,Chick, S.J. CRUHilling-Smith, T.W. PEM

GINCTH

La Brooy, S.R.J.Merrill, C.J.

FCTR

112Grice, P.W. PEM Millard, M.E.R. PEM Sloper, P.]. FHotson, C.J. TR Owen,].R. IN Towler, B. CRRLoveder, F.J. CRR Seaman, M.A. SE Willenbruch, A.G. SID

IIIBell, M.P.Budd, R.A.

SEPEM

Cooper, R.M.Morgan, D.J.

CLSE

Examiners: J.A. Leake, J.P. Chilton, G.J. Davies, J.W. Edington, R.E. Smallman

Materials Science 1974:I

Helfet, P.R. CRRPickard, A.C. CRU

lItMaselkowski, C.R. QMenzies, R.G. M

Newman, D.R. CCWheatley, P.K. IN

112Balliger, N.K. CHR Crawford, P.W.G. CL Manders, P.W. CRRBurke, M.A. F Emerson, K.R. F Wallace, R.G. INBurnie, ]. DOW James, D.C. N Walton, ].G. MCopely, D.C. DOW Lewis, I.D. F

Page 159: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 153

IIIGibson, A.R. DOW

Examiners: P. Johnson, J.F. Knott, J.A. Leake, B. Ralph, D. Hull

Metallurgy 1974:I

Connell, J.G. CTHNoble, A.R. QWilcox, J .R. T

IIIBain, W.G.R. F Eden, M.G. CRRClarke, C.J.B. CTH Jones, D.A. CTH

112Alston, N.K. Q Finn, P.G. MBoyce, R.R. Q Smith, D.M. EMDocker, M.l. PEM

IIISenior, P.J. CHR

Examiners: P. Johnson, J.P. Chilton, J.W. Edington, R.W.K. Honeycombe, R.E.Smallman

Materials Science 1975:I

Akhurst, K.N. CLIson, K.T. CHRThomas, N.L. N

IIIBarnett, 1. CHU Edmonds, A.J.S.Burnet, P. T Hampson, C.J.Cook, J.M. TH Morgan, W.J.Cottenden, A.M. CHR

GINCHR

Payne, S.M.Sargent, P.M.Spurgin, J.C.

CLPEMG

112Coulombeau, D.J.M. G Hurd, N.J. M Paetke, S. SEEyre, E.A. NH Lloyd, P.D.V. IN Simpson, H.C. NHerbert, P. PEM Mills, P.F. F Thorpe, T.W. TH

IIICole, E.e.F.G. CHRHorn, E. INMargetts, R.G. CL

Examiners: P. Johnson, J.A. Leake, P.L. Pratt, G.C. Smith, M.J. Southon

Nicholson, P.Rolt, A.M.

JET

Page 160: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

154 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Metallurgy 1975:

Bagshaw, S.C.Cross, S.N.].King, J.E.

FFNR

ILittle, J .A.Southwick, P.D.Swan, D.I.

CTRQDOW

IIIBagguley, S.C. NR Ritzmann, A.G. F Whitaker, R.D. TBoyce, K.A.G. CRR Stickland, P.B.G. IN Wightman, G. JECanham, D .L. SE Water, R.E. M

Cawte, S.R.David, C.M.Jacombs, V.R.

SECRRN

Pye, A.M.Tinn, D.S.O.

TRK

IIIHarrison, S. CTRWood, S.P. F

Examiners: P. Johnson, K.M. Entwhistle, J.E. Evetts, D.]. Fray, R.W.K.Honeycombe

Metallurgy and Materials Science 1976:From this year on, Materials Science and Metallurgy examinations wererecombined.

Begg, A.R. INGlover, A.M. CL

IIIBateman, R.M. EM Butler, C.A.Beverley, P.R. CAl Cooke, B.A.Bolton, P.J. CL Craig, A.].Borland, S.M.D. CRU Hale, J.R.H.Bray, K.R. PET

112Bainbridge, S.] CAl Forsythe, A.P.Baker, J.W. CAl Foyle, P.].Barlow, C.Y. G Grocott, P.M.Crawley, A.]. G Howard, A.C.Davey, M.A. IN Marshall, R.]. T.Emery, M.R. CRR

IGreer, A.L. TRHardeman, R.W. CL

NR Hill, S.A. NPET Hudson, M.J. CRRSE Patterson, J.P. QM Rollett, A.D. CL

DOW Pargeter, R.]. PEMF Thomas, B.K. DOWCRR Wardle, M.]. QCRU Wheble, P.]- CTRPEM Wilson. A.M. IN

Page 161: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 155

IIIBowen, D.A. T Clay, J.H. PEM Thompson, R.H. JEButcher, N.P. PEM Hilley, A.P. JE

Examiners: B.F.G. Johnson, K.M. Entwhistle, J.E. Evetts, D.J. Fray, R.W.K.Honeycombe, G.C. Smith, M.J. Southon

1977:I

Croft, N.H. CAl Newman, R.C. TEcob, R.C. EM Rose A.J. JEFreake, N.R. N

lItBrown, C.W. Q Hetterley, L. CL Nurthen, P.D. CTHDin, S. NH Kelk, A.P. EM Sutcliffe, R.D. INGilchrist, M.J. CL Kirk, R.A. Q Taylor, D. QGreenfield, S. G Lenel, U.R. NH White, E.P. EMHarris, M.J. JE

112Bannister, C.S. DOW Hobbs, J.E. N Omersa, K.E.A. TCarter, W.A. SID King, S.C. SE Peatman, R.W. JNClarkson, S.A. CHU Lynas, D.A. IN Sargent, A.J. FCripps, A.M. PEM Nash, J.V. T Slavid, R. NHHainsworth, T.l. TH Naylor, M.G.S. M Tunnicliffe, J. N

IIIArdagh, A.D. F Girvan, R.G. SE Steadman, V.R. CHRDaniel, C.D. CRR Marsden, A.F. F Swift, R.E. F

Examiners: B.F.G. Johnson, G.J. Davies, K.M. Entwhistle, J.E. Evetts, D.J. Fray,R.W.K. Honeycombe, G.e. Smith

1978:I

Blunden, R.F. CL Derby, B. JE Lawn, R.F. QBrown, D.J. Q Ellis, S. SE Roberts, S.G. QClarke, R.D. T Hippsley, C.A. SID Tweed, J.H. CLCooke, A.V. F

lItArbuthnot, C.H.D. SID Duesbury, P.G. F Smith, G.M. NBrent Jones, J.S. CHU Knee, N. DOW Smith, P.T. DOW

Page 162: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

156 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Brooks, E.M.Cousens, A.K.

Bentley, A.P.Berry, K.C.Broughton, W.Butchart, E.Cowie, J.N.Doyle, F.M.Gibbins, N.J.Gregson, P.R.

INGTGTHGSEF

NH Porter, A.J. JEF Roberts, S.J.F. TH

112Hunter, H.S.Jayaram, v.Kalmus, E.J.Lin, Y.P.Richardson, C.H.Samuels, C.Scruby, J.A.Simpson, R.W.G.

FQCHUT

JENMPET

Woodthorpe, J. CRR

Slatcher, S.Southworth, A.J.Stuart, R.M.Talks, D.Townhill, J.C.Whitlock, P.J.Wilson, C.P.Witham, N.L.

IIIGarner, D.A. IN

Allowance towards the Ordinary BA DegreeRobbins, L.C. F

eRUeTRTTHFeRRNHEM

Examiners: W.D. Armstrong, G.T. Burstein, K.M. Entwhistle, J.E. Evetts,J.F. Knott, J.A. Leake, G.C. Smith

1979:

Armstrong, D.Callen, V.M.

Alderman, M.L. QAp Rees, H. EMAuckland, J. NBumstead, C.J. QFranks, A.R. JEIngelbrecht, C.D. THLancashire, S.J. SID

ICHU Jones, T.P.H.eTR Lyon, S.B.

TT

IIILittle, G.J. eTHMoore, C.J. NPlace, A.G. TRRichardson, J.D. JERobinson, D.N. FRyan, N.S. F

112Allen, D.K. PEM Hepburn, A.R.Armstrong, M.N. PEM Howe, A.A.Burke, R.H. NH Leheup, H.Chadwick, S.F. Q McWhinnie, A.C.Cummings, D.S. TH Noble, M.K.Grimshaw, A.M. F Shepherd, C.M.

CCEMCHUFINDOW

Timothy, S.P. INWilshaw, P.R. SE

Scrivener, K.L.Shah, N.J.Shaw, J.C.Simpson, M.A.Wall, M.Wright, T.

Smyth, R.J .H.Statter, J.B.Thorne, N.Unwin, S.G.Wenble, E.A.

CLCHUCTRCCCLEM

CCFFSENH

Page 163: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 157

IIIHawkins, M.G.S. F Moody, J.R. CAlJames, M.G. SID New, P. SEMercer, C.P. IN Smith, I.M. CTH

Brickstock, E. GBrockington, T.C. CAlGraham, S.P. PET

Examiners: W.D. Armstrong, G.T. Burstein, G.W. Greenwood, J.F. Knott, M.J.Southon, E.R. Wallach, A.H. Windle

1980:I

Bannister, D.W. DOW McDonnell, C.E. FBowen, P. CHU Thornton, C.E. SIDFromson, S.K. e Viney, C. T

lItKell, C.R.Meunier, T.A.O'Brien, T.].

Andrews, T.D. FBeeley, D.J. SEBurnett, P.]. F

Witt, M.C. INWycherley, I.M. CL

SID Price, O.D.B.T Spurgin, E.].PEM You, C.P.

CAleCHU

112Appleton, M.D. CTH Herbert, M.V. CTH Prosser, S.J. INBonner, M.]. CTH Hull, M.A. Q Taylor, J. NBrown, G.M. eRR Hunter, M.J.E. N Whalley, P. NCroft, E.R. G Kirkwood, N.C. CRR Wilthew, P.T. PEMHadley, I. G Lawrence, R.].C. JE Zimmerman, J.M. CLHeggie, D.G. JE Masters, J.S. NR

IIIBarber, A.M.Cook, S.R.Fowler, V.L.

FJEN

Hellier, A.K.Hendry, A.C.Huxtable, I.R.

QCRRCRR

Pickers gill, L.W. CLWhillock, R.T.]. INWorth, S. IN

Examiners: W.D. Armstrong, G.W. Greenwood, D.J. Fray, R.W.K.Honeycombe, M.]. Southon E.R. Wallach, A.H. Windle

1981:I

Bavister, H.V. GJenkins, P.D. CLPidgeon, R.J. CAl

n,Beale, M.L.Bowles, S.J.Bray, D.J.

N Hall, D.J.e Jordan, R.K.PEM Kearns, M.A.

TRINDOW

Reid, C.A.Rowe, S.N.Shelton, C.G.

PETINCHR

Page 164: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

158 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Cochrane, R.F. F Mullin, j.G. IN Smith, L.M. eFairbairn, A.P. C Ninham, A.J. CRR Vanstone, R.W. CAlFisch, j.s. CAl Plummer, C.J.G. CTH

112Aylott, P.J. SE jones, C.N. CHU Trumper, R.L. CLCox, N.R. C jones, T.C. F Tuley, M.G. CRRHawkins, J.K. SE Lockett, P.E. PET White, S.M. SEJones, B.D. PEM Needham, P.G. TH Yates, J.R. PEM

IIIBauer, J.C. PHirst, T.J. EMMcBreen, P.J. T

Examiners:W.D. Armstrong,j.P. Chilton,j.E. Evetts, G.W. Greenwood, R.W.K.Honeycombe, E.R. Wallach, A.H. Windle

1982:I

Baxter, C.S. SID Grant, E.M. M Pattinson, j. JECartwright, P.O. PEM Moon, D.P. e Turska, LA.N. CLEames, M.R. CAl

IIIBarber, Z.H. CTH Da Silva, P .A. SE Makin, P.L. NBird, j. JE Davies, O.W. PEM Ness, j.N. JEBoothroyd, C.B. CRU Deadman, C.A.G. SE Pegg, C.R. JEChester, H.F. N Dray, A.E. TH Pollock, H.C. THCrowther, D.N. CAl Hodson, P.D. CHU

112Baker, H.E. CAl McAllister, A. K Riches, S.T. CAlFenn- Tye, LA. IN Mitchell, S. CHU Snaith, N.N. INGay, A.E. SE Morrison, C.J. N Stokes, L.J. eGeorge, P.M.M. CL Perring, S. PEM Swift, K. eLuckhurst, H.C. CRU

IIICorrigan, T.S M Pyburn, P.J. F Thomson, A.J.M. DOWLangham, M.J. CTR Tarrant, J.M. eRR Watson, M.W. CTH

Examiners:S.K. Eltringham, J.E. Evetts, D.J. Fray, R.W.K. Honeycombe, I.M.Hutchings, T.F. Page, R.N. Parkins

Page 165: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 159

1983:

IBarmak, Vaziri, K. NH Fowler, S.D. IN Tasker, K.J. RBayfield, D.J. N Lowson, R.F.A. R Whillock, G.O.H. INDavenport, S.D. K Sharples, R.V. JE Yeomans, J.A. R

IIIDavies, N.A. R Horne, G. SE Roberts, N.F. NField, J.M. CC Hudson, M.D. JE Webster, K. FFrancis, J. IN Mc Carron, T.J. M Wilson, F.R. IN

112Ashton, N.F. CTH Kenyon, J .M. N Scopes, M.J. GBaxter, J.R. CAl Marshall, P.D. SE Silman, J.M.E. CAlCecil, A.R. CAl Mays, J. R Silvester, S.C.A. THCopham, P.M. EM Michalik, L.A.M. K Vryenhoef, S. THarris, C.P. TH Pudsey-Dawson, A.E. N Wright, A.R. NHKell, G.A. SID

IIIScott, R.A. T

Examiners: S.K. Eltringham, H.K.D.H Bhadeshia, J.E. Evetts, D.J. Fray, I.M.Hutchings, R.N. Parkins, T.F. Page

1984:I

Britton, E.G. CL Markham, A.J. G Wood, H. NEvans, P.V. EM Stark, 1. EM Woollin, P. INFenton, C.V. IN Strangwood, M. K

IIIBull, SJ. CTH Goodman,5J.N. TH Todd, R.I. THChadwick, P.M. PET Simms, NJ. IN Whitehead, AJ. R

112Artley, R.J. CHR Godsell, AJ. F Morris, H. DOWBarton, S.C.R. JE Hooper, R.P. T Stoneham, V.E. GCarr, C.J. SE Hopper, R.G. CAl Thompson, H.E. JECoombes, DJ. EM Lawrenson, M. TH Tidswell, R.D. INFloyd, ].R. CL McLauchlan, J.P. N Williams, NJ. CC

IIINone

Examiners: S.K. Eltringham, H.K.D.H. Bhadeshia, DJ. Fray, J.F. Knott, J.A.Leake, T.F. Page, R.N. Parkins

Page 166: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

160 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

1985:

Entwisle, M.J. CTHGuildford, P.M. JELemmon, T.J. TMorris, M.R. CTH

Cohen, L.J.RDavies, C.E.

Blake, F.J.Blythe, P.P.Cox, R.E.P.Elliott, M.S.Elmes, D.A.Gardner, I.A.

Asaga, D.Dalley, K.J.

NDOW

EMJESE

IParsons, J.A.T. RRoss, C.A. CAlSamuelson, R.W. IN

n,Gostick, N.J. JEParry, B.L. CC

112Greaves, L.J.Leary, V.Maddrell, E.R.

MCLCTH

PET Michael, S.M. RCRR Phillipson, G.P. CRUT Polkinghorne, M.J. T

JEK

IIIDempster, B.J.N. PEMJones, G. NH

Schwarzenberger,A.P. IN

Tilly, J.C. CTHWright, A.E.B. JE

Ramsey, P.M.Williams, E.J.

Purdy, E.S.Reed, P.A.S.Rogers, D .A.Shepherd, K.A.Witter, J.S.

Potter, S.D. SESkidmore, J.P. R

DOWIN

JENINCLCTH

Examiners: S.K. Eltringham, J.A. Charles, G.J. Davies, A.L. Greer, l.M.Hutchings, J.A. Leake, M.J. Southon

1986:

Arnold, J.C.Birss, C.l.Every, S.P.

IF Field, S.S.M.DOW Hughes, J.D.Q Johnston, G.A.

Barrett, R. FBroadhurst, B. FDawnay, E.J.C. TH

Davies, N.P. SEDeuchar, D.W.T. FForeman, D .A. THJupP, D.A. M

IIIHolt, A.P. JERobertson, J.G. Q

112Knightley, J.A.Kundu, S.B.S.Lee, M.S.Pearson, J.M.

CHUDOWTH

CRREMJEPEM

Moore, S.M. NWarwick, C.M. INWestern, J.R. IN

Sellars, C.M. NTomlinson, E.J. JE

Schofield, D.C.White, H.E.Wilson, P.

CHUCAlPEM

Page 167: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

IIIHancock, G.J.Hughes, T.C.Taylor, D.

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 161

INCTHCC

Examiners: A.T. Winter, J.A. Charles, T.W. Clyne, G.J. Davies, A.L. Greer, 1.M.Hutchings, E.R. Wallach

1987:I

Davitt, J.J. CTH Reed, R.C. CCDukes, G. F Weston, M.W. SE

lItDowe, D.J. F Nasse, S.E. R Sarson, S.C. CHUGill, S.C. CAl Rees, C.J. F Shahani, R.A. CAlMathers, D .R. R Sampson, P .L. M Williams, D .A. PET

Groombridge, D.B.McCracken, D.Mobberley, C.H.

112Phillipson, A.H.Sinclair, 1.

KNHIN

Carter, D.J.Disborough, J.L.o 'Keeffe, D.G.

IIICTHNHIN

NHCHU

Smith, M.J.Yates, G.E.

JNR

Rainbow, D.S. CTHThompson, M.C. N

Allowance towards the ordinary BA DegreeBallans, M.J. IN

Examiners: A.T. Winter, LM. Hutchings, D.J. Fray, R.E. Smallman, W.M.Stobbs, E.R. Wallach

1988:I

Blythe, T.P. CHUHamerton, R.G. IN

Knowles, D .M. CTHMarrow, T.J. CL

u,Bedford, S.E. N Grundy, A.J.F. TH Phillips, S.L. TBrown, J.L. R Hill, P.S. CAl Phillips-Davies, P.M.A. CTHCrooke, D.R. TH Miller, L.M. CHR Rees, G.L EMFindlay, R.B. JE Ness, S.L. DOW Rogers, P.M. CAlFurness, J.A.G. DOW Organ, R.M. EM Willis, L.C. N

Page 168: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

162 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Ban, K.H. EMEames, M.J. RFreeman, R.C. TH

112Gibson, C.M.Moss, T.J.

IIIBellamy, D.Lawton, A.D.

Goldsmiths' Prize and Medal:Central Electricity Generating Board Prize:Institute of Metals Prize

CTH Proctor, C.R.F.CAl Vines, M.

DOWSE

CHUT

Blyth, T.P.Hamerton, R.G.Knowles, D.

Examiners: R.I. Woods, H.K.D.H. Bhadeshia, D.J. Fray, W.M. Stobbs, J.A. Little,J.F. Knott, R.E. Smallman

1989:

Farnsworth, R.D.James, R.Richardson c.P.

INTCTH

Billingham, M.A. JEBottomley, H.A. CCGee, S.M. TH

lItGriffiths, A.J.Howard, S.J.Hudson, C.

Bayldon, J .M.Humphreys, K.J.Jones, LA.

QSIDJE

IIINewton, T.S. Q

Goldsmiths" Prize and Medal:Central Electricity Generating Board Prize:Institute of Metals Prize:

IRimmer, N.Shipway, P.H.

THIN

CL Johnston, M.W. CHUG Oglesby, S.L. NHDOW Tricker, D.M. TH

Kahn, C.Slingsby, P.R.Watson, M.C.

DOWEMDOW

Farnsworth, R.D.James, R.Richardson, c.P.

Examiners: J.A. Charles, A.R.L. Findlay, J.F. Knott, K.M. Knowles, R.E.Smallman, E.R. Wallach

1990:I

Cooke, S.G. CTH Lewis, C.A. CC Phillips, M.K. PEMCrameri, A.R. CL Morgan, C.J. IN Timms, W. CTHDavis, C.L. CTH Phillips, A.J. DOW Whitehouse, A.F. JE

Page 169: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 163

lItAssender, H.E. N Heaton, J .M. EMGingell, A.D.B. CTR Mattin, S.P. NGordon, F.H. DOW Moore, H.C. CC

112Chorley, E.M. R Gough, J. NClark, D.G. DOW Gray, D.S. INCurwen, J.C. CTR Longley, E.L. CLDriver, S.M. TR

IIIAbraham, T .A. CCBrownlie, R.J.H. CC

Goldsmiths' Prize and Medal:Central Electricity Generating Board Prize:Institute of Metals Prize:

Morris, J.B.Proctor, C.S.Shearman, J.E.

RTRIN

Potter, A.M.Venor, J.R.Warde, S.P.

CAlFCTR

Davis, C.L.Whitehouse, A.F.Crameri, A.R.

Examiners: J.A. Charles, K.M. Knowles, E.R. Wallach, P.F. Knewstubb, P.L.Pratt, A.H. Windle

1991:

Burgess, W.G.Glover, N.E.

ICHUEM

Sebright, S.H.Tothill, J.P.

CHUG

n,Baxter, D.P. IN Corran, P.C. N Foister, S.A.M. CTRBenaim, D.O. T Dagg, N.H. N Geddes, J .A. GCecil, G.J. CC Elliott, A.M.S. T O'Doherty, M.P. DOWCook, A.J. IN Fitzpatrick, M.E. CTR Wallace, I.J. G

112Backhouse, A.P. CRU Mulryne, T.M. CTR Robinson, K.J. SEEdwards, P.J. IN Partridge, M. PET Salter,V.C. CCLozano, M.S. T Pickup, D. IN Sundaram, P.C. CLLumb, S.E. N

IIIGourlay, H.K. SE Mohammed, J.D. PEMKinsey, A.J. IN Payne, A.J. TH

J.U. Penny, not a candidate for honours, satisfied the examiners

Goldsmiths' Prize and Medal:Central Electricity Generating Board Prize:

Sebright, S.H.Burgess, W.G.

Page 170: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

164 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Institute of Metals Prize:ICI Prize for Materials Science:

Tothill, J.P.Glover, N.E.

Examiners: P.F. Knewstubb, T.W. Clyne, C.J. Humphreys, J.E. King, J.A. Leake,P.L. Pratt, A.H. Windle

1992:

Allen, C.M.Hall, C.E.N.Hull, P.J.

ICHUDOWSID

Jenkins, G.R.Simons, E.A.

THJE

lItAddlesee, R.J. Q Haughey, F.M. TH Philpott, E.M. CTHBurden, A.P. CHU Hewitson, D. NH Read, H.G. EMBurton, M.S. CTH Howes, T.E. CTH Stevenson, A.N.J. INFay, M. F Macfarlane, A.F. Q Willoughby, A.M.E INFussing, N.M. e

Crowther, C.H. INEngland, R.P. FEvans, S.G.. INGilbert, B.J R

112Haire, K.R. DOWHarris, I.B. THHurrell, B.L. FLewis, T.E. CTH

IIICHU

McLoughlin, I.M. QSmart, P.J. NSpowart, J.E. DOWTurvey, J. CHU

Burnham, J.P.Moore, P.J. CAl

Senior, S.J.Tinsley, F.S.D

INDOW

Goldsmiths' Prize and Medal:Central Electricity Generating Board Prize:Institute of Materials Prize:ret Prize:

Hall, C.E.N.Simons, E.A.Allen, C.M.Hull, P.J.Jenkins, G.R.

Examiners: P. Echlin, J.A. Leake, E.G. Bithell, T.W. Clyne, J.E. King, P.L. Pratt

1993:I

Jones;' ]. SE Pickup, C.J. TH Shah, R. EMLloyd,"S.J. CHU Rutherford, KL. G Stewart, J.W. TH

lItIsaacs, M.F.A. PEM Parker, s.v. Q Richards, P.M. CAlJamieson, N.A. TH Paynter, S.C. G Williams, S.J.A. M

Page 171: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 165

Justice, I.J. T Pye, J.F. PEM Winn, E.J. JEMurphy, A.M. DOW

112Blanks, K.S. CL Kilgour, T.M. N Schooling, J .M. INChapman, R.A. CHU Kistruck, J.W.F. M Shekelton, S.E. NDesa, G.J. N Maclennan, S.R. JE Teasdale, D. CLGoveas, P.A. SE Morton, J.C. CTH Thwaite, P.G. CHUGreystoke, A.J.D. T Reid, T.A. IN Wasenczuk, A. EMJoshua, N.S. Q Robson, J.D. CL

IIINone

Lloyd, S.J.Shah, R.Stewart, J.W.Jones, J.Lloyd, S.J.Pickup, C.J.Rutherford, K.L.Shah, R.Stewart, J.W.

Examiners: P. Echlin, T.W. Clyne, W.J. Clegg, I.M. Hutchings, J.E. King, P.J.Goodhew

Goldsmiths' Prize and MedalCentral Electricity Generating Board Prize:Institute of Materials Prize:ICI Prize for Materials Science:

1994:I

Burnell, G. KEvans, A.J. THWeekes, A.G. CHU

n,Calver, T.J. DOW Lord, P.C. CHU Matthams, T.J. CLFarries, P.M. R MacN eilage, L.A. CTH Tarnofsky, P. MKendall, A.F. DOW

Chester, N.A.Choudhury, M.

112CTH Dodson, N.H.Q Green, N.D.

III

QCC

Manning, J.E.Reid, C.G.

JNDOW

Danvers, N.J.KHall, M.B.

INPET

Lewis, C.R.Parkinson, R.

TG

Page 172: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

166 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Goldsmiths' Prize and Medal:Central Electricity Generating Board Prize:Armourers and Brasiers' Prize:Institute of Materials Prize:ICI Prize for Materials Science:

Burnell, G.Weekes, A.G.Evans, A.J.Burnell, G.Burnell, G.Evans, A.J.Weekes, A.G.

Examiners: R.E. Cameron, W.]. Clegg, P.J. Goodhew, C.J. Humphreys, l.M.Hutchings, ].R. Shakeshaft, E.R. Wallach

1995:I

Allsop, D.N. IN Fox, A.C. N Shaffer, M.S.P. TChesneau, E.C.L. G Lord, M. M Whitton, E.D. DOWDaykin, C.R.S. M Saeed, S CRR

IIIClarke, H.G.C. TH Nutbrown, E.A. CAl Stone, H.J. QCrankshaw, M.l. F Pugsley, V.A. PEM Sumer, S.l. CCHolden, S.J. DOW Redmayne, D.N. DOW Thomas, D.C. INKingston, j. G.R. T Robinson, S. DOW Thomas, D.S. TMinay, E.J. F Sabin, T.J. CTH

Ballantine, ].H.Chisholm, R.G.Hough, ].M.

THDOWM

Thomas, N. eTRVan den Bos, C. CHU

IIIAdams, N.M.F. INColvin, ].J. THOckenden, ].E. T

Goldsmiths' Prize and Medal:Central Electricity Generating Board Prize:Armourers and Brasiers' Prize:Institute of Materials Prize:ICI Prize:

Fox, A.C.Allsop, D.N.Daykin, C.R.S.Redmayne, D.N.Chesneau, E.C.L.Shaffer, M.S.P.

Examiners: P.D. Bristowe, R.E. Cameron, W.J. Clegg, P.]. Goodhew, ].R.Shakeshaft, E.R. Wallach P.J. Withers

Page 173: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

1996

Castle, R.C.Madgwick, A.Neal, C.E.

PEMSIDK

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 167

IPinney, E.L.Trezona, R.I.

SEM

lItLogue, D.B.Pitchford, J.E.Taylor, ].L.Thoelke, M.J.

112Havard, K.C.Neal, J.C.

IIIBarton, J .R.Dasmohapatra, v.McClellan, A.J.

Goldsmiths" Prize and Medal:

Brister, S.T. TCampbell, L.C.I. PEMCox, A.J. MHoy, M.R. N

Connolly, W.J.C. PEMGallon, N.S. M

Q Thompson, J.A. DOWDOW Tyas, N.H. MCAl Warters, A.D. NSID

N Owen, R.A. THSE Whitlow, H.C.D. N

DOWKTH

Trezona, R.I.Madgwick, A.Neal, C.E.Thompson, J .A.Castle, R.C.Pinney, E.L.

Examiners: P.D. Bristowe, R.E. Cameron, C.J. Humphreys, D.R.J. Laming, J.A.Little, E.R. Wallach P.J. Withers

Central Electricity Generating Board Prize:Arrnourers and Brasiers' Prize and Medal:Institute of Materials Prize:rcr Prize

1997:I

Chilton, R.A. CTH Ghosh, S. SE Horan, C.S. NHDye, D. CTH Gladstone, T.A. CHU Rutter, N.A. INFinch, S.L. SID Grant, T.J. TH Todd, N.K. QGennard, S.J. SE

lItAbram, E.J. G Green, D.A. CTH Milroy, G.E. NBright, A.N. SE Hudson, P.M. CAl Myatt, M.J. KCiechan, E.M. F Kinsey, R.J. TH Sheppard, A.M. CHUClarke, G.M.M. Q Luget, A.C. TH Walker, I.T. FGledhill, S.E. TH

Page 174: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

168 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Coe, D.E.G.Hopkin, G.].McAuley, V.A.

112DOW Marsland, L.C.F Melville, G.D.F Nosal, P.E.

DOW Se, A. NCL Richardson, B.G. QT

IIICops, B.G.

Goldsmiths' Prize and Medal:Central Electricity Generating Board Prize:Armourers and Brasiers' Prize and Medal:Institute of Materials Prize:ICI Prize:

DOW

Chilton, R.A.Finch, S.L.Grant, T.].Dye, D.Gennard, S.].Ghosh, S.Gladstone, T.A.Horan, C.S.Rutter, N.A.Todd, N.K.

Examiners: P.D. Bristowe, D.]. Fray, C.]. Humphreys, D.M. Knowles, ].A. Little,P.J. Withers

1998:I

Alexander, D.T.L. TH Gray, A.E. NH Ralph, E.J. JEBadgery, D.J. CHU Holtom, D .M. IN Rayment, T. PEMDickers, K.J. CAl Martin, G. F Twitchett, A.C. TH

Bradley, L.R.Davidson, S.J.Green, ].

IIIDOW Hutchison, R.P.]. ING Linden, ] .A. INPEM

Evans, ].L.Horn, A.J.

GF

Laverty, N.J.Lloyd, S.M.

THIN

Murray, E.P. TYardley, V.A. EM

IIISparrow, M. EM

Allowance towards the Ordinary BA DegreeTupper, K.M. CTH

Goldsmiths' Prize and Medal:Central Electricity Generating Board Prize:Armourers and Brasiers' Prize and Medal:

Alexander, D.T.L.Dickers, K.J.Martin, G.

Page 175: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 169

Institute of Materials Prize:ICI Prize:

Twitchett, A.C.Rayment, T.Badgery, D.J.Gray, A.E.Holtom, D .M.Ralph, E.J.

Examiners: H.K.D.H. Bhadeshia, M.G. Blamire, D.J. Fray, F.J. Humphreys, F.J.Leeper, D.M. Knowles, R.V. Kumar

1999:I

Baines, P.L. N Godfrey, A. M Quested, T.E. CLCurran, D.C. IN Partridge, L.W. F Wynn, E.J. EM

IIIByford, G. CL Howes, J.S.F. CL Melia, H.R. QDixon, G.L. JE Mayes, J.J. EM St Quintin, T.C. T

112Ashley, C.V.Coleby, D.R.N.Collier, A.S.

NGSE

Hooper, R.C.L.Murray, R.S.

CAlDOW

IIINone

Armourers and Brasiers' Prize and Medal:Central Electricity Generating Board Prize:ICI Prize:

Partridge, L.W.Quested, T.E.Wynn, E.J.Godfrey, A.

Examiners: H.K.D.H. Bhadeshia, M.G. Blamire, R.V. Kumar, T.F. Page, F.J.Leeper, D.M. Knowles, H. Jones

2000:I

Bee, H.J. CAl King, A. IN Rawlings, C.W. RBrown, C.M.D. IN Mayo, M.R.K. NH Renouf, A.C. CCHayward, K. IN McAleese, Clifford IN Smeeton, T .M. THKidner, N.J. CHU McAleese, Colin IN Spalding, J.E. EM

IIIBuchanan, E.M. Q Heathcoat, R. EM Miller, L.C. PEMFulton, P.J. F Kemp, R. CAl Singh, L.J. PETHallifax, R.J. EM Meddings, N.C. NH

Page 176: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

170 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Hammond, R.I.112

CHU Okonta, N.D.

IIILee, J.F.H. IN

Armourers and Brasiers' Prize and Medal:Central Electricity Generating Board Prize:ICI Prize:

N

Smeeton, T .M.King, A.Kidner, N.J.Rawlings, C.W.Renouf, A.C.

Examiners: H.K.D.H. Bhadeshia, M.G. Blamire, A.L. Greer, T.F. Page, R.V.Kumar, P.A. Midgley, H. Jones

2001:I

Bond, M. SE Dunn, T.R.Capes, J.S. EM Holmes, D .M.Cockburn, A. DOW Jackson, T.J.Curran, J.A. PET Jelfs, T.C.Davis, M.W. M

lItCharles, M.B. T Ng, D.Clark, K.F. G Rose, M.D.Couch, S.J. PEM

Q Marriott, D .M. FCHU Muir Wood, A.J. PETF Plant, L. DOWM Scott, H.J. PEM

GCHR

Stewart, R.J.Thompson, J.F.

SIDDOW

112Gambel, W.L. CHU Thomas, S.D. 'CLKirk, J.E. NH Yates, T.J.V. SID

IIIFord, S.R. SID Onigbinde, T. CTH

Armourers and Brasiers' Prize:Central Electricity Generating Board Prize:The ICI Prize

Holmes, D .M.Jackson, T.J.Davis, M.W.Muir Wood, A.J.

Examiners: D.J. Fray, H. Jones, T.F. Page, A.L. Greer, P.A. Midgley, R.C. Reed

2002:

Carter, D.L.Ireson, R.G.

CTHG

IShortall, C.D.Taak, P.

TDOW

Page 177: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

Fuchs, S.A.Harrison, N.J.Hopkins, S.C.

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 171

IIICTHCLSID

Milne, C.L.Smithson, H.J.

PETCHU

112Freeman, F.S.H.B. SE

IIINone

Not a candidate for honours, who satisfied the Examiners:Hong, J. R

Armourers and Brasiers' Prize:Central Electricity Generating Board Prize:

Taak, P.Ireson, R.G.

Examiners: P.A. Midgely, W. Bonfield, A.L. Greer, W.J. Clegg, T.F. Page,R.J. Young

Students at MIT, deemed to have obtained honours:Adelman, S.c. INFinlayson, A.P. R

Acting Chairman of the Committee of Management: J .R. Waldram

2003:

Antypas, LY.Cadman, T.P.

INCAl

Galtrey, M.J.Johnston, C.F.

SEJE

Dancer, C.E.J. PEM

Cork, R.F.Fields, J.Neave, M.J.

lItBraddon, N.C. DOWde Mauny, C.D.F. KGwynne, J.H. R

112RKF

Norman, M.J.H.Wharton, M.W.

PETCL

IIIBridges, A.H. TDos Remedios, A.M.P. PETMach, T. T

Page 178: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

172 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Not candidates for honours, who satisfied the ExaminersHori, Y. N Sunter, K.A. QSeitz, M. SE Zhao, B. K

Armourers and Brasiers' Prize:Central Electricity Generating Board Prize:rcr Prize:

Galtrey, M.J.Johnston, C.F.Antypas, LY.Cadman, T.P.Dancer, C.E.J.

Examiners: W.J. Clegg, M.G. Blamire, W. Bonfield, G. Chen, I.P. Jones, R.J.Young

2004:I

Jones, R.A. CTH

n,Daymond, B.T. PET Paton, K.R. PET Watling, C.P. eHoldforth, R.K. JE Sharp, J.H. N White, T.A. DOWMackay, LG.F. IN Turley, P.M. Q

112Daff, T.D. M Harrington, S.A. N

IIIAshby, C.S.C. CHR Beentje, P.P. CAl

Armourers and Brasiers' Prize:Central Electricity Generating Board Prize:

Jones, R.A.Jones, R.A.

Examiners: W. Bonfield, W.J. Clegg, M.G. Blamire, G.T. Burstein I.P. Jones,R.J. Young

In 1998, it became possible for students to undertake a further year afterPt II if they wished, making a four-year course overall.

Pt III

Materials Science and Metallurgy 1999:I

Alexander, D.T.L.Badgery, D.J.Davidson, S.J.

THCHUG

Green, J.Holtom, D .M.

Dickers, K.J.Evans, J.L.Gray, A.E.

111PEMIN

CAlGNH

Rayment, T.Twitchett, A.C.

PEMTH

Murray, E.P.Yardley, V.A.

TEM

Page 179: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 173

112Linden, J .A. IN

IIIBradley, L.R.

Goldsmiths' Prize and Medal:Armourers and Brasiers' Prize and Medal:ret Prize:

DOW

Dickers, K.J.Alexander, D.T.L.Davidson, S.J.Twitchett, T.

Examiners: F.J. Leeper, G.T. Burstein, H. Jones, J.A. Leake, T.F. Page, E.R.Wallach

2000:I

Byford, G.Curran, D.C.

Dixon, G.L.Howes, J.S.F.

n,

CLIN

JECL

Baines, P.L.Mayes, J.J.

Quested, T.E.Wynn, E.J.

CLEM

NEM

Murray, R.S.St Quintin, T.C.

DOWT

112Collier, A.S. SEHooper, R.C.L. CAl

IIINone

Goldsmiths' Prize and Medal:Armourers and Brasiers' Prize and Medal:Institute of Materials Prize:rcr Prize:

Curran, D.C.Wynn, E.J.Quested, T.E.Byford, GHowes, J.S.F.

Examiners: G.T. Burstein, H. Jones, J.A. Leake, T.F. Page, E.R. Wallach

2001:I

Halifax, R.J. EM McAleese, Clifford IN Singh, L.J. PETHayward, K. IN McAleese, Colin IN Smeeton, T.M. THKidner, N.J. CHU Rawlings, C.W. R Spalding, J.E. EMKing, A. IN Renouf, A.C. CC

lItBrown, C.M.D. IN Heathcoat, R. EM Mayo, M.R.K. NHHammond, R.I. CHU Kemp, R. CAl Meddings, N.C. NH

Page 180: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

174 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

112None

IIINone

Not a candidate for honours, who satisfied the Examiners:Morgenthaler, S.W.

Goldsmiths' Prize and Medal:Armourers and Brasiers' Prize and Medal:Institute of Materials PrizeICI Prizes

Smeeton, T .M.McAleese, CliffordKidner, M.J.McAleese, ColinKing, A.

Examiners: E.R. Wallach, G.T. Burstein, H. Jones, K.M. Knowles, T.F. Page

2002:

Charles, M.B.Curran, J .A.Davis, M.W.

Capes, J.S.Clark, K.F.Cockburn, A.

IT Holmes, D .M.PET Jackson, T.J.M

111EM Gamble, W.L.G Plant, L.DOW Rose, M.D.

112Kirk, J.E.Thompson, J.F.

IIINone

Goldsmiths' Prize and Medal:Armourers and Brasiers' Prize and Medal:Institute of Materials Prize:ICI Prizes:

QinetiQ Teamwork Project Prize:

CHU Muir Wood, A.J. PETF Scott, H.J. PEM

CHUDOWCRR

Stewart, R.J.Thomas, S.D.Yates, T.J.V.

SIDCLSID

NHDOW

Holmes, D .M.Scott, H.J.Jackson, T.J.Charles, M.B.Davis, M.W.Holmes, D .M.Kirk, J.E.

Examiners: K.M. Knowles, B.A. Glowacki, R.V. Kumar, T.F. Page, R.J. Young

Page 181: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

2003:

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 175

IFinlayson, A.P. R Shortall, C.D- THopkins, S.C. SID Smithson, H.J. CHUIreson, R.G. G

n,Adelman, S.C. IN Freeman, F.S.H.B. SE

112Harrison, N.J. CL

IIINone

Goldsmiths' Prize and Medal:Armourers and Brasiers' Prize and Medal:10M Prize:ret Prize:QinetiQ Teamwork Prize:

Smithson, H.J.Finlayson, A.P.Ireson, R.G.Hopkins, S.C.Adelman, S.C.Hopkins, S.C.Smithson, H.J.

Examiners: B.A. Glowacki, H.K.D.H. Bhadeshia, LP. Jones, R.V. Kumar,R.J. Young

2004:I

Antypas, LY. N Cadman, T.P. CAl Galtrey, M.J. SEJohnston, C.F. JE Mott, N.E. CAl Ward, E.P.W. SE

Braddon, N.C.lIt

Cork, R.F. RGwynne, J.H. RWharton, M.W. CL

112

DOWDosRemedios, A.M.P. PETSumner, J.H. K

Dancer, C.E.J. PEMNeave, M.J. F

III

deMauny, C.D.F. KBridges, J. T

Goldsmiths' Prize and Medal:

Norman, M.J.H. PET

Mott, N.E.Galtrey, M.J.

Fields, J. K

Armourers and Brasiers' Prize and Medal:

Examiners: R.V. Kumar, B.A. Glowacki, C. Rae, LP. Jones, R.J. Young

Page 182: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history
Page 183: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

APPENDIX IIIPOST-GRADUATE RESEARCH STUDENTS

Where departmental lists of research students have been available, these haveobviously been employed. However, particularly with early students, informationcould be readily obtained only from the actual theses originally deposited inthe Department Library, but now stored, and many are now missing. For this,apologies are due. Considerable help was given by Simon Dann, carrying outthe physical search in the store, and by Mrs Margaret Harding, Secretary to theFaculty of Physics and Chemistry Degree Committee.

NameT.P. Hoar

NameC.W.Borgmann

R.B. Mears(Father ofD.C. Mears,see 1965-1966)

NameL.C. Bannister

NameH.A. Miley

NameN. Swindells

NameD. Dickinson

M. Tchorabdji

1932-1933TitleThe mechanism of metallic corrosion

SupervisorU.R. Evans

1933-1934TitleSome properties of the metallic state

SupervisorU.R. Evans

The mechanism of corrosion and the protection ofmetals by electro-deposited coatings

U.R. Evans

1936-1937Title(Not known)

SupervisorU.R. Evans

1937-1938TitleOxide films on iron and copper

SupervisorU.R. Evans

1938-1939TitleThe age-hardening of alloys

SupervisorR.S. Hutton

1945-1946TitleCorrosion of steel by fruit juices withreference to tin-plate

Cathodic retardation of corrosionfatigue

SupervisorU.R. Evans

U.R. Evans

Page 184: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

178 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

1947-1948Name TitleAJ.P. Tucker Corrosion and film formation

D. Whitwham (Not known)

1948-1949Name TitleS.P.A. Sandberg Corrosion fatigue of copper alloys

1949-1950NameJ.M. Butler

TitleVolume changes accompanying sintering ofmetal powder compacts

Gaseous metal treatmentE.A.G. Croom

D.W. Dewhirst Ageing phenomena in metals

MJ. Pryor

D.A. Temple

Direct reductive dissolution of ferric oxide

The diffusion of hydrogen in iron-carbonalloys

1950-1951NameD.V. Atterton

TitleThe interactions of molten metals with solidsilica

K.W.J. Bowen Studies of the sigma phase in iron alloys

R.M. Bradshaw Electrical conductivity of some simplesilicate melts

A.G. Duce A study of some fatigue phenomena inpure metals and alloys

C. Edeleanu Stress corrosion in a 7%magnesium-aluminium alloy

A.G. Metcalfe Alloys of cobalt with chromium andmolybdenum

B.H.C. Waters Continuous casting

1951-1952Name TitleT.D. G. Berwick Cause of chemical resistance of stainless steel

A.R. Entwisle Temper brittleness

SupervisorU.R. Evans

U.R. Evans

SupervisorU.R. Evans

SupervisorT.P. Hoar

T.P. Hoar

G.C. Smith

J.E.O. Mayne

T.P. Hoar

SupervisorT.P. Hoar

T.P. Hoar

T.P. Hoar

G.C. Smith

U.R. Evans

G.W. Austin

G.W.Austin

SupervisorT.P. Hoar

G.C. Smith

Page 185: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 179

T.W. Farthing The dezincification of brass and the effectsof suiface treatment on the reaction

H.A.G. Foppl A new application of HookeJs law toresidually and externally stressed metals

E. Gregory High-temperature tensile testing

R. Holliday Mechanism and kinetics of the action ofpickling inhibitors

S.C. Schome Discontinuities in electro-deposits

1952-1953TitlePrevention of corrosion by paint containingmetallic pigments or buffer substances

The mechanism of dry oxidation

Interactions between solid and liquid metalsand alloys

T.A. Henderson The combustion of finely divided metallicsulphide

NameC.E. Bird

D.E. Davies

V.W. Eldred

J.W. Martin The effect of non-metallic dispersed phaseson the mechanical properties of metals andalloys

The structure and mechanical properties ofevaporated metal

The mechanism of water-line corrosion

M.J. Olney

A.M. Peers

D. van Rooyen Mechanism of some methods of preventingcorrosion by air-dried coatings

A. Tsou Electron metallography of iron

1953-1954NameJ.P. Chilton

M. Cole

TitleCorrosion resistance of wrought iron

Mechanism of polishing

D.H. Houseman Interactions between molten metals andrefractory materials

T.P. Hoar

G.C. Smith

G.C. Smith

T.P. Hoar

U.R. Evans

SupervisorU.R. Evans

U.R. Evans

G.W. Austin

G.W. Austin

G.C. Smith

J. Nutting

U.R. Evans

J.E.O. Mayne

J. Nutting

SupervisorU.R. Evans

T.P. Hoar

T.P. Hoar

Page 186: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

180 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

E.D. Hyam The tempering of steel

T. Mills The oxidation of copper, with specialreference to effect of sulphur dioxide

W.A. Morgan The effect of stress on interactions between solidand liquid metals and alloys

P.A. Young The oxidation of sulphide melts

NameDJ. Brown

LA. Bucklow

OJ. Dunmore

H.K. Farmery

R.K. Hart

R. Prasad

R.G. Ward

NameF.A. Calvo

P.E. Evans

D .R. Harries

J.G. Hines

D.F. McVittie

D .A. Melford

P.P.L.G.Siriwardene

1954-1955TitleSome factors influencing the fatigue strengthof a magnesium-rich alloy

Electro-deposition of tungsten-cobalt alloys

The fatigue properties of sintered metals

Stress corrosion with special reference tobi-metallic systems

The oxidation of aluminium in dry andwet environments

Thermal etching of metals

The electrolysis of sulphides

1955-1956TitleThe effect of sulphur and the properties ofcarbon steel

The continuous compaction of metal powders

The fatigue of pure aluminium and itsalloys

On the mechanism of the stress-corrosioncracking oj austenite stainless steels

Interactions between iron oxides andrefractory materials

The suiface tension of molten metals and alloys

Metallography oj low-carbon alloy steels

J. Nutting

U.R. Evans

G.C. Smith

G.W. Austin

SupervisorG.C. Smith

T.P. Hoar

G.C. Smith

U.R. Evans

U.R. Evans

G.C. Smith

T.P. Hoar

SupervisorJ. Nutting

G.C. Smith

G.C. Smith

T.P. Hoar

T.P. Hoar

T.P. Hoar

J. Nutting

Page 187: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

L. Stibe

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 181

G.W. Austin

G. Thomas

Diffusion and phase changes in solid metals

The plastic deformation of two-componentalloys

1956-1957Name TitleD.J. Arrowsmith Stress in electro-deposits

C.P. Brittain The structure and mechanical propertiesof electro-deposited chromium

The physical and chemical changes inferrous materials associated withliquid-metal environments

The metallography of low-alloycreep-resistant steels

A.A. Smith

E. Smith

1957-1958NameJ.K. Beddow

TitleThe fatigue of metals in a liquid-metalenvironment

P. Hancock Inhibition of iron corrosion by certainwater-soluble compounds

R.P. Khan Adsorption inhibitors of corrosion

C.C. Maitland Function of organic membranes inprotecting metals against corrosion

G.F. Modlen Some physical and mechanical changesproduced in mild steel by fatigue stressing

C.D. Kinetics of sulphide film formation on copperStockbridge

1958-1959TitleThe metallography of the plastic deformationof a-iron

D.H. Kirkwood The oxidation of lead sulphide - anelectron-diffraction study

NameD.G. Brandon

W.I. Mitchell

J. Nutting

SupervisorT.P. Hoar

G.C. Smith

G.C. Smith

J. Nutting

SupervisorG.C. Smith

T.P. Hoar

J.E.O. Mayne

J.E.O. Mayne

G.C. Smith

T.P. Hoar

SupervisorJ. Nutting

T.P. Hoar

The interrelation of deformation and precipitation T.P. Hoarin an aluminium 4% copper alloy

Page 188: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

182 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

R.B. Nicholson Transmission electron optical study of someage-hardening alloys

J.M. West

G.C. Wood

The mechano-electrochemical behaviour of metals

Suiface films on aluminium

1959-1960NameJ .K. Duxbury

TitleStructural features and properties ofelectro-deposited chromium

Metallography of the martensite transformation inplain and alloy steels

The corrosion of aluminium

P.M. Kelly

K.F. Lorking

E.H. Ramshaw Degradation products of drying oils and theirinhibiting effect on iron corrosion

P.R. Swan Electron-microscopical study of deformed copperalloys

A.C. Williams Effect of third elements on the solubilities ofmetals in liquid metals

1960-1961Name TitleJ .M. Arrowsmith The metallography of austenitic creep-resistant

alloys

M.F. Ashby Internally oxidised copper alloys

A.J. Baker The microstructure and mechanical properties oftempered and irradiated steels

T. Boniszewski Structural and mechanical effects associated withhydrogen in nickel

p .L. James The fatigue of aluminium alloys

C.D. T. Minton The deformation and fracture of sintered copperpowder compacts

1961-1962Name TitleM.J. Blackburn Precipitation in some complex

iron-nickel-chromium alloys

J. Nutting

T.P. Hoar

T.P. Hoar

SupervisorT.P. Hoar

J. Nutting

J.E.O. Mayne

J.E.O. Mayne

J. Nutting

G.C. Smith

SupervisorJ. Nutting

G.C. Smith

J. Nutting

G.C. Smith

G.C. Smith

G.C. Smith

SupervisorG.C. Smith

Page 189: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 183

C.] .L. Booker Some electromechanical studies on the mechanism T.P. Hoarof the stress-corrosion cracking of alpha brass

B.W. Cherry Ionic conduction through organic membranes J.E.O. Mayne

R.M. Fisher Deformation and fracture of iron and steel A.H. Cottrell

J.C. Scully The yield-assisted dissolution of alloys T.P. Hoar

H.D. Williams The fatigue of beta-brass G.e. Smith

NatneC. Baker

L.G. Bonar

P.B. Bowden

D. Gilroy

G.W. Groves

K.G. Kent

J.F. Knott

C. Laird

R.]. Price

G.P. Rothwell

M. Wald

NameC. Baker

J.D. Embury

E.J. Freise

J.D. Hunt

H.F. Merrick

C.B. Mynott

1962-1963Title SupervisorRadiation damage in graphite A. Kelly

Precipitation hardening A. Kelly

Radiation damage in metals by ion bombardment A.H. Cottrell

Corrosion of iron and steel J.E.O. Mayne

Dislocations in magnesium oxide A. Kelly

Yielding if[ects in magnesium alloys A. Kelly

Notch if[ects in the deformation and fracture of A.H. Cottrellmild steel

Studies of high-strain fatigue G.C. Smith

Flow and fracture of age-hardened crystals A. Kelly

On anodic polishing T.P. Hoar

Observation of lattice defects in the field-ion A.H. Cottrellmicroscope

1963-1964Title SupervisorRole of inclusions in the ductile failure of metals G.C. Smith

The structure of high-strength aluminium alloys R.B. Nicholson

Plastic deformation of graphite A. Kelly

The modification of eutectics J.P. Chilton

Precipitation in Nimonic alloys R.B. Nicholson

Deformation and fracture in torsion tests G.C. Smith

Page 190: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

184 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

B. Ralph A field-ion microscope study of some refractoryalloys

M.J. Southon Image formation in the field-ion microscope

P.J. Tufton The structure of permanent magnets

J. Velisek Electrocapillary properties of solid metal suifaces

D .M. Williams The effect of dispersed phases on the flow andfracture characteristics of metals

J. Yahalom Anodic oxidation of aluminium

1964-1965Name TitleC.D. Desforges The oxidation of liquid-metal drops

B.C. Evans Crack-propagation in aluminium alloys

D.C. Mears Corrosion and passivation of alloys for surgicalimplants

A.V. Narlikar Electron microscopy of niobium

S. Ranganathan A field-ion microscope study of grainboundaries in metals

D. Brandon

A.H. Cottrell

R.B. Nicholson

T.P. Hoar

G.e. Smith

T.P. Hoar

SupervisorJ.A. Charles

G.C. Smith

T.P. Hoar

D. Dew Hughes

A.H. Cottrell/D. Brandon

M. Rogulic Composition of G.P. zones in aluminium alloys R.B. Nicholson

D.J. Rowcliffe Mechanical properties of transition metal carbides A. Kelly

P.H. Salmon The analysis and distribution of inclusions in a J .A. CharlesCox steel ingot

C.M. Sargent Influence of quenching defects on precipitation R.B. Nicholson

W.R. Tyson Fibre-reinforcement of metals A. Kelly

1965-1966NameA.J. Appleby

TitleThe degradation of drying oils and their effect onthe corrosion of iron

Precipitation in the austenitic alloys containingnitrogen

A field-ion microscope study of radiation damageand lattice defects in body-centred cubic metals

The inteifacial energy of precipitates in alloys

D.W. Borland

K.M. Bowkett

J.D. Boyd

SupervisorJ.E.a. Mayne

R.W.K.Honeycombe

A.H. Cottrell

R.B. Nicholson

Page 191: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 185

R.W. Cavitation and fracture induced by creep and G.C. SmithBroomfield high-temperature fatigue

R.L. Cairns Banded and fibrous structures in steels J .A. Charles

A.M. Campbell Flux pinning in type II superconductors D.Dew-Hughes

M.C. Precipitation in manganese austenites R.W.K.Chaturvedi containing nobium Honeycombe

J.E. Evetts The magnetization of super-conducting lead alloys D.Dew-Hughes

L.M. Gillin Deformation of graphite A. Kelly

M.M. The deformation of silver-base solid solutions R.W.KHutchinson Honeycombe

R.L. Jones The mechanical properties of A. Kellydispersion-strengthened alloys

D.C. Mears Corrosion and passivation of alloys for surgical T.P. Hoarimplants

I.G. Palmer Inteifacial energies in solid metals G.e. Smith

D.J. Rowcliffe Mechanical properties of transition metal carbides A. Kelly

D.S. Whitmell The application of image intensification in D. Brandonfield-ion microscopy

1966-1967Name Title SupervisorC.F. Bilsby The microstructure and deformation behaviour of R.B. Nicholson

a Nimonic alloy

E.W. Brooman The electrochemical behaviour of platinum and its T.P. Hoaralloys

G.A. Cooper The fracture of fibre-reinforced materials A. Kelly

F.H. Frobes Precipitation of carbides on impefections in R.W.K.austenitic steel Honeycombe

J .R. Galvele Anodic behaviour of mild steel during yielding T.P. Hoar

J .R. Griffiths Plasticity and fracture at notches A.H. Cottrell

E.M. Kinsella Ionic conduction in polymer films J.E.O. Mayne

Page 192: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

186 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

P.J.H. Maunder The role and behaviour of non-metallic inclusions ] .A. Charlesin solidified steel

I.G Palmer

R.A. Ploc

Inteifacial energy and ductile fracture in internally G.C. Smithoxidised copper alloys

Morphology of oxide growths on metals ].P. Chilton

R.P .M. Proctor The growth of graphite from nickel melts

The production and properties of glassy meltsc.P.Waddington

R.D. Warda

].P. Chilton

].P. Chilton

Ductile and fatigue fractures in alpha-beta brasses G.C. Smith

C.G. Weatherly The structure and properties of high-strengthaluminium alloys

A.H. Windle

NameF.G. Berry

A.R. Booth

B.J. Brindley

J .L. Derclaye

M.A. Fortes

G.W. Lorimer

R.M. Mayer

R. Morgan

D. Raynor

].M. Sykes

P.J. Turner

The deformation and fracture of nickel thatcontains hydrogen

1967-1968TitleThe isothermal decomposition of austenite insome pure steels

High-temperature equilibria of sulphides in ironalloys

The deformation of copper-zinc alloy singlecrystals

Deformation twinning in iron-beryllium alloys

Lattice defects in face-centred cubic metals

The nucleation of precipitates in age-hardeningalloys

The nucleation oj radiation damage in graphite

A field-ion microscope study oj iron-carbon alloys

Secondary hardening and carbide precipitation insome pure steels

The adhesion oj polymeric coatings to copper

Field-ion microscopy at low field strengths

R.B. Nicholson

G.C. Smith

SupervisorR.W.K.Honeycombe

] .A. Charles

R.W.K.Honeycombe

R.W.K.Honeycombe

B. Ralph

R.B. Nicholson

A. Kelly

B. Ralph

R.W.K.Honeycombe

T.P. Hoar

M.]. Southon

Page 193: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 187

1968-1969Name TitleM.J. Bomford The fatigue of fibre-reinforced metals

SupervisorA. Kelly

J .A. Charles

R.W.K.Honeycombe

A.G. Cowen De-oxidation oj molten metals under vacuum

A.T. Davenport Precipitation in some pure secondary hardeningsteels

I. Garret Field-ion microscope study of low-energy ion P.B. Bowdenbombardment of metals

Field-ion microscopy of vapour-deposited metal M.J. Southonlayers

L. Gillott

J.A. Hudson

W.R. Jacob

Heavy ion radiation damage in iridium B. Ralph

The breakdown of passivity on an 18-8 stainless T.P. Hoarsteel

D. Jaffrey Morphology changes in certain eutectic alloys G.A. Chadwick

K.S. Probert The influence oj grain-boundary structure on R.B. Nicholsonthe creep properties of nickel alloys

D.M. Schwartz Field-ion microscopy of alloy steels containing B. Ralphsmall second-phase particles

A.R.T. de Silva Unidirectionally solidified eutectic alloys as G.A. Chadwickfibre-reinforced composites

D.A. Smith Field-ion microscopy of dislocations B. Ralph/A. Kelly

H.N. A field-ion microscope study of superlattice B. RalphSouthworth formation

P.N.T. Unwin The microstructure and fracture toughness of G.C. Smithhigh-strength aluminium alloys

M.L. Wayman The structure and properties of nickel alloys G.C. Smithcontaining hydrogen

G. Wigmore High-strain fatigue of copper at elevated G.C. Smithtemperatures

M.A. Wilkins Fatigue crack initiation and propagation from G.C. Smithnotches

Page 194: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

188 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

1969-1970NameJ.H. Driver

TitleThe elevated temperature fatigue oj austeniticstainless steels

C.K. Dyer

J.e.M. Farrar

The silver electrode in alkaline solution

R.G. Faulkner

The influence oj banded structures and inclusionson steels during welding - the problem ojlamellar tearing

High-resolution microscopy oj precipitationprocesses in alloys

Field-ion microscope study oj uno-energy ionbombardment oj metals

Field-ion microscopy at very low temperatures

I. Garrett

R.G. Forbes

D.S. Hodinott Rolling texture in iron

D.H. Jack The structure and deformation of some iron-basealloys containing intermetallic precipitates

R.M. Jervis Chemical reactions in plasmas

R. W. Jones Caustic cracking oj mild steel - anelectro-chemical approach

J .A. Jukes The yield behaviour of rigid polymers

R. Jurevics Cavity nucleation and the fracture oj internallyoxidised copper alloys at elevated temperatures

M. Lidbetter The interaction if liquid and solid metals

N.H. MacMillan The strength if perfect crystals

L.E. Miller Tensile fractures in steels

The precipitation if cementite in bainiteY.Ohmori

SupervisorR.W.K.Honyecombe

T.P. Hoar

J .A. Charles

B. Ralph

P.B. Bowden

A.H. Cottrell/M.J. Southon

G.J. Davies

R.W.K.Honeycombe

G.J- Davies

T.P. Hoar

P.B. Bowden

G.C. Smith

J.P. Chilton

A. Kelly

G.C. Smith

R.W.KHoneycombe

J.D. Scantlebury The mechanism oj conduction in pigmentedpolymer membranes

D.M. Taylor Field evaporation and image interpretation in the M.J. Southonfield-ion microscope

J.E.O. Mayne

G. Thursfield The uses of plasmas in process metallurgy G.J. Davies

Page 195: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

NameA.D. Batte

G.W. Bibby

K. Campbell

R. Coote

D.M. Davies

R.J. Dippenaar

R.E. Dolby

B.L. Dury

R.G. Fields

M.J. Hunter

A.G. Ives

D.R.H. Jones

J.S. Kallend

C.L. Page

T.F. Page

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 189

1970-1971TitleThe structure and properties oj carbide dispersionsin ferrite

An investigation of type II superconductivityusing powder metallurgy techniques

The high-temperature decomposition oj austenitein chromium steels

SupervisorR.W.K.Honeycombe

G.C. Smith

R.W.K.Honeycombe

The interaction of Abrikosov vortices withmetallurgical defects

A field-ion microscope study oj precipitation innon-refractory metals

Decomposition of austenite in alloy steels

J.E. Evetts

B. Ralph

R.W.K.Honeycombe

Some aspects oj heat-affected zone fracture J.F. Knotttoughness

A field-ion microscope study oj eutectoid steels B. Ralph

Field-ion microscopy at very low temperatures B. Ralph

Nucleation and growth oj spheroidal graphite G.A. Chadwick

Nucleation and growth of electro-deposited metals G.P. Rothwell

The thermodynamics and kinetics oj solid-liquid G.A. Chadwickintefaces

Quantitative analysis oj texture data G.J. Davies

The mechanism oj the inhibition of the corrosion J.E.O. Mayneof iron in aqueous solutions

Field-ion microscopy of dilute binary solid solutions B. Ralph

P.H. Pumphrey Grain-boundary precipitation in austenitic stainless K.M. Bowkettsteel

S. Rakhar

T.R. Shelley

R. Shipp

Structural changes associated with yield in glassy P.B. Bowdenpolymers

Arc electrolysis of oxide melts. J .A. Charles

Stress-corrosion failure in high-strength J.F. Knottaluminium-zinc-magnesium alloys

Page 196: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

190 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

].E. Slater

R.T. Southin

Mechano-chemical phenomena in stainless steelalloys

Heterogeneous nucleation oj solidifying metals

M.N. Thompson Precipitation oj Co 3Ti in cobalt-titanium alloys

D.C. Tidy

NameT.J. Baker

B. Cantor

P. Cartwright

C.P. Cutler

P.W. Dufton

A.J.S. Folwell

The unidirectional growth and mechanicalproperties of eutectic alloys

1971-1972TitleNon-metallic inclusions - their deformation andefea on fracture

The growth and deformation oj eutectics

Field-ion microscopy at low field strengths

Textures in superplastic Sn-Pb and Al-Cueutectic alloys

The fatigue of high-strength steels

T.P. Hoar

G.A. Chadwick

].W. Edington

G.A. Chadwick

Supervisor].A. Charles

G.A. Chadwick

B. Ralph

].W. Edington

G.C. Smith

The anodic behaviour oj some metallic compounds ].P. Chilton

D.J. Foster The breakdown oj passivity by halides

S. Freeman The structure and properties oj some titaniumsteels

]. G. Garland The control of weld-pool solidification

L.C.E. Geniets Temper embrittlement in low-alloy steel

].D. G. Groom Efficts oj prestrain on fracture

G. Hibbert Metallurgical applications oj electron enetgyanalysis

P.J. Jones A study oj the intermetallic compound Ti 3Sn

H.O.K. Kirchner Suiface and inteiface thermodynamics

D- McKeown Heat-affected zone-cracking in high-nickel alloyweldments

G.P. O'Connor Investigation oj ion-implanted solids

K.A.Padmanabhan

Some aspects of superplasticity in metals

T.P. Hoar

R.W.KHoneycombe

G.J. Davies

R.W.K.Honeycombe

].F. Knott

].W. Edington

].W. Edington

G.A. Chadwick

K.W. Bowkett

B. Ralph

G.J. Davies

Page 197: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 191

R.W. Pethen The deformation of austenitic steels at high R.W.Ktemperatures and strain rates Honeycombe

G.D.S. Price The control of attack by molten zinc and J .A. Charleszinc-containing alloys on solid metals

K.C. Russell Effects of second-phase particles on strengthening J.F. Knottand fracture mechanisms in copper steels

H.K. Scholes An electron-microscope study of {3-NiAI J.W. Edington

C.A. Shell Examination of equilibrium segregation in iron R.W.KHoneycombe

S.A. Shetty Fractures in titanium alloys G.C. Smith

R. Sinclair Structural studies of the Ni-Ni3 Ti system J.A. Leake

D.J. Walgate The application of field-ion microscopy to studies B. Ralphon electrodesposition

K. Williams The effects of electron beam welding on an K.M. Bowkettausformed steel

B.E. Wynne The structure and properties of an G.P. Rothwellelectro-deposited nickel-tin intermetallic alloy

1972-1973Name Title SupervisorA. Brown The influence of boron on pure iron R.W.K

Honeycombe

C.G. Chatfield Precipitation in titanium-nickel alloys R.W.KHoneycombe

P. Doig Stress-corrosion studies in aluminium alloys J.W. Edington

B.L. Freeman The fracture and deformation of iron-manganese J.F. Knottalloys

D.J. Goodwill The relationship between texture and properties G.J. Daviesof steel sheets

K.B. Gove Studies of inclusions in steel J .A. Charles

P.R. Howell The structure if grain boundaries B. Ralph

P.J. Martin Superconductivity in the niobium-aluminium A.M. Campbellsystem

B.G. Mellor Isothermal and unidirectional decomposition of G.A. Chadwickeutectoid alloys

Page 198: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

192 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

K.N. Melton Phase transformations and superplasticity inAI-Zn alloys

M.D. G. Moles Some developments in superplastic materials

J .R. Oxborough Craze formation in glassy polymers

D.J. Pedder

A.R. Sanders

N.J. Sanders

R.B. Scarlin

E.A. Slater

R.F. Smith

M. Sully

J. Tolley

A. Youle

R.J. Young

NameJ.V. Bee

C.G.Chipperfield

G.L. Dunlop

F.P. Ford

G.G. Garrett

A. Hildon

The production and thermal stability of oxidesin internally oxidised copper alloys

Evaluation of materials for artificial limbs andsplints

Field-ion microscopy of thin films

Carbide precipitation in nickel alloys

Metallurgical aspects of bronze-age technology

Fibrous fracture at stress concentrators

Factors ciffecting the ductility at elevatedtemperatures of high-purity austenites

J.W. Edington

G.J. Davies

P.B. Bowden

G.C. Smith

B. Ralph

M.J. Southon

J.W. Edington

J .A. Charles

J.F. Knott

R.W.K.Honeycombe

The machinability of carbon-chrome bearing steels J .A. Charles

A field-ion microscope study of ultra-fineprecipitation in iron-base alloys

Deformation mechanism in crystalline polymers

B. Ralph

P.B. Bowden

1973-1974Title SupervisorThe y-cx transformation in iron-chromium alloys R. W .K.

Honeycombe

Microstructure and toughness of structural steels J.F. Knott

Effects of microstructure on the creep of low-alloy R.W.K.steels Honeycombe

Stress-corrosion cracking and corrosion fatigue of T.P. Hoaraluminium-7% magnesium

Toughness and cyclic crack growth studies in P.B. Bowdenaluminium alloys

The field-ion microscopy of phase, transformations B. Ralphin alloys

Page 199: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 193

GJ. May The microstructures and mechanical properties of G.A. Chadwickeutectic alloys

E. Metcalfe An X-ray diffuse scattering study of short-range J.A. Leakeorder in Cu-Au

D.J. Mills The function of basic pigments in protection by J.E.O. Mayneorganic coatings

R.F. Peacock A study of the intermetallic compound Co-AI J.W. Edington

B.J. Regan Atom-probe field-ion microscopy M.J. Southon

R. O. Ritchie Cyclic crack growth in steels J.F. Knott

T. Ruberg Texture development in some face-centred cubic G.J. Daviesmetals and the relation of texture to properties

M.G. Scott Splat quenching of alloys G.A. Chadwick

CJ. Semino Localised corrosion of resistant alloys in chloride T.P. Hoarsolutions

N.B. Shaw The sintering of stainless-steel powder R.W.K.Honeycombe

M. Talerman Electrochemistry and electron spectra of oxide T.P. Hoarfilms on some iron and nickel alloys

RJ. Taunt The atomic structure of ordered alloys B. Ralph

W.G. WeIland The effect of grain-boundary orientation on the G.C. Smithelevated-temperature failure of magnesium alloys

D.B. Williams Precipitation reactions in dilute J.W. Edingtonaluminium-lithium alloys

1974-1975Name Title SupervisorN.K. Balliger Nucleation and growth of fine dispersions in R.W.K.

low-alloy steels Honeycombe

P.R. Ebdon Electro-deposition from fused-salt baths T.P. Hoar

J. Hickling Corrosion of metals under thin films of electrolyte J.P. Chilton

AJ. Jones Electron-microscope investigation of some B. Ralphmicrostructural phenomena in an austeniticstainless steel

R. Moskovic Precipitation strengthening of nickel-aluminium J.W. Edington

Page 200: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

194 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

G.P. Muir Precipitation processes in nickel-aluminium

G.M. Roberts The recovery of metals from dilute aqueoussolutions

I.R. Sare Splat cooling of transformable steels

E.R. Wallach

A.R. Waugh

D.J. Widgery

].V. Wood

Intermetallics in bi-metal solid-phase welds

Field-ion energy analysis and field descriptionmicroscaring

Weld metal deoxidation and toughness

Splat quenching of iron-based alloys

1975-1976Name Title0.0- Adewoye Structural studies of surface deformation

mechanisms in Si C and Si 3N4

R. Appleyard

S. Ashok

G. Clark

R.A. Cottis

D.A. Curry

P.R. Ebdon

D.E. Fleet

].W. Edington

].P. Chilton

R.W.K.Honeycombe

G.J. Davies

M.J. Southon

].F. Knott

R.W.K.Honeycombe

SupervisorT.F. Page

The summation of pinning forces in type-II super ].E. Evettsconductors

Deformation and fracture of two-phasemicrostructures

] .A. Charles

Fatigue crack growth from notches ].F. Knott

Metal deposition in the jluidised bed electrode ].P. Chilton

Microstructural aspects of cleavage fracture criteria ].F. Knott

Electro-deposition from fused-salt baths G.P. Rothwell

Microstructural aspects oj tungsten wires and rods B. Ralph

G. Green

M.D. Goldspink Mixed carbides in quaternary steels

].L. Henshall

Initiation and propagation of ductile fracture inlow-strength steels

Fracture oj silicon carbide and silicon nitride

S. Hettiarachchi Passivation and corrosion oj some high-nickelalloys

s.]. Hill The development of texture in stainless steel

B. Ralph

].F. Knott

].W. Edington

T.P. Hoar

G.J. Davies

Page 201: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 195

A. de S. Microstructure and properties of silicon nitride J.A. LeakeJayatilaka

I. Margaronis The production of fibrous composites by dendritic G.J. Daviesgrowth

D.A. Porter Cellular precipitation in magnesium-aluminium J.W. Edingtonalloys

A. Segal Distribution and deformation of small sulphide J .A. Charlesinclusions in steel

R.A. Tait Stress-relief cracking in creep-resisting low-alloy J.F. Knottferritic steels

J.A. Todd Studies of primitive iron technology J .A. Charles

D.J. Walker The thermo-mechanical treatment of some R.W.K.alloy steel Honeycombe

1976-1977Name Title SupervisorJ.P. Benson Fatigue of high-strength steels D.V. Edmonds

J.H. Bricknell Superplasticity in a commercial aluminium alloy J.W. Edington

J.A. Clarke Oxidation kinetics of zinc vapour D.J. Fray

J.Q. Clayton Segregation effects and the toughness of J.F. Knotthigh-strength steels

T.W. Clyne Solidification cracking of aluminium alloys G.J. Davies

D .A. Coppell The development of an atom probe for suiface M.J. Southonexamination

S. Elliot The effect of thermomechanical treatments on the G.C. Smithfatigue of an Al-Zn-Mg-Cu alloy

F.!. Knight Textures in titanium sheets G.J. Davies

A. McNeill Deformation and fracture of ferrite-carbide G.C. Smithmicrostructures in high-carbon steel

P.P. Morris Textural studies of controlled-rolled steels R.W.K.Honeycombe

D.C. Price The electro-chemical treatment of copper-iron J.P. Chiltonsulphides

D.P. Russell Residual stresses and fracture in nylon- 6 injection P.B. Bowdenmouldings

Page 202: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

196 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

J. Slater Quantitative investigation of transformation R.W.K.kinetics of low-alloy steels Honeycombe

P.I. Welch Texture and formability in aluminium J.S. Kallend

1977-1978NatTIe Title SupervisorN.K. Balliger Nucleation and growth of fine dispersions in R.W.K.

low-alloy steels Honeycombe

J.P. Benson Properties of low-alloy steels R.W.K.Honeycombe

H.E. Butler Structure and strength of directionally solidified G.C. Smitheutectic composites

M.G. Coleby Mineral processing in induction plasmas G.J. Davies

C.S. Da Costa The relationship between texture and formability G.J. DaviesViana in sheet metals

D.C. Houghton The thermal stabilities of eutectic composites D.R.H. Jones

N.C. Law The austenite-ferrite transformations in low-alloy R.W.K.steels Honeycombe

A.C. Pickard A study of fatigue crack propagation in metals J.F. Knott

N.W. Ringshall Acoustic emmision and fracture processes in metals J.F. Knott

P.R. Wilyman The structure and properties of some R.W.K.dispersion-strengthened ferretic steels Honeycombe

1978-1979NatTIe Title SupervisorM.F. Ball A study of grain-boundary segregation in dilute R.W.K.

iron alloys Honeycombe

C.Y. Barlow The microstructure of grain-boundary regions in B. Ralphnickel-base super-alloys

F.L. Bastian Non-metallic inclusions and the fracture properties J .A. Charlesof powder forged steels

W.P.A. Belcher Ductile fracture studies in an AI-4Cu alloy G.C. Smith

R. Brown Fatigue crack initiation and propagation in two G.C. Smithtitanium alloys

Page 203: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 197

D.L. Canham Roasting of zinc and lead sulphides

Complex flux configurations in a type IIsuperconductor

J.A. Charles

J.E. EvettsJ.R. Cave

A.M. Cottenden The mechanical properties ofdoubly-constrained metallic zones in interlayeredjoints) deeply-notched bars and hard metals

G.J. Davies

A.J.S. Edmonds Microstructural development in silicon nitride J.A. Leake

J.E. Hobbs Inhomogeneities in e-type glass J.A. Leake

C.V. Honess The behaviour of silicate inclusions during the J.A. Charlesdeformation of steel and their subsequent influenceon fracture properties

J.E. King Fracture mechanics in embrittled alloy steels J.F. Knott

J.A. Little The physical and chemical properties of D.J. Fraycopper-beta-alumina

R.G. Menzies Superplasticity studies in the powder-consolidated G.J. Daviesnickel-base superalloy IN-l00

T. Ozturk The development oj annealing textures in G.J. DaviesF. C. C. metals and alloys

S.A. Parsons Inter-granular brittleness in wrought D.V. Edmondsniobium-treated steels

M. Pick The molecular response oj polymethylmethacrylate A.H. Windleto elastic and plastic deformation

R.A. Ricks The y-a transformation in iron-copper alloys and R.W.K.some alloy steels Honeycombe

J .R. Saffell A study of the structure of polymeric glasses A.H. Windle

P.M. Sargent Factors ciffecting the micro-hardness of solids T.F. Page

P.D. Southwick Microstructural studies on a duplex stainless R.W.K.steel Honeycombe

J.P. Stanton The A C properties of multifilamentry Nb 3Sn A.M. Campbellsupercond uctors

N.L. Thomas Transport mechanisms associated with the A.H. Windleswelling of PMMA by methanol

J. Tunicliffe Retraction in polypropene A.H. Windle

Page 204: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

198 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

1979-1980Name TitleR.M. Bateman Texture transformations and inheritance textures

A.R. Begg Hot briquetting of zinc oxide

H.K.D .H. The theory and significance of retained austeniteBhadeshia in steels

J .A. Carey Inhomogeneities in E-glass reinforcement fibres

B.A. Cooke Re-crystallisation of duplex alloys

SupervisorG.J. Davies

J .A. Charles

D.V. Edmonds

J.A. Leake

B. Ralph

A.J. Craig

D.H. Davies

Flow of liquid metal through packed-bed electrodes D.J. Fray

The anodic behaviour of some first-row transition G.T. Bursteinelements

P.M. Green The passivation of titanium G.T. Burstein

A.L. Greer Transformations of metallic glasses J.A. Leake

N.W. Jepps Polytypism and polytype transformations in T.F. Pagesilicon carbide

J. Kawahara Decomposition of austenite in a manganese R.W.K.steel Honeycombe

P.R. Mills A study of grain-boundary segregation by M.J. Southonatom-probe field-ion microscopy

S. Paetke Microstructure and stress relaxation of spring D.V. Edmondssteels

J.P. Patterson The preparation and properties of rapidly D.R.H. Jonessolidified materials

M.G. Pitt The physical and chemical properties of D.J. Frayindium and gallium beta-aluminas

B.K. Thomas Chloride hydrometallurgy of low-grade zinc ores D.J. Frayand residues

P.E. Thomas The examination of ion-plated suiface coatings E.R. Wallach/B. Ralph

J.R. Waring An X-ray structural analysis of PMMA its A.H. Windlemonomer and gels

B.T. Waters Metallography of a nickel-alloy powder J.A. Charles

E. Wightman The kinetics of oxidation of liquid metals D.J. Fray

Page 205: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

NameS. La Brooy

C.W. Brown

R.C. Ecob

A.J. Fream

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 199

1980-1981Title SupervisorThe removal of metallic contaminants from water J.P. Chilton

The initiation and growth of fatigue cracks in G.C. Smithtitanium alloys

Observations of inteifaces and cellular precipitation B. Ralph

Corrosion and protection of aluminium and itsalloys

Deformation and relaxation in ferromagneticamorphous alloys

Phase separation in sante model nickel-basesuperalloys

E.H.H. Jamieson The structure and barrier properties of metallisedpolyester film

M.J.R. Gibbs

S.A. Hill

U.R. Lenel Reaustenisation of some alloy steels

J.E.O. Mayne

J.E. Evetts

R.W.K.Honeycombe

A.H. Windle

R.W.K.Honeycombe

S.C. Martin Aspects of the hot-pressing of silicon carbide T.F. Page

P.H. Morley Susceptibility to heat-affected zone cracking G.C. Smithduring welding of low-carbon steel

R.C. Newman Stress-corrosion cracking of copper alloys G.T. Burstein

P.J. de Rosa The extraction oj lead from plumbiferous wastes D.J. Fray

A.J. Rose The extraction of copper from steel by molten-salt D.J. Frayelectrolysis

E.L. Soudini Fundamentals of quantitative Jractography ].F. Knott

J.R. Wilcox The hot ductility of Nb and Al microalloyed R.W.K.

B. Wiltshire

NameG.S. Barritte

R.J. Brisley

steels

Crack growth in maraging steels

1981-1982TitleThe microstructure of welds in low-alloy steels

Thermodynamic measurements usingsodium-beta-alumina

Honeycombe

].F. Knott

SupervisorD.V. Edmonds

D.J. Fray

Page 206: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

200 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

D.J. Brown Aspects oj deformation oj non-crystalline polymers A.H. Windle

B. Derby A theoretical model for diffusion bonding E.R. Wallach

P.E. Donovan Electron-microscopical observations oj deformed W.M. Stobbsmetallic glasses

N.R. Ecob Microstructure and deformation of zinc and its B. Ralphalloys

N.J. Gibbins Evaporated metal as an adhesive in polymer film A.H. Windlelamination

N.K. Gibbs Friction and wear oj ceramic fibre guides T.F. Page

A.M. CampbellG.C. Grimwood Rotational hysteresis in polycrystallineferromagnetic materials

C.A. Hippsley Micromechanisms of stress-relief cracking J.F. Knott

R.A. Kirk Sutface voltages on a type II superconductor with J.E. Evettsaligned field

S.A. Parsons The decomposition of austenite in medium D.V. Edmondscarbon-alloy steels

A.J. Porter Recrystallisation of Ni-base superalloys B. Ralph

D. Taylor Fatigue crack propagation in nickel-aluminium J.F. Knottbronze castings

M.P. Thomas Quantitative microanalysis of ion-sputtered J .E. Evettssuifaces

J . Woodward Effects of segregants on the stress-corrosion G.T. Bursteincracking of a low-alloy steel

NameA.P. Bentley

J.E.M. Braid

M.]. Gilchrist

M.Jolly

1982-1983TitleEffects of cathodic hydrogen charging on stainlesssteel suifaces

Fatigue crack propagation in residual-stress fields

On the anodic behaviour of copper-silicon andrelated alloys

Rapid solidification of tin-based alloys

SupervisorG.C. Smith

J.F. Knott

J.P. Chilton

R.W.K.Honeycombe

Page 207: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

T.P.H. Jones

J.C. Knight

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 201

Structure of main-chain phenylene polymer glasses A.H. Windle

The mechanical properties of highly porousceramics

J.E. Weston

S.N. Kukureka Yielding of polymers at high strain rates I.M. Hutchings

Y.P. Lin Some aspects of grain-boundary failure in G.e. Smithmagnox Al 80 at elevated temperatures

V.B. Livesly The initiation of fatigue cracks at notches J.F. Knott

S.B. Lyon Properties of hydrogen uranyl phosphate D.J. Fraytetrahydrate and its use in the determination ofhydrogen

K.J.A. Mawella Unconventional suiface treatments for R.W.K.high-strength steels Honeycombe

M.G.S. Naylor The effects of temperature on hardness and wear T.F. Pageprocesses in engineering ceramics

S.B. Newcomb A microstructural study of the oxidation ofNi/Cr steels in air and in CO/C02

C.H. Richardson Long-term stability of some nuclear reactormaterials

S.G. Roberts

S. Slatcher

S.P. Timothy

J.H. Tweed

J.S. Whitaker

NameG.W. Ashley

A.K. Cousens

A.D- Hill

W.M. Stobbs

B. Ralph

Modification of the suiface mechanical properties T.F. Pageof ceramic materials by ion implantation

Fracture toughness of forging steels J.F. Knott

Formation of adiabatic shear bands by ballistic I.M. Hutchingsimpact in a titanium alloy

Microstructure-toughness relationships in C-Mn J.F. Knottmetals

Hydrogen-induced cracking in simulated-weld G.e. Smithheat-ciffected zones of a HSLA steel

1983-1984TitleThe reactivation and pitting of iron

The erosion of ductile metals by solid-particleimpact

Modelling and assessment of diffusion bonding

SupervisorG.T. Burstein

I.M. Hutchings

E.R. Wallach

Page 208: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

202 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

M.N. James The growth of small suiface fatigue cracks in G.C. Smithstructural steels

R.D .K. Misra Investigation of the behaviour of scratched metal G.T. Bursteinelectrodes

M. Martinez Hydrogen occlusivity and associated J.A. CharlesMadrid embrittlement in iron

S.M. Payne Grain-boundary structure and precipitation in B. RalphCo-20Fe

S.J. Piggs Rapidly solidified nickel-base superalloys J.A. Charles

Y. Sato Melt spinning of plain-carbon steels R.W.K.Honeycombe

G.M. Smith The microstructure and yielding behaviour of R.W.K.some titanium steels Honeycombe

C.E. Thornton The structure and mechanical properties of E.R. Wallachdiffusion bonds in steel

C.J. Tweed Grain growth in samples of aluminium B. Ralphcontaining alumina particles

C. Viney Microstructural aspects of liquid-crystal polymers A.H. Windle

J.T. Whiter The properties and use of calcium electrolytes for D.J. Fraythe analysis of molten lead alloys

M.e. Witt Second-phase particles in a powder metallurgy J .A. Charlesnickel-base super-alloy

E.R. Wright The extraction of metal ions by low-rank coals J .A. Charles

P.C. Yao Preparation and properties of some solid cation D.J. Frayionic conductors and their applications

C.P. You Mechanisms of fracture in high-strength structural J.F. Knottsteels

1984-1985Name Title SupervisorM.G. Blamire Vortex dynamics in type II superconductors J.E. Evetts

P. Bowen Effects of microstructure on toughness in J.F. Knottpressure-vessel steel

P .J. Burnett Mechanical properties of ion-implanted ceramic T.F Pagesuifaces

Page 209: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 203

M. Carvalho Precipitation in an austenitic steel containingniobium and nitrogen

S.L.I. Chan Hydrogen embrittlement susceptibility as afunction of carbide distribution in steels

R.F. Cochrane Energy conservation in the zinc-lead blastfurnace

S.E. Fielding Fatigue and the Bauschinger effect in ferriticalloys

D.J. Hall Thin-jilm austenite, its carbon content anddeformation

R.W. Hardeman High-temperature insertion compounds

G.S. Hillier Defect energies and deformation mechanisms ofsingle-crystal superalloys

R.W.K.Honeycombe

J .A. Charles

J.A. Charles

W.M. Stobbs

W.M. Stobbs

D.J. Fray

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

S.J. Mullock Flux pinning and peak effect in type II J .E. Evettssuperconductors

A.J. Ninham Investigation of erosion-resistant coatings I.M. Hutchings

D.E. McRobie Cleavage fracture in C-Mn weld metals J.F. Knott

M.I. Qureshi Mechanical properties of a I.M. Hutchingscopper-zinc-aluminium memory alloy

C.G. Shelton The microstructure and deformation of two-phase B. Ralphtitanium alloys

].L. de Steiner High-carbon stainless steels for petrochemical R.W.K.

NameZ.H. Barber

C.S. Baxter

D.R. Bury

steam reformers

1985-1986TitleStructure and properties of sputtered alloys

The structure of metal multilayers

In-situ rapid quenching of iron-based alloys

Periodic active-passive corrosion behaviour

Anode depolarisation in the electrowinning ofcopper

J.T. Czernuszka Factors qifecting the wear behaviour of ceramics

Y.S. Chang

A.V. Cooke

Honeycombe

SupervisorR.E. Somekh

W.M. Stobbs

R.W.K.Honeycombe

C. Edeleanu

J.P. Chilton

T.P. Page

Page 210: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

204 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

S.J.R. Davies

A.E. Dray

E.M. Grant

V.L. Kohler

P.I. Makin

A.P. Mercer

J.N. Ness

D .J. Neville

The structure oj bimetallic catalysts .

Dijfusion bonding oj aluminium

Texture development during grain growth

B. Ralph/J.A. Little

R. Wallach

B. Ralph

Microstructure and properties oj Zn-Cu- Ti alloys W.M. Stobbs

Recrystallisation in aluminium lithium-basedalloys

The effects oj atmospheric humidity and oxygenon the abrasion oj metals

The microstructure oj reaction-bonded siliconcarbide

B. Ralph

I.M. Hutchings

T.F. Page

Statistical aspects oj brittle fracture in homogeneous H.K.D.H.steel microstructures Bhadeshia

K. Nishioka Fatigue crack propagation in 9Cr-1Mo steel J.F. Knott

C.J. Plummer Critical current density and inhomogeneity in J.E. EvettsNbSn superconducting composites

R.E. Microstructural aspects oj catalytic coal gasification J .A. LittleQuartermaine

P.R. Rios

S.K. Sahay

E. Woldt

Some effects oj niobium in alloy steels

The austenite-ferrite transformation in tungstensteels and some other ternary steels

Relaxation in metallic glasses

1986-1987TitleTorsion testing ojfilament-wound compositecylinders

C.B. Boothroyd Amorphous metal diffusion barriersforsemiconductor contacts

NameJ.A. Barnes

S.J. Duncan

R.W.K.Honeycombe

R.W.K.Honeycombe/H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

J.A. Leake

SupervisorD. Hull

W.M. Stobbs

Passivation and re-passivation of aluminium and G.T. Bursteinits alloys

Page 211: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 205

M.B.D. Ellis Fracture mechanisms in a 2.25Cr-IMo pressure ].F. Knottvessel steel

C.B.A. Forty The nucleation and growth of fatigue cracks in G.C. SmithIMI829 titanium alloy

]. Geiss Environmental degradation of GRP A.H. Windle

A.W. Harris Laser microprobe mass spectrometry quantitative E.R. Wallachinorganic analysis

C.P. Harris Warm pre-stressing and fracture in G.C. Smithpressure-vessel steels

P.D. Hodson Magnetic property control in ferromagnetic ] .E. Evettsamorphous alloys

D .M. Hudson High-temperature evaporative refining of metals ] .A. Charles/D.J. Fray

].M. Kendall Aspects of fatigue crack growth in a low-carbon ].F. Knottsteel

A.W. Kirby Reduction of iron content in ferrochromium via D.J. Fraythe nitriding /leaching route

M.C.L. Development of a coalesced arc plasma reactorfor J.A. CharlesPatterson mineral processing

S.K. Sahay The austenite to ferrite transformation in tungsten R.W.K.steels and some other ternary steels Honeycombe

G.A. Scarsbrook Martensite stabilisation in Cu -Zn--Al shapememory alloys

B. Soylu Phase transformations in duplex stainless steels

G.O.H.Whillock

Corrosion and re-passivation of metals inmethalonic solutions

Ceramic tool materials: structure and propertiesrelevant to wear

J .A. Yeomans

1987-1988Name TitleC.P. Armstrong A characterisation of the exfoliation behaviour of

natural graphites

E.G. Britton TEM techniques for the characterisation of3-5 semiconductor heterostructures

W.M. Stobbs

R.W.K.Honeycombe

G.T. Burstein

T.F. Page

Supervisor].A. Little

W.M. Stobbs

Page 212: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

206 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

S.]. Bull The mechanical and tribological properties of T.F. Pageion-implanted ceramics

P.M. Copham Rotating electrodes in molten-salt electro-winning D.J. Fray/J .A. Charles

A.J. Davenport Passivation of amorphous and polycrystalline G.T. Bursteinmetals

H. Duncan Erosion/corrosion by minerals G.T. Burstein

A.J. Godsell Fused-salt electrorejining of ferro alloys D.J. Fray

M.A. Kearns Electrochemical behaviour of segregants in G.T. Bursteinrelation to stress corrosion cracking

T .M. Maccagno Fracture in mixed modes 1 and 2 J.F. Knott

A.J. Markham Diffusion brazing of nickel-based oxide E.R. Wallachdispersion-strengthened alloys

H. Morris The electrochemical behaviour of aluminium-based J.P. Chiltonalloys

H. Royal The prevention oj the tarnishing oj silver J.P. Chilton

N.J. Simms Effect of boric acid on high-temperature oxidation J.A. Littlebehaviour of a 2.25Cr-1Mo steel

M. Strangwood The prediction and assessment oj weld-metal H.K.D.H.microstructures Bhadeshia

S. Vitta Rapid solidification oj metals and alloys A.L. Greer

A.A.B. Sugden Towards the prediction of weld properties H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

S. Whillock/ Microstructures and mechanical properties of J .A. CharlesVryenhof/ lead sheetPrescott

J.R. Young Development of microstructure in high-strength H.K.D.H.weld deposits Bhadeshia

1988-1989Name Title SupervisorS. Atamert Stability) wear resistance) and microstructure H.K.D.H.

of iron) cobalt and nickel-based hardjacing alloys Bhadeshia

Page 213: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 207

L.].R. Cohen

P.]. Cotterill

Some effects of hydrogen on duplex stainless steels j .A. Charles

Fatigue crack growth at elevated temperature in a j.F. Knott9%Cr-l %Mo steel

P.V. Evans Solidification of metals and alloys far from A.L. Greerequilibrium

S. Hanna Structure and phase transitions of some crystalline A.H. Windleand liquid-crystalline aromatic polyesters

R.]. Highmore Solid-state amorphisation J.E. Evetts

T. Ishikawa Fracture behaviour in steels and weld metals for j.F. Knottlow-temperature services

j.H. james Development of superconductive device structures j.E. Evettsfor investigating the jlux-jlow state

G.W. Morris Superconductive thin films and devices: some j.E. Evettsdevelopments and applications

P.M. Ramsey The tribology of ceramic guides and textile fibres I.M. Hutchings

j. Robertson Nb 3Sn growth in superconductor wires j.E. Evetts

W.O. Soboyeio The propagation of defects under fatigue loading j.F. Knott

C.A. High-temperature deformation of T.W. ClyneStanford-Beale short-fibre-reinforced aluminium-based composites

A. Wang Abrasive wear of metal-matrix composites I.M. Hutchings

P.J. Withers Modelling of metal-matrix composite behaviour W.M. Stobbs

P. Woolen Fatigue in nickel-based super-alloys j.F. Knott

I.j. Yang Passivity and localised erosion of nickel-base G.T. Bursteinalloys

j.R. Yang Development of microstructure in high-strength H.K.D.H.weld deposits Bhadeshia

1989-1990NameK.S. Agema

j.C. Arnold

Title SupervisorAspects of the oxidation of liquid-aluminium alloys D.J. Fray

The erosion of unfilled elastomers by solid-particle I.M. Hutchingsimpact

Page 214: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

208 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

M.M. Baloch Directional recrystallisation indispersion-strengthened alloys

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

A.D. Boyd-Lee Modelling layer growth in Nb3Sn superconductors E.R. Wallach

W.R.Broughton

W.C. Chan

Shear properties of unidirectional carbon-fibrecomposites

Development of liquid-crystalline materials asmatrices for polymer composites

Synthesis of nitride ceramic powder bycarbothermal reduction and nitridation

Y.W. Cho

C.E. Davies Decomposition and properties of magneto-opticmaterials

X. Duan Martensite stabilisation in Cu-Zn-AI alloys

Dealloying of copper alloys in aqueous solutionsG. Gao

S.J.N. Goodman Tribology of gold electro-deposits

N.LA. Haddad The development of microstructure in duplexstainless steel welds

D. Hull

A.H. Windle

J .A. Charles

J.E. Evetts

W.M. Stobbs

G.T. Burstein

LM. Hutchings

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

B.E. Hall Microstructure and properties of laser welds in steels E.R. Wallach

D. HullX.N. Huang Mode I and mode II intralaminate fracture ofunidirectional composites

T.J. Lemmon Microstructural analysis of a liquid-crystallinearomatic copolyester

E.R. Maddrell Diffusion bonding of aluminium alloys

P.M. McCusker Repassivation kinetics of duplex and austeniticstainless steels

A.P. Mouritz The abrasive wear of rock drill-bit material

J. Pattinson Localised corrosion in nickel-based alloys

J .L. Robertson Nb3Sn growth in superconductor wires fabricatedby bronze process

C.A. Ross Electromigration in thin-metal films

F.M. Ross Development and application of Fresnel fringeanalysis

P.N. Rowley Effects of boron treatments on the oxidation ofFe- 9Cr in superheated steam

A.H. Windle

E.R. Wallach

G.T. Burstein

LM. Hutchings

G.T. Burstein

E.R. Wallach

J.E. Evetts

W.M. Stobbs

J.A. Little

Page 215: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 209

K. Sato Development of new TEM approaches for W.M. Stobbsquantification of spinodal decomposition

A.A. Smeets Extraction of lithium by vacuum thermal D.J. Frayreduction

S. Tarafder High-temperature crack growth in 2.25Cr-1Mo ].F. Knottsteel

T.J. Warner Mechanisms of load transfer in discontinuously T.W. Clynereinforced MMCs

C.M. Warwick Metal-matrix composites based on magnesium T.W. Clyne/lithium alloy ] .A. Charles

1990-1991Natne Title SupervisorA. Ali Widmanstatten ferrite and bainite in H.K.D.H.

ultra-high-strength steels Bhadeshia

A. Anwar Orientation of liquid-crystalline materials by A.H. Windlemagnetic fields

C.H.D. Fatigue peiformance oj Nimonic PE 16 at ].F. KnottArbuthnot elevated temperatures

R. Barrett Structure and properties of T.W. Clynesilicon-carbide-reinforced alumina ceramiccomposites

R.J. Cinderey Transient electrode potential of mechanically bared G.T. Bursteinaluminium suifaces

D. Damri Transient fatigue crack growth in a structural ].F. Knottsteel

K.J. Driscoll Fused-salt electrorefining of zinc D.J. Fray

H.E. Druiff Micromechanisms of ductile fracture ].F. Knott

D .M. Elliott Deformation of hard coatings on softer substrates I.M. Hutchingsnee Thompson

M.J. Entwisle Erosion/corrosion of iron-chromium alloys in a ].A. Littlefluidised bed

Q.P.V. Fontana The energy absorption of axially crushedcomposite tubes

D. Hull

Page 216: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

210 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

A. Hope Work hardening and fracture behaviour oflinepipe steel

Phase transjormations in heterogeneous steelsS.A. Khan

].F. Knott

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

R.B. Kieschke Intefaces in titanium reinforced with silicon T.W. Clynecarbide monofilaments

S.S. Kordestani Plastic deformation and associated structural A.H. Windlechanges of some crystalline aromatic copolymers

W.H. Kreusi Electrowinning of lithium from chloride-carbonate D.J. Fraymelts

] .L. MacManus Solid-state electrochemical study of a D.J. Fraysupercond uctor

E.R. Maddrell Dtffusion bonding of aluminium alloys E.R. Wallach

] .A. Mooney Synthesis and characterisation of short A.H. Windleliquid-crystal chains

P.A.S. Reed Effect of warm prestressing on A533B weld H.K.D.H.metals Bhadeshia

W.-C. Shih Application of Fresnel contrast analysis to W.M. Stobbsmultilayer structure characterisation

A.A.B. Sugden Towards the prediction oj weld metal properties H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

A.J. Whitehead Fabrication and characterisation of novelSi C-based materials

G.B. Zu Wear of materials by slurry erosion

1991-1992Name TitleD. C. Armstrong Influence of segregated impurities on the corrosion

and oxidation ojferrous alloys

Acicular ferrite and bainite in Fe-Cr-C welddeposits

Microscopy and modelling oj microstructure inliquid-crystalline polymers

A.M. C. Feltham Corrosion and passivity of some engineeringalloys in acidic solutions

S.S. Babu

S.E. Bedford

T.F. Page

I.M. Hutchings

SupervisorG.T. Burstein

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

A.H. Windle

G.T. Burstein

Page 217: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 211

R.B. Findlay Control of the orientation and microstructure oj A.H. Windlesome side-chain liquid-crystalline polymers

J.A.G. Furness Thermal cycling creep of aluminium-based T.W. Clynecomposites

W.F. Gale Joining of nickel-base substrates using Ni-Si-B E.R. Wallachand Ni-P alloys

S.J. Gill Residual stresses in plasma-sprayed deposits T.W. Clyne

R. Golombok Thermal transitions in a random copolyester A.H. Windle

A.M. Green Environmentally assisted crack growth in J.F. Knottaluminium alloy 747J

R.G. Hamerton Rapid solidification of deeply undercooled A.L. Greermetallic melts

K.H. Huang

M.J. Hytch

D .M. Knowles

A.E. Lowe(jennings)

T.J. Marrow

J.F. Mason

L.J. Matthews

R.M. Organ

P.C. Pistorius

P.B. Prangnell

R. Prasad

M.V.Ravichandran

Epitaxial growth of sputtered thin films

Quantitative high-resolution electron microscopy

Fatigue and fracture behaviour ofaluminium-lithium-based composites

The structure and matrix-dominated propertiesof T300/914 carbon/epoxy composite

Fatigue mechanisms in an embrittled duplexstainless steel

Fabrication and properties of magnesium-lithiumalloys reinforced with silicon carbide

Fundamental processes in laser-microporobe massspectrometry

The electrograining of aluminium

Stability and metastability of corrosion pits onstainless steel

The development of matrix and intefacemicrostructures and their effect on the mechanicalbehaviour of SiC particulate-reinforced Al matrixcomposites

Metastable phases in chromium-titanium alloys

Electron-microscope investigation ofSiC-whisker-reinforced oxide ceramic composites

J.E. Evetts

W.M. Stobbs

J.E. King

D. Hull

J.E. King/J .A. Charles

T.W. Clyne

J.A. Leake

G.T. Burstein

G.T. Burstein

W.M. Stobbs

A.L. Greer

K.M. Knowles

Page 218: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

212 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

R.C. Reed Characterisation and modelling of multipass H.K.D.H.steel weld heat-affected zones Bhadeshia

N.F. Roberts The erosion of polycrystalline liquid-phase I.M. Hutchingssintered aluminas by solid-particle impact

S.C. Sarson Investigations in the copper-lead system J .A. Charles

R.A. Shahani Microstructural development during T.W. Clynethermomechanical processing of aluminium-basedcomposites

Y. Shi Barely visible impact damage in polymer composite D. Hulllaminates

F. Tailoka Increasing mass transfer during the electrowinning D.J. Frayof copper from aqueous electrolytes

E.J. Tomlinson The deposition and characterisation of YBaCuO J.E. Evettsthin films

M.G. Vassilaros Fracture behaviour of modern low-carbon steels J.F. Knott

E.J. Williams Application of epitaxial growth to semiconductor W.M. Stobbsand superconductor devices

P. Wilson Remanent-creep life prediction in low-alloy H.K.D.H.ferritic steel power plant components Bhadeshia

R. Yang Phase equilibria and mechanical behaviour of J.A. Leakealloys based on Ni-Al- Ti.

X.F. Yang Aspects of the mechanical behaviour of K.M. Knowlesunidirectional brittle fibre-reinforced brittle matrices

X.X. Zhang Erosion of plasma-sprayed alumina particles by I.M. Hutchingssolid-particle impact

W. Zhou Micromechanisms of cleavage fracture in structural J.F. Knottsteels

1992-1993Name Title SupervisorH. Amin Coupled superconducting tunnel junction systems J.E. Evetts

K.M. Boden Development of a YBaRCuSOW(delta)-based J.E. Evettscomposite superconductor

F.J. Buchanan Oxidation and protection of carbon-carbon J.A. Littlecomposites

Page 219: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 213

P.J. Characterisation of polymers using laser E.R. WallachCunningham microprobe mass spectrometry

N. Deards Recrystallisation nucleation and microtexture H.K.D.H.development in aluminium-iron rolled alloys Bhadeshia

T.J. Downes The mechanical properties of J.E. Kingaluminium-lithium-based composites

N.R. Green Microstructural studies of solder-bonds in J .A. Charlesmicroelectronics

P.S. Hill The environmental degradation of fibre-reinforced J.E. Kingpultruded polymer composites

R.J. Hobson The structure of poly(vinyl chloride) and A.H. Windlepoly (acrylonitrile)

S.J. Howard The inteifacial toughness of plasma-sprayed T.W. Clynecoatings on titanium alloys

A.R. Kennedy The redistribution of reinforcements during the T.W. Clynesolidification processing of metal-matrix composites

T.I. Khan The diffusion bonding of oxide E.R. Wallachdispersion-strengthened ferritic superalloys

K. Kuriyama Joining of composites E.R. Wallach

K.H. Leong Damage accumulation in cross-ply polymer-matrix J.E. Kingcomposite laminates under mechanical loading

V.M. Linton Heat-affected zone toughness: the role of local J.E. Kingbrittle zones

S.A. Mujahid Coupled diffusional/ displacive transformations H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

D. G. Pafitis Environmental effects on the progressive crushing D. Hullof composites

J.M. Race Carbon diffusion across dissimilar steel welds H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

S. Rahma Knitted fabric-reinforced polymer composites D. HullKrishna

G.I. Rees Modelling of microstructure in novel high-strength H.K.D.H.steel welds Bhadeshia

Page 220: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

214 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

P.M. Rogers

The effect oj in teifaciaI reaction on the properties T.W. Clyneif titanium-matrix composites reinforced with SiCand TiB2 particulate

Erosion / corrosion oj metals in a jIuidised bed J .A. Littleenvironment

A.J. Reeves

P. Schumacher Nucleation in aluminium alloys studies usingdevitrification

K. Seebaruth Microstructural study if hot-salt stress-corrosioncracking of titanium alloys

S. Sharafi Microstructure if super-duplex stainless steels

A.L. Greer

S.B. Newcomb

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

D. Shin Microstructure-property relationships of SiC K.M. Knowlesfibre-reinforced borosilicate glass

P .H. Shipway Erosive wear of brittle materials and its laboratory LM. Hutchingssimulation

J.J.K. Stekly Solid polymer electrolyte chemical concentration cells D.J. Frayfor hydrogen determination

M. Takahashi Reaustenitisation from bainite in steels H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

R.C. Thomson Carbide composition changes in power plant steels H.K.D.H.as a method of remanent creep life prediction Bhadeshia

M.C. Watson Intefadal mechanics in silicon carbide T.W. Clynemonofilament-reinforced titanium

K. Wiemer Early British iron-edged tools: a metallurgical J .A. Charlessurvey

D.J. Wilson Diffraction measurements of crystalline morphology A.H. Windlein thermotropic random copolyesters

P. Van Diffusion bonding of titanium aluminide (TiAI) E.R. Wallach

J.G. Youn The microstructures and properties if J.F. Knottheat-affected zones in high-strength structural steels

1993-1994Name Title SupervisorM.S. Bhamra Electrochemical properties of nitrides G.T. Burstein

Page 221: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 215

M.W. Carroll Micromechanisms if hydrogen-related fracture in J.E. King/linepipe steel J.F. Knott

T.S. Chou Recrystallisation and structure if mechanically H.K.D.H.alloyed steels Bhadeshia

H.V. Anomalous behaviour if molybdenum in steel H.K.D.H.Choudhary welds Bhadeshia

S.G. Cook Environment-assisted crack growth in ceramics for J.A. Littledomestic-boiler heat exchangers

S.J. Howard Inteifacial toughness for plasma-sprayed coatings T.W. Clyneon titanium alloys

C.-Y. Hsieh Fundamentals and applications of solid-state K.M. Knowleshigh-temperature proton conductors

A.R. Kennedy Redistribution of reinforcements during the T.W. Clynesolidification processing if metal-matrix composites

J.-Y. Kim Multilayer specification and optimisation for J.E. Evettsmagneto-optic recording material

A. Kumar Microstructure-property relationships of SiC K.M. Knowlesfibre-reinforced aluminosilicates

S.P. Mattin Nucleation of corrosion pits on stainless steel G.T. Burstein

K. Murakami Directional recrystallisation in mechanically alloyed H.K.D.H.nickel-base superalloys Bhadeshia

M. Ohara Microstructure and toughness of electron beam E.R. Wallachwelds in steel

D.Ozkaya Application if Fresnel method to study of W.M. Stobbsgrain-boundary segregation in Al alloys

A.J. Phillips The prediction and control of failure in layered T.W. Clynebrittle materials

L. Tan The microstructure and resistance to thermal J .A. Charlesfatigue cracking if lead-copper sheet alloys

M.P. Thomas Microstructure and property relationships in T.W. Clyne2124 AI-alloy and Ai/SiC particulatemetal-matrix composite

D .M. Tricker The microstructure of solid-oxide cells and related W.M. Stobbsmetal/oxide inteifaces

Page 222: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

216 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

P .A. Warburton Quasiparticle trapping in superconducting ] .E. Evettsheterostructures

A.F. Whitehouse Damage and Jailure of discontinuously reinJorced T.W. Clynealuminium composites

K. Yu

Name

Parameters Jor the nematic to isotropic transitionin liquid-crystal polymers

1994-1995

N. Adamopoulos Critical currents in a composite superconductorTitle

A.H. Windle

SupervisorJ.E. Evetts

H.E. Assender Magnetically induced microstructures in A.H. Windleliquid-crystalline polymers

Y.C. Avniel Investigation of beta-alumina type electrolytes Jor D.]. Frayuse in high-temperature sulphur detection

A.P. Baker The phase composition and superconducting B.A. Glowackiproperties ofBi-2212 coatings

D. Bhattacharjee Micromechanisms oj fracture under mixed mode I ].F. Knottand II loading

W. G. Burgess Charge density determination in semiconductorsand other materials by electron diffraction

L. Chandra Synthesis and mechanical stability of diamondand diamond-like carbon coatings

L. Chang Bainite transformation and novel bainitic railsteels

G.S. Chen

C. Chen The contrast of planar dejects

D-G. Clark

C.L. Davis

]. Dumville

R.E. Dunin-Borkowski

C.]. Humphreys

T.W. Clyne

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

W.M. Stobbs

Mechanisms of direct electron-beam nanolithography C.]. Humphreysand nanostructure Jabrication methods

Chemical modification of infiltration processes in ] .A. Littlethe fabrication of metal-matrix composites

Cleavage initiation in coarse grained heat-ciffected J.F. Knottzones of steels

Developments in laser-microprobe mass-spectrometry E.R. Wallach

Fresnel and high-resolution techniques for thecharacterisation of ultrathin semiconductor layers

W.M. Stobbs

Page 223: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 217

M.E. Fitzpatrick A study oj the effects of a quench residual-stressfield on fatigue in an AI/SiCp metal-matrixcomposite

P.J. Withers

A.D .B. Gingell Corrosion fatigue crack growth and hydrogenembrittlement in high-strength aluminium alloy7150

J.E. King

F.H. Gordon Thermal properties oj titanium-based composites T.W. Clyne

J.M. Gregg Ferritic nucleation on non-metallic inclusions in H.K.D.H.steel Bhadeshia

C.He Synthesis and structure of rigid chain polymers A.H. Windlewith bulky side groups

B.J. Inkson Electron microscopy oj dislocations and intefaccs C.J. Humphreysin Ti-Al intermetallic alloys

M.W. Johnston Oxidation and liquid aluminium degradation oj J.A. Littlesilicon-based ceramics

F. Kara Processing and characterisation oj mullite-basedceramics

J.A. Little

C.-M. Lee Hydrogen-bonded main-chain liquid-crystallineassociation polymers

The internal-stress state and related microstructural P.J. Witherschanges during deformation oj Al/ Zr02

A.H. Windle

C.A. Lewis

Y. Li

metal-matrix composites

Erosion/corrosion oj ductile materials by aqueous G.T. Bursteinslurries

C. Liu The passivity and passivation oj the guillotined G.T. Bursteinaluminium electrode

x. Lu Structure oj random copolymers oj poly(ethylene A.H. Windleterephthalate) and poly(ethylene naphthalene)

C.M. Oxidation-assisted fatigue-crack-propagation J .E. KingManjunatha behaviour in structural steels

M. Masood-ul Sputter deposition oj short-period multilayers for R.E. SomekhHasan X-ray mirrors

C.J. Morgan Fabrication and examination oj nanoscale electronic C.J. Humphreysstructures

Page 224: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

218 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

M.K. Phillips

C.S. Proctor

P .L. Sampson

X-ray diffraction from PEEK

Formation and effects of intermetallics in therhenium-containing nickel-base superalloyCMSX-4

The resistive transition in bulk YBa2Cu307_b

A.H. Windle

W.M. Stobbs

J.E. Evetts

C.W. Schneider Inductive characterisation of thin superconducting J.E. Evettsfilms and bilayers

M.P. Thomas Microstructure /property relationships in 2124Al alloy and Al / Si C particulate metal-matrixcomposite

Mechanisms of hydrogen-assisted fracture inlow-strength steel

T.C. Totemeier Fatigue of an aluminide-coated single-crystalnickel-based superalloy

Y. Tong

J.E. King

J.F. Knott

J.E. King

S. Turan Microstructural characterisation of silicon K.M. Knowlesnitride-silicon carbide particulate composites

J.M.K. A TEM study of defect microstructures in the C.J. HumphreysWiezorek intermetallic titanium aluminides gamma- TiAI

and alpha- Ti3Al

D .A. Williams Angled compression of energy-absorbing composite D. Hulltubes

F. Yang Interdiffusion in metallic multilayers A.L. Greer

NatneH. Assadi

D.P. Baxter

S.L. Cullen

A.H. Dent

A.M.S. Elliott

1995-1996Title SupervisorRapid solidification oj intermetallic compounds A.L. Greer

Investigation of a brittle cleavagefracture mode J .E. Kingduring fatigue crack propagation in a duplexstainless steel

Electron microscopy of carbon nanotubes C.J. Humphreys

The microstructure oj diffusion aluminide coatings W.M. Stobbson a Ni-based alloy

The physical structure oj a system oj mesogenic A.H. Windleside chain polymers

Page 225: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

D.T. Foord

C. Hudson

T. Kurimura

P.K. Narain

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 219

Microstructure-corrosion property relationships in S.B. NewcombZircaloy-4

A study of the cause of residual stresses in R.E. Somekhsputtered films

Residual-stress effects on crack initiation and J .E. Kinggrowth in Al / Si C metal-matrix composites

Morphology and texture of metallic thin films on J .A. Leakeceramic substrates

Mechanics of sprayed-composite coatings T.W. Clyne

Atomic structure of mechanically alloyed metals H.K.D.Bhadeshia

A. Romo-Uribe Main-chain thermotropic liquid-crystalline A.H. Windlepolymers under shear: a dynamic scattering study

D.A.J. Ram

H.G. Read

v.c. Salter

1. Sinclair

Anodic processes on aluminium

Fatigue-crack-growth processes in SiCparticulate-reinforced commercial AI- Li alloy,AA8090

A.N.J. Stevenson Wear and microstructure of weld-hardfacingdeposits of high-chromium white cast irons

Y.C. Tsui

V.C. Willard

H.M.A.Winand

J. Zhang

NameA.M.E. Baker

M.A. Bari

C.J. Barnett

J.-H. Chen

Adhesion of plasma-sprayed coatings

Anodic processes of aluminium

G.T. Burstein

J.F. Knott

1.M. Hutchings

T.W. Clyne

G.T. Burstein

Damage, internal stresses and the high-temperature P.J. Withersbehaviour of metal-matrix composites

Development of microstructure in YBa2Cu307_b

1996-1997TitleAn X-ray diffraction and modelling study ofbranched polyethylenes

The fabrication of high-temperaturesuperconducting trilayer devices

Development of anodes for low-temperature fuelcells

Oxidation of nickel-base superalloys for turbinedisc and advanced turbine blade applications

J.E. Evetts

Supervisor

A.H. Windle

M.G. Blamire

G.T. Burstein

J.A. Little

Page 226: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

220 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

T. Cool Design oj steel weld deposits H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

P.J. WithersM.R. Daymond Evolution oj internal stresses in awhisker-reinforced metallic matrix compositeundergoing thermal cycling

K.R. Haire Modelling the diffusion of mixtures of A.H. Windlesmall-molecule liquids into glassy polymers

M.T. Harvey Laser welding oj steels E.R. Wallach

J.R. Hobdell Microstructure in liquid-crystalline polymers: A.H. Windlemodelling with unequal Frank elastic constants

T.E. Howes Erosion/ oxidation oj mild steel in a fluidised bed J.A. Littleenvironment

L.-C. Hsiung Thermodynamically stable metal-metal composites H.K.D.H.(MEMEC) Bhadeshia

B.L. Hurrell The embrittlement of poly (hydroxybutyrate) R.E. Cameron

G.O. Ilevbare The inhibition oj pitting corrosion in stainless steel G.T. Burstein

M.P. James Deformation mechanisms for the high-temperature J.E. EvettsBi-2223 superconductor

S.J. Jones Modelling inclusion potency and simultaneous H.K.D.H.transformation kinetics in steels Bhadeshia

A.F. Kalton The effect oj the inteiface on the mechanical T.W. Clynebehaviour oj monofilament-reinforced titanium

K.Y. Kok Microstructural analysis oj giant magnetoresistive J.A. Leakemultilayers

P. Latter The corrosion and inhibition of guillotined iron G.T. Burstein

M.S. Lavine Modelling of defect behaviour in nematic A.H. Windleliquid-crystalline materials

W. Lee Crack deflection and interjace cracks in layered W.J. Cleggcomposites

Z. Mao Microstructure-property relationships of SrYi 03 K.M. Knowleselectronic ceramics

J.M. Owens The sputter deposition of oxide thin films R.E. Somekh

S.K. Pateras Energy absorption during failure of metal/ceramic T.W. Clynelaminates

Page 227: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

J.D. Robson

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 221

Modelling of precipitation in power plant steels

Fundamental modelling of single-crystal nickelsuperalloy yield stress

K.L. Rutherford New methods for characterising abrasion and

H. Roth

J .M. Schooling The modelling of fatigue in Ni-base alloys

erosion resistance

A.N. Stevenson Wear and microstructure of weld-hardfacingdeposits of high-chromium white cast irons

R.A. Stewart

A. Ul-Hamid

T. Walther

Y. Xin

J.W. Yoon

z.e. Zhong

NameA.Y. Badmos

K.S. Blanks

W.E. Booij

M. Cash

N.A. Chester

Fabrication and fracture of oxide laminates

The effects of Y on the oxide scale developmentof Ni and Fe-based alloys

A study of compositional variations insemiconductor heterostructures by transmissionelectron microscopy

Transmission electron microscopy study of novelsemiconductors

Laser welding of aluminium alloys

Aluminium-based nanophase composites

1997-1998TitleSome properties of mechanically alloyed oxidedispersion-strengthened metals

Thermally stable interlayer materials for siliconcarbide laminates

Josephson junctions and devices fabricated byfocused beam irradiation

Ceramics in reducing environments

Mathematical modelling of microstructuraldevelopment in continuously annealedhigh-strength steels

M. Choudhury Degradation of polyethylene components inartificial knee joints

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

D .M. Knowles

LM. Hutchings

D .M. Knowles

LM. Hutchings

W.J. Clegg

S.B. Newcomb

C.J. Humphreys

C.J. Humphreys

E.R. Wallach

A.L. Greer

SupervisorH.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

W.J. Clegg

M.G. Blamire

J.A. Little

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

LM. Hutchings

Page 228: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

222 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

J. Crawshaw Changes in cellulose microstructure during R.E. Cameronprocessing

T.P. Davidson Synthesis, structure and properties of A.H. Windlesemi-fluorinated polymers

S.-C. Fan High-pressure sputter deposition of R.E. SomekhYBa2Cu307_x thin films

R.M. Harris Atomistic simulations of titanium carbide P.D. Bristowe

R. Herzog Critical currents in YBa Cu ° thin films J.E. Evetts

B.L. Hunt Embrittlement of poly(hydroxybutyrate) A.H. Windle

A. Itoh Spontaneous debonding of thermally sprayed T.W. Clynecoatings

J. Jones Neural network modelling of the tensile properties D.M. Knowleson Ni-base superalloys

K.L. Kato Structural changes in thermally aged cellulose and R.E. Cameronpaper

M.S.A. Khan Microstructure and wear of thermally sprayed T.W. Clynecermet coatings

Y. Kim Oxidation of niobium-aluminium alloys K.M. Knowles

E. King nee Morphological aspects of the hydrolytic degradation R.E. CameronNorton of poly(glycolic acid) and its copolymers

S.J. Lloyd Structure-property relationships in iron-copper J.E. Evettsmultilayers

T.J. Matthams The mechanical properties of micropeiforated T.W. Clynelong-fibre thermoplastic composites

A.M. Murphy Clustering in particulate metal-matrix composites T.W. Clyne

I.-K. Ng TEM characterisation of 111- V semiconductor C.B. Boothroydmultiple quantum well structures

L.M. Nicholson Modelling of microstructural development in A.H. Windlepolymer films

s.v. Parker Modelling of phase transformations in hot-rolled H.K.D.H.steel Bhadeshia

M.A. Peters The physical metallurgy of {J I{J NiTilNiTiAI C.J. Humphreysalloys

Page 229: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

CJ. Pickup

J.F. Pye

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 223

A study of the annealing and mechanical W.M. Stobbsbehaviour of electro-deposited Cu- Ni multilayers

Surface treatments of aluminium for the production G. T. Bursteinof lithographic printing

M.S.M. Saifullah Electron and focused ion-beam nanolithographyusing inorganic resists

Diffusion bonding aluminium alloys andcomposites: new approaches and modelling

Growth and suiface morphology of high- Tcsuperconducting thin films

The comprehensive failure of silicon carbidemonofilament-reinforced titanium

The metallurgy and metallography ofarchaeological iron

N.I. Storfer-Isser The effect of aqueous environments on the W.J. Cleggtransverse properties of thermoplastic composites

A.A. ShirzadiGhoshouni

Y.S. Soman

J.E. Spowart

J.W. Stewart

C.J. Humphreys

E.R. Wallach

M.G. Blamire

T.W. Clyne

J .A. Charles

S.J.A. Williams Adhesion failures of water-based printing inks on P.J. Witherspolyethylene

EJ. Winn

NameG. Burnell

C.-F. Cheng

I. Dawson

C.R.S. Daykin

A.C. Fox

K. Ichikawa

The fabrication and properties of an in-situreinforced ceramic

1998-1999TitleQuasiparticle and phonon transport insuperconducting particle detectors

An experimental and numerical modelling studyof the laser drilling process

Ab initio modelling of defect and impurity statesin rutile

Microstructural modelling of commercialaluminium-silicon alloys for piston applications

Gas permeation through plasma-sprayed ceramiccoatings

Modelling of phase transformations and propertiesin steel weld metal

W.J. Clegg

SupervisorM.G. Blamire

T.W. Clyne

P.D. Bristowe

R.C.Thomson/E.R.Wallach

T.W. Clyne

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

Page 230: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

S.P. Isaac

224 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

M.P. Jackson

Q. Li

B.R. Linter

C.-P. Liu

D.W.MacLachlan

N. Matan

X. Meng

Grain-boundary perovskite devices M. G. Blamire

Modelling and characterisation of phase R.C. Reedtransformations in nickel-based superalloys

Microstructure-property relationships in a power S.B. Newcombplant steel

The depassivation and corrosion of pipeline steels G.T. Bursteinin carbon dioxide solutions

Characterisation of ultrathin semiconductor layers C.J. Humphreysusing transmission electron microscopy

High-temperature creep and fatigue of Ni-base D.M. Knowlesblade alloy CMSX4

A rationalisation of the creep deformation of R. C. ReedCMSX- 4 Nickel-based superalloy single crystals

Fault and anti-phase domain boundary energies W.M. Stobbslin gamma prime NiJAI alloys C.B. Boothroyd

M.W. Meredith Intermetallic phase selection in dilute aluminiumalloys

M.K.H. Natusch Detection limits in electron energy-loss spectroscopy C.J. Humphreys

A.L. Greer

H.C. Pemberton Strength properties and fracture behaviour ofpolymer concrete

X. Peng

T.A. Reid

S. Robinson

J. Sarkar

K. Sasaki

G. de Silveira

S.B. Singh

J.E. King

Synthesis and adhesion of diamond and T.W. Clynediamond-like carbon films

The effect of alloy composition on the G.T. Bursteinelectrograining of aluminium

Poly (alpha-hydroxyacids): degradation and drug R.E. Cameronrelease

Characterisation of yield stress anisotropy and the P.J. WithersBauschinger effect in alloys and composites: anapplication of neutron diffraction

Erosion/corrosion of stainless steel by aqueous G.T. Bursteinslurries

Friction of paper and board LM. Hutchings

Phase transformations from deformed austenite H.K.D .H.Bhadeshia

Page 231: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

D.T. Steel

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 225

The formability oj long-fibre thermoplasticcomposites

W.]. Clegg

A study of colossal magneto-resistance (CMR)thin films

M.D. A thermogravimetric study oj oxygen diffusion in J .E. EvettsVasquez-Navarro YBa2CuJ07_b

B.S. Teo

C.-H. Wang

G.E. Welsh

J.P. Weston

R.]. Wise

P.K. Wong

Y. Zheng

NameD.N. Allsopp

The growth of thin-film epitaxial oxide-metalheterostructures

Development of structural order in PET IPENrandom copolymers

Laser welding oj aluminium alloys

R.E. Somekh

R.E. Somekh

A.H. Windle

E.R. Wallach

Ultrasonic welding oj glassy thermoplastic polymers A.H. Windle

Magnetic tunnel junctions M.G. Blamire

A TEM study of the tweed microstructure in the C.B. BoothroydNi-rich Ni-AI alloys

1999-2000Title SupervisorAbrasive wear of bulk materials and hard coatings LM. Hutchings

R.P. Baranowski Numerical modelling of current transfer innon-linear anisotropic conductive media

A.M. Bunn

R.C. Castle

Grain refinement in aluminium alloys

Stress sensing in layered ceramic structures

E.C.L. Chesneau AC losses and magnetic flux distributions inAgIBi-2223 tapes

Ionised magnetron sputter deposition

Application of a surface-displacement mappingtechnique to materials problems

W.J.C. Connolly An investigation into the use of beta-aluminasfor high-temperature sulphur sensing

K.-F. Chiu

K.F. Chivers

J.S. Conyers

M.L Crankshaw Fabrication and properties of fibrous performs

Diffusion in metallic multilayers

J.E. Evetts

A.L. Greer

W.]. Clegg

B.A. Glowacki

Z.H. Barber

T.W. Clyne

D.J. Fray

A.L. Greer

W.J. Clegg

C.J. Creighton The role of fibre alignment in the axial T.W. Clynecompressive failure of carbon-free polymer composites

Page 232: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

G. Deshais

226 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

S.c. Dunn

N. Fujita

P.M. Hadgett

J .A. Hearley

H.H. Hng

Stress-corrosion cracking in Al-based alloys

Sulphur sensors for high-oxygen environments

Modelling carbide precipitation in alloy steels

S.B. Newcomb

R.V. Kumar

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

Simulation of gaseous transport in polymers A.H. Windle

The corrosion behaviour of high-velocity oxv-fuel J .A. Little(HVOF) NiAI intermetallic coatings

Microstructural-property relationships of zinc oxide K.M. Knowlesvaristors

Y. Kusano Production and properties of CN thin films LM. Hutchings

A. Latif Nanofabrication using focused ion beams M.G. Blamire

M. Lord Design and modelling of ultra-high-strength steel H.K.D .H.weld deposits Bhadeshia

A.J. Manning Development oj a polycrystalline Ni-base D.M. Knowlessuperalloy for gas turbine disc application

A.E. Markaki Mechanical behaviour of layered metal T.W. Clynefoam / ceramic composites

C.E. Moss An investigation of the microstructure oj lyocell R.E. Cameronfibres

C.P. Ooi Degradation and tensile deformation of R.E. Cameronbiodegradable sutures

P. Patanathabutr Weldlines in injection-moulded liquid-crystallinepolymers

E. Pekarskaya

J.E. Pitchford

C.E. Pitt

T.J. Sabin

Phase transjormations, dislocation structure andtensile behaviour of Ni-Al-Fe and Ni-Al-Crintermetallics

Effects oj structure on mechanisms ofhigh-temperature plastic deformation in oxideceramics

Wear and microstructure relationships

A.H. Windle

C.J. Humphreys

W.J. Clegg

I.M. Hutchings

Gaussian process and neural network modelling oj P.J. Withersmicrostructure evolution during thermomechanicalprocessing

Page 233: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 227

M.S.P. Shaffer Carbon nanotubes: dispersions, assemblies andcomposites

H.J. Stone The characterisation and modelling of electronbeam welding

K.S.J. Tee Separation of zinc and copper from steel byoxy-chlorination

A.H. Windle

R.C. Reed

D.J. Fray

P.J. Thomas Energy-filtered imaging in the transmission P .A. Midgleyelectron microscope: novel techniques and application

J.A. Thompson Thermomechanical behaviour of plasma-sprayedthermal barrier coatings

M.R. Watts The analysis of diffraction measurements ofinternal strains in metal-matrix composites

J.R. Wilde Ni+TaC nanocomposites

A. Fresnel contrast analysis and analytical TEMW oonbumroong study of grain boundaries in electroceramics

T.W. Clyne

P.J. Withers

A.L. Greer

C.B. Boothroyd

C. Yuan Thermal shock behaviour of ceramics with porous W.J. Cleggand layered structures

2000-2001Name TitleC. van den Bos Electrochemical processing of aluminium alloys

A.N. Bright A TEM study of ohmic microstructures forCaN-based electronic devices

J .A. Chisholm Ab initio investigation of gallium nitride andrelated materials

D. G. Cole Design of heat-resistant steels for small powerplant

SupervisorG.T. Burstein

C.J. Humphreys

P.D - Bristowe

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

D.C. Cox Characterisation of the microstructural evolution of R. C. Reedsingle-crystal nickel-base superalloys

J.H. Durrell Critical current anisotropy in high-temperaturesuperconductors

Mechanical effects arising from the welding ofsuperalloys

Dopant profiling with the scanning electronmicroscope

D. Dye

S.L. Elliott

J.E. Evetts

R.C. Reed

C.J. Humphreys

Page 234: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

228 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

v. Gergely Melt route processing for production of metallic T.W. Clynefoams

S.S.K. Gunturi Anisotropic creep of single-crystal nickel-based D .M. Knowlessuperalloy CMSX-4

M.-H. Jo Spin polarised tunnel junctions based on M.G. Blamirehalf-metallic manganites

M.S.A. Diffusional phenomena in nickel-base superalloys R.C. ReedKarunaratne

S.H. Lalam Modelling if mechanical properties if jerritic steel H.K.D.H.weld metal Bhadeshia

P.F. McBrien Novel applications if the Josephson effect: E.J. TarteFerroelectric characterisation and capacitivelyshunted grain-boundary junctions

P. Montes Mechanisms of morphological change in R.E. CameronMarcet polyhydroxyalkanoates

R.W. Moseley Focused ion beam fabricated non-equilibrium M.G. Blamiresuperconducting devices

P. Mount Structural changes in nylon 6 on annealing and R.E. Cameronhydration

E.A. Nutbrown The formation and mechanical properties of lJ.. W.J. Cleggalumina ceramic containing calcium hexaluminate

G.C. Parry

C.E. Pitt

N.A. Rutter

D .K. Skelton

W. Song

S.J. Towlsonnee Price

Scratch-resistant coatings produced by sol-geltechniques

Wear and microstructure relationships incarbide-free bainitic rail steels

Microstructural development and superconductingparameters of the YBa2CU307_<5 coatedconductor

High-temperature fatigue crack propagation if aturbine disc alloy

DiscZinations and their interactions inliquid-crystalline polymers

Chalcogenide alloys for optical recording

I.M. Hutchings

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

B.A. Glowacki

D .M. Knowles

A.H. Windle

A.L. Greer

Page 235: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

R.I. Trezona

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 229

Abrasion and erosion of polymeric paint coatings

Investigation and modelling of inoculation ofaluminium by TiC

Grain refinement of austenitic stainless steel welds H.K.D .H.to facilitate ultrasonic inspection Bhadeshia

A. Tronche

N.H. Tyas

2001-2002TitleThe development of microstructure in electronbeam welded [erritic steel

Development of (RE) BaCuO-coated conductorsby liquid phase epitaxy

The filling of submiaon vias with thermallypulsed copper

D.L. Downs nee Carbon migration across dissimilar metal welds,Elder related to power plant

NameA.D.H. Bates

Y.S. Cheng

C.D. Dobson

S.L. Finch An investigation of novel approaches for sensingaluminium concentrations in molten zinc

M.D. Fox A study of bond coat cracking in TBCs forturbine acrcfoil applications

C.S. Fuller nee Cellulosic-synthetic polymer blends: molecularHoran interactions and controlled drug release

A. Garg Growth characterisation of epitaxial oxide thinfilms

G.J. Hopkin Modelling anisothermal recrvstallisation inaustenitic stainless steels

D.W. Hunt The stability and mechanical properties of anickel-base turbine disc alloy

J. Jakkaraju Structure and processing of copper metallisation

M.-H. Jo Spin polarised tunnel junctions based onhalf-metallic manganites

I.A. Kinloch Carbon nanotubes: production and concentrateddispersions

R.J. Kinsey Active control of superconductivity by means ofthe ferromagnetic exchange interaction

LM. Hutchings

A.L. Greer

SupervisorE.R. Wallach

J.E. Evetts

A.L. Greer

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

R.V. Kumar

D .M. Knowles

R.E. Cameron

Z.H. Barber

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

D .M. Knowles

A.L. Greer

M.G. Blamire

A.H. Windle

M.G. Blamire

Page 236: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

Chemical sensors for automotive emission control R.V. Kumar

Morphology of amphiphilic block copolymers R.E. Cameron- experimental and simulation studies

Nanofabrication using focused ion beam M.G. Blamire

Modelling of polymer dissolution and the A.H. Windledevelopment of electron resists

230 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

V.P. Kotseva

Y.M. Lam

A. Latif

K.W. Lee

D .R. MacIntyre Non-noble electrocatalysts for anodes in fuel cellswith acidic electrolytes

A. Madgwick Creep and damage in an A359 aluminiumalloy lSi C metal-matrix composite

Electroluminescence and electrochemical suifacetreatment of aluminium

Degradation and drug-release behaviour ofpo lyglycolide

L.C. Marsland

G.E. Milroy

].M. MolinaAldareguia

P. Opdenacker

Processing and nanoindentation behaviour innitride multilayers

The rate of bainite transformation

D .R. Ormston The particulate reinforcement of active brazealloys for joining silicon carbide

D .A. Pankhurst Electronic structure of grain boundaries in nickelaluminide

P .E.J. Rivera Kinetics of precipitation reactionsDiaz del Castillo

F. Scandella An implementation of hot-strip mill-work rolland back-up cladding

R.W.M. Segar Activated tungsten inert gas welding

N. Sharma Characterisation of In GaNIGaN light emittingdiodes

T. Sourmail Simultaneous precipitation reactions increep-resistant austenitic stainless steel

A. Steuwer Strain determination and imaging by pulsedneutron transmission

G.T. Burstein

P.J. Withers

G.T. Burstein

R.E. Cameron

W.J. Clegg

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

K.M. Knowles

C.J. Humphreys

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

D.M. Knowles

E.R. Wallach

C.J. Humphreys

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

P.J. Withers

Page 237: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 231

I.T. Walker Transformations in (Fe, Ni)-based amorphousand nanostructured alloys

Effect of porosity on fracture energy in alumina

Two- and three-dimensional nanoscale analysis:new techniques and applications

Modelling the microstructure and mechanicalproperties of austempered ductile irons

J. Wang

M. Weyland

M.A. YescasGonzales

2002-2003Name TitleA. I. Development of microstructure in uniaxiallyAbou-Kandil drawn PET, PEN and 50% PET/PEN

D .T .L. Intermetallic phase transformations in 3XXXAlexander aluminium alloys

K.L. Anderson Simulation of molecular behaviour at polymericinteifaces

R.K. Astala Ab initio simulations of defects in strontiumtitanate

A.L. Greer

W.J. Clegg

P .A. Midgley

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

SupervisorA.H. Windle

A.L. Greer

A.H. Windle

P.D - Bristowe

S.R. Bordet Statistical micromechanical modelling of cleavage D .M. Knowlesfracture in structural steel

D _Carrouge Phase transformations in welded supermartensitic H.K.D .H.stainless steels Bhadeshia

J.-R. Cho Residual stresses and distortion during the S. Tinhigh-energy power beam processing of titaniumalloys

S.M. Clifford Fracture behaviour of metal-composite joints T.W. Clyne

K.J. Dickers Drug-delivery devices from polyglycolide R.E. Cameron

C.A. Elwell The development of magnetic tunnel junction M.G. Blamirefabrication techniques

G.B. Fairbank Development of platinum alloys for C.J. Humphreyshigh-temperature service

D. Modelling of transformations during inductionGaude- Fugarolas hardening and tempering

H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

R.H. Hadfield Josephson junctions fabricated by focused ion beam M.G. Blamire

Page 238: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

232 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

M. Hamm Dynamic mean field simulations oj A.H. Windleliquid-crystalline and amorphous (co) polymers- building a model for polymer joining

S.]. Harris Electrochemical studies oj inclusion decomposition R.V. Kumarin steel

M.J. Hogg The electronic properties oj thin-film J .E. EvettsYBa2Cu307 low-angle grain boundaries

M. Hughes Composites oj carbon nanotubes and conducting A.H. Windlepolymers

J.A. Juhasz Development and characterisation oj glass-ceramic S.M. Bestapatite-wollastonite polyethylene composites

1. Khan Environment-induced changes in biomedical R.E. Cameronpolyurethane

T. Klocker In-flight behaviour of dense and hollow particles T.W. Clyneduring plasma spraying

C.W. Leung Metallic magnetic heterostructures M.G. Blamire

S.V. Madge Magnesium-based bulk metallic glasses A.L. Greer

M. Marimuthu Design of welding alloys: creep and toughness H.K.D.H.Bhadeshia

Degradation of drug-release studies of slowlydegrading semi-crystalline polymers

B.W. S. Rendell Thermodynamic studies of glass refining

K. Noorsal R.E. Cameron

R.V. Kumar

D. Roy

N.C. Sekhar

Raman spectroscopic study oj carbon nanostructures T.W. Clyne

C. Singh

Characterisation of power beam welds innickel-base superalloys

Synthesis of carbon nanotubes

R.C. Reed

A.H. Windle

A.C. Twitchett Electron holography oj semiconductor devices P.A. Midgley

K.T.O. Voisey Laser drilling oj metal and ceramics T.W. Clyne

A. Vossen Base material electrocatalysts for oxygen cathodes G.T. Bursteinin low-temperature acid fuel cells

P.-Z. Wang Investigation of scratch damage on polymer I.M. Hutchingsmaterials

Page 239: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 233

V.A. Yardley Magnetic detection of microstructural change in H.K.D.H.power plant steels Bhadeshia

2003-2004Name Title SupervisorC. Bell Nanoscale Josephson devices M.G. Blamire

H.E. Carroll Fatigue damage mechanisms in advanced T.J. Matthamspolymer-matrix composites

D.B. Conquest Brazing of alumina for high-temperature K.M. Knowlesapplications

G.L. Drew Thermo-mechanical fatigue of the single-crystal C.J.nickel-based superalloy CMSX- 4 Humphreys/

D .M. Knowles

C. Dwyer Scattering theory for advanced transmission J.E. Evettselectron microscopy

G.B. Fairbank Development of platinum alloys for C.J. Humphreyshigh-temperature service

E.L. Follon Micro- and nano-indentation of aged bonefrom C.J. Humphreys/the femoral neck W. Bonfield

R. Goodall Thermomechanical properties of highly porous, T.W. Clynefire-resistant materials

A.T. van Microstructural characterisation of electrostatic K.M. KnowlesHelvoort bonding

D.A. Kelly Abrasion in oral care I.M. Hutchings

A.R. Lister Synthesis of hyperbranched epoxy resins A.H. Windle

J.C. Loudon Investigation of the unconventional phases in the P.A. Midgley ILa1_xCaxMn03 system N.D. Mathur

J.J. Moloney Electrochemical processes on aluminium and its G.T. Bursteinalloys in hydrochloric acid

P.L. Moore Microstructure and properties of laser and E.R. Wallachlaser/ arc hybrid welds

D. Morecroft In-situ magnetoresistance during patterning of M.G. Blamirespin-valve devices

Page 240: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

234 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

C.L. Mulcahy Aluminium phosphate for use as a binder W.J. Clegg

A.P. Ofori Effects of platinum group metal additions to an C.J. Humphreysadvanced single-crystal nickel-base superalloy

N. Patel In vivo assessment of hydroxyapatite and S.M. Bestsubstituted apatites for bone grafting

A.E. Porter Ultrastructural comparison of hydroxyapatite and w. Bonfieldsilicon-substituted hydroxyapatite

C.S. Ramloll Microscopy studies of the initial stages of growth C.J. Humphreysof CaN on sapphire

J.H.T. Ransley Properties of grain boundaries in J.E. EvettsYBa2CU307-fJ

S.M. Rea Surface topography and filler effects on bioactive W. Bonfieldceramic-polymer composites in vitro

E.I.P. Spekert Investigation into a subsea battery system G.T. Burstein

K.L. Titmuss Application of advanced high-resolution P.A. MidgleyNee Langley transmission electron microscopy techniques

L.W. Wright Creep deformation of CMSX-4 NBSCS during D .M. Knowlesuniaxial and multiaxial loading at hightemperature

Page 241: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

APPENDIX IVDEPARTMENTAL PHOTOGRAPHS

These Department photographs have always included academic staff, researchstudents and assistants. Very often organized at short notice there were oftenabsentees, particularly as numbers increased but before e-mail notification.

1938

S]. R. N. J.P. R.F. N].M. W.D. E.C. D.V.Williams, Hargreaves, Swindells, Sutcliffe, Mather, Campbell, Clark, Cox, Wilson,

R.S. L.E. A]. U.R. R.S. D. W.E.L. G].Thornhill, Price, Gould, Evans, Hutton, Stockdale, Brown, Thomas.

1939

A. G. E. C. S]. R. G.B. N. B.R. W. A. G.M. W.D. A. U.Shadbolt, Cox, Williams, Hargreaves, Eyles, Swindells, Jones, Stockburn, Kennedy, Clark Huddle,

A]. T.P. U.R. W. R.S. D. W.E.L. J.N. J.E.O.Gould, Hoar, Evans, Fraenkel, Hutton, Stockdale, Brown, Agar, Mayne.

Page 242: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

236 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

1940

B.W. D.C.C. C.E. E.C. A.C.Mott, Lees, Eyles, Cox, Shadbolt

A.U. R. J.N. F.V. C.S. D.O. H.W.Huddle, Hargreaves, Agar, Lewis, Campbell, Pickman, Mance,

R.S. W.E.L. D. R.S. U.R. T.P. J.E.O.Thornhill, Brown, Stockdale, Hutton, Evans, Hoar, Mayne

1941

E.W. R.L. C. E.M.D. R.W. C. E.C. A.C.Chapman, Bickerdike, Denton, Smith, Ruddle, Eyles, Cox, Shadbolt,

K.V. R.S. T.P. W.E.L. R.S. U.R. J.N. A.U. RJ.L.Aiyer, Thornhill, Hoar, Brown, Hutton, Evans, Agar, Huddle, Eborall

Page 243: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 237

1942

C].R. Miss M.K. E.C. S]. G.E. R].L. S.P. R. W.R.Evans, Blight, Cox, Crunspan, Eyles) Eborall, Pugh) Huddle) Heather)

T.P. N. W.E.L. R.S. U.R. R.S. J.N.Hoar) Stuart) Brown) Hutton) Evans) Thornhill) Agar.

1943

W.R. A].P.Heather) Tucker)

E.C. J.R. A.Cox, Murray) Carter,

M. R.S.

L. P.S. K]. A]. W.H. J.H.Osborn,G.A.

C].R.Evans)

E.W.Hodgson) Wilson)G.C. G.A. B.S.

Ivin) Swain) Hall)H.N. C.M.L. C.E.

Smith) Eve) Morgan) Jackman) Cox) Eyles, Larkin) Chapman,N.B. W.E.L. R.S. U.R. T.P. J.N. A.U.

Tchorabdji) Thornhill, Chapman) Brown) Hutton, Evans) Hoar) Agar) Huddle)R. W. D. Miss J. Miss E.H. E.A. D.N.

Absent: '"'-' Cahn, Whitwham, Carstairs, Coats, Arliss, Walker

Page 244: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

238 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

1944

R.A. D. A. F.S. AJ. J. v.P. J.S. J. J.P. E. M. T. A.C. R. W. C.E.jdfrey, Whituiham, Carter, Wi IsOil , Swain, Long, Mack Elvie, Knight, Rodgers, Qllarmby, Fitzgerald, Shadbolt, Wilson, Eyles,CJ.R. J. A. C. A. T. D.M. Miss J.R. Miss S.M. AJ.P. C.E.S. W.E. MJ. J.S. D.R. J.R. E. W.Evans, Broom, Clements, Andrews, White, Murray, Lechem, Tucker, Smith, Duckworth, Pryor, McFarlane, Wood, Roberts, Chapman,

R.R. E.A. A.U. N.B. W.E.L. R.S. U.R. R.S. J.E.O. M. C.H.Roberts, Arliss, Huddle, Chapman, Tchorabdji, Noordhof

1945

A. T. R. W. J.M. J.P. W.E. P. C. A. C.Andrew, Wilson, Butler, Rogers, Duckworth, Clements, Shadbolt,

A.P. R.P. A.C. J.R.L. R.E.S. J.D. A.C. WJ. B.H.C. E.Creenough, Bradshaw, Davis, Nuttall, Walters, Grant, Brain, Rosenfelder, Waters, Holmes,

R.PJ. J.P. E.A.C. C.L. K.F.A. D.W. M.E. P. A.C. B.R.P. D. HJ.Cribb, Baker, Croom, Bucknell, Wallis, Dewhirst, Pease, Williams, Duce, Webber, Maxwell, Jdfreys,

D.M. I.C.E. N.B. R.S. W.E.L. D. U.R. A.U. C.C. S.M. R.W.Eyre, Wilding, Chapman, Hutton, Brown, Stockdale, Evans, Huddle, Smith, Lechem, Cahn,

L. M. T. D.R. MJ. J.S.Absent:+ Young, Fitzgerald, Wood, Pryor, McFarlane.

Page 245: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 239

1946

J.D. A.C.

Shadbolt, Lyon, Powell,S.H. D.

Noordhof, JiVhitwham,

Merton,AJ.

Could,

L.R. R.B.L. D.V. N. J.R.L. DJ.Harris, Pennell, Atterton, Haslam, Nuttall, Mannox

C.W. D. R. T.P. K.B. C.E.S. CJ.R. EJ.B.Horsley, Maxwell, Cribb, Alberman, Eyles, Evans, Timlin

A.C. C.M. EJ. P.M.B. C.T. W. M. J. HJ.Brain, Pelmear, Hooker, Brown, Rogers, Brauer, Richardson, Taylor, Jeffreys,C.C. U.R. C.W. T.P. A.U. M. 1UJ. C.W.E.Smith, Evans, Austin, Hoar, Huddle, Tchorabdji-Simnad, Pryor, Jane.

C.Grant,

A.M.Duce,C.W

Taylor, Baker, Tomlinson,A.C. C.S.S. B.D. C.R.

1947

F.A. A.C. R.P. B.R.P. L.R. J.F. J.L. C.T. A.C. B.H.G. D.N.D.Jasdanwalla, Duce, Bradshaw, Webber, Harris, Baker, Aston, Rogers, Moncrief[, Waters, Havers,P.T. S.A.R. E.A.G. J.D. D.V. J.M. EJ. R.E.S. J.P. J.A.S. J.N. G.A.

Bridgeman, Gray, Croom, Grant, Atterton, Butler, Hooker, Walters, Mills, Mowat, WaflklYfl, Taylor,T. D.A. C.L. C.A. A. RJ.P. B.F. D. A.C. C.W. C. MJ. C. J.

Saunders, Temple, Bucknell, Wolste1lholme, Cibula Cribb, Olds, Maxwell, Metcalfe, Horsley, Edealanu, Pryor, Evans, Martin,Miss PJ. AJ.P. J.E.O. EJ. U.R. C.W. T.P. C.G. D. C.H. Mrs. E.!.Dunn, Tucker, Mayne, Could, Eoans, Austin, Hoar, Smith, JiVhitwham, Noordhcf, Coldwell

Page 246: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

240 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

1948

]. F.T. G.L. DJ. A.e. D. MJ. A.G. B.H.e. e. E.A.G. R.P. A.G. c.Martin, Bridgeman, Goodenough, Manners, Watkins, Whitwham, Prior, Duce, Waters, Taylor, Croom, Bradshaw, Metcalfe, Evans,

L. T. c.e. F.e. u. E. A.W. B.W. ].W. T. H.K. R.M. T.W. B.F. A.G.Hammond, Saunders, Wright, Porter, Bystram, Gregory, Town, Grassam, Haywood, Broom, Farmery, Jones, Farthing, Oids, Shadbolt,

D.A. D. W. S. R.B. RJ. R. G.E. A.E. D. V. ].M. RJ. P. D. W. H.Temple, Ripper, Foldes, Waterhouse, Wasilewski, Holliday, Darwin, Entwistle, Atterton, Butler, Goodwin, Turner, Dewhirst, Jiffery,

D. 1. M.T. AJ. UR. G.Wesley T.P. G.e. G. ]. PJ.Utteridge, Coldwell, Sininad, Gould, Evans, Austin, Hoar, Smith, Noordho], Turner, DlI1l11.

1949

D.A. C. T. A. B.H.e. ].A.S. H. T.W. A.G. R.P. E. MJ.Temple, Taylor, Saunders, Tabor, Waters, Mowat, Holliday, Farthing, Duce, Bradshaw, Gregory, Olney,H. L. c.o. G. V.W. A.T. K.WJ. D.W. P.H. B.P.e. D.L. e. A.G.

Jiffery, Hammond, Weir, Goodenough, Eldred, Andrews, Bowen, Dewhirst, Morton, Turner, Woolard, EVa11S, MetcalfeS.e. RJ. G.P. P.A. D.E. GJ. N. D.V. ].M. A.R. e. D. R.B. M.

Shome, Goodwin, Kempson, Young, Davies, Dickins, Haslam, Atterton, Butler, Entwistle, Anderson, Mannor, Waterhouse, Cohen,S. ].L. c.e. F. T. G.H. UR. ].H. C. W. C.e. ].E.O. D. PJ. 1. H. V.

Olney, Turner, Hassall, Bridgeman, Noordhof, Evans, Andrew, Austin, Smith, Mayne, Whitwham, Temple, Coldwell, Wermig.

Page 247: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 241

1950

A.C.Shadbolt, Evans, Saunders,

L.W. A.W.C. V.W. A.C. B.H.C.

C].R. T.K. F.T. A.C. S.P.A.Sandberg,E.A.C. D.H.

Bridgeman, Metcalfe,A.R. B.C.P.

Hammond, Watts, Eldred, Duce, Waters,M]. D. W. P.A. D.E. H. D. V.Olney, Dewhirst, Young, Davies, Weller, Atterton,

S.M. H. V. Dr J. C. C. Prof C.Olney, Wermig, Nutting) Smith, Wesley Austin,

Entwisle, Turner, Croom, Houseman,A. W. H. J.L. 1. C.A].Tabor, Foppl, Burns, Berwick Taylor}

Dr U.R. Dr J.E. O. C.L. I.Evans} Mayne, Wolfe, Coldwell

1951

J.P. W.e. P.E. D.M. J. G J.G. A.M. R.D. Dr D. V. A.L. R.P. M. I.D.G. T.A.Chilton, Salisbury, Bvans, Kenyon, Hines, Mortimer, Horsfield, Holliday, Atterton, Sutton, Bradshaw, Cole, Berwick, Henderson,D. van H.K. T.H. A.W.G A.W. P.B.C. P.G J.W. T.W. GT. c.o. I.A. A.G MJ.Rooyan, Farmery, Wellar, Watts, Tabor, Turner, Marden, Hains, Farthing, Howd, Brittain, Buchlow, Shadboit, Olney,K. Dr H. D.H. J. W. v.W. Hr. W.A. E ED. A.R. GH. R.M. A.M. P.A. D.E C.AJ. CJ.R.

Nicholas, Popple, Houseman, Martin, Eldred, Corbet, Morgan, Gregory, Hymn, Entwistle, Campbell, Goodman, Peers, YOUllg, Davies, Taylor, Evans,F.T. Mrs I. Mrs S.M. DrJ. DrJ.EO. Dr.U.R. ProfG Dr T.P. c.c Mrs n.v. Miss S.N. Mrs A.L. C.A.

Bridgeman, Coldwell, Olney, Nutting, Mayne, EVa/IS, Wesley Austill, Hoar, Smith, Brads/law, Hindmatsh, Tsou, Smith.

Page 248: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

242 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

1952

D.A. J.G. A.W.,Melford, Hines, Tabor,

C.AJ. N. B. A.W.C.Taylor, Taylor, Denton, Watts,A.C. K.W. C.A.

D.V.Atterton,

H.K.

D.H.Houseman,

OJ. R.C

C.W. D. van J.P.Chilton,A.A.

Tuck, Rooyan,B.P.C. CJ.R.

Farmery,E.D.

Dunmore,A.

Ward, Turner, Evans, Moelwyn-Hughes,C.P. T. A. C.S.

Shadbolt, Nicholas, Smith, Hyam, Faerden, Brittain, Mills, Misson, Eyles,MJ. HJ. J. W. V. W. P.A. D.E. D.R. LA. W.A.

Olney, Jiffries, Martin, Eldred, Young, Davies, Harries, Rajendra-Prasad, Bucklow, Morgan,Mrs D.M. Miss M.M. Dr J. C.C. Prof C. Dr U.R. F. T. Mrs E. Mrs C.L Mrs IUtteridge, Sheard, Nutting, Smith, Wesley Austin, Evans, Bridgeman, Hassall, Wolfe, Coldwell.

1953

D.R. D.H. C.E.S D.A. C.A. D.F. R.B. R.K. D.E. J.P. T. F.A. W.A.Harries, Houseman, Eyles, Melford, Taylor, McVittie, Waterhouse, Hart, Davies, Chilton, Mills, Calvo, MorganRajendra I.A. C. C.E. E. Bull R.C. A.A. OJ. P.P.L.C. P.A. E.D. DJ. C.P. MJ.Prasad, Bucklow, Evans, Bird, Simonsen, Ward, Smith, Dunmore, Siriwardene, Young, Hyam, Brown, Brittain, Olney,K. W. A. W. C. C.L. A. W. C. C. Dr T.P. Prof C. W. Dr U.R. J. F. T. M.M. I. A. C.Nicholas, Watts, Wolfe, Tabor, Smith, Hoar, Austin, Evans, Nutting, Bridgeman, Sheard, Coldwell, Shadbolt

Page 249: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 243

1954

F.A. C.P. J.B. DJ. K.P. D.H. C.E.S. CD. C. e.e. P.B.C. T.K. CA.Taylor,

A.W.C.Calvo, Brittain, Drake, Crowe, Willett, Kirkwood, Eyles, Stockbridge, Maitland, Turner, Saunders,LA. Rajendra DJ. E. J.E. OJ. L. H.K. D.A. C. D.R. C

Bucklow, Prasad, Brown, Smith, May, Dunmore, Stibe, Farmery, Melford, Thomas, Harries,H. CA. C.F. J.A. P.P.C.L. M. R.K. R.B. M.H. M. J.C. A.A. P.A. A.

Brookes.Smith, Medlen, Colley, Siriuiardene, Perry, Hart, Waterhouse, Scott, Cole, Hines, Smith, Young, Tabor,E. C.L. F.T. C.C. Dr.U.R. ProfC.W. Dr T.P. J. A. M.M.

Hassall, Wolfe, Bridgeman, Smith, Evans, AI/stin, Hoar, Nutting, Cockerell, Sheard

Evans, Watts,MJ. A.C.

Olney, ShadboltI

Coldwell.

1955

A. E. J.K. T.K. J.C. C.Tabor, Smith, Beddow, Saunders, Hines, Thomas,

P. P.P.C.L. J.M. D.A. C. A.A. J.A. C.P. R.C.Evans, Siriwardene, VVheatley, Melford, Huddy, Smith, Coiley, Brittain, Baker,

A.C. C.W. C]. P. J.E. B.C.P. C.F. A.C. D.H. J. C.Shadbolt, Cole, Evans, Benstead, May, Turner, Modlen, Watts, Kirkwood, Naunton, Smith,1. F. T. C.E. J. W. J. ProfA. Prof C. W. Dr. U.R. C. C. P.P. S.D. A.M. C.

Coldwell, Bridgeman, Eyles, Martin, Nutting, Preece, Austin, Evans, Smith, Khera, Charter, Cockerell, Fallows.

Page 250: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

244 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

1956

M. MJ. G.G. G.E A.G. CJ. A. P. W.I R.G. T.K. J.M. G.W.Cole, Wheatley, Maitland, Eyles, Watts, Evans, Misson, Benstead, Mitchell, Baker, Saunders, West, Cole,

J. Y. T. EH. P. A. G.D. R.P. DJ. J.A. G.F. J.E E G. B.G.P.Mann, Kennedy, Ramshaw, Hancock, Tabor, Stockbridge, Khera, Arrowsmith, Coiley, Medlen, May, Smith, Thomas, Turner,

D. 1. T. J. T.P. PrifG. W. C.G. J.F. F. T. G. J.Utteridge, Coldwell, Hurlen, Nutting, Hoar, Austin, Smith, Radovich, Bridgeman, Fallows, Baily

1957

MJ. P. K.P. C.A. T.K.f,¥heatley, Hancock, Lorking, Taylor, Saunders,

A.W. C.C. ].A. ].E. B.P.C. ].K. R.C.Tabor, Maitland, Coiley, May, Turner, Beddow, Baker,

CJ. C.P. C. DJ. D.H. A.C. T. K.

M. C.C.Cole,

B.Wood,

A.C.Rich,S.D.

Watts,R.P.

PJ.Benstead,

R.B. C.B.S.Evans, Modlen, Thomas, Arrowsmith, Kirkwood, Shadbolt, Kennedy, Nicholas, Charter, Khera, Nicholson, Eyles,

1. P.A. P. T. ]. W. C. C. ProfA. Prof C. W. T.P. ]. ].E. O. ].K. C. E.A.Coldwell, Curran, Bridgeman, Martin, Smith, Preece, Austin, Hoar, Nutting, Mayne, Duxbury, Fallows, Hayne

Page 251: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 245

1958

D.A.H. A.W.Seymour, Tabor,T. P.L.

B.P.C.Turner,

P.R.

J.K. C.C.Duxbury, Wood,MJ. A.C.

PJ. C.E.Benstead, Eyles,R.C. R.B.

C.Mott,D.C.

B. J. CJ. C.K.Rich, West, Booker, Notman,

P.M. J.A. J.R.E. C. W.Kennedy, James, Swann, Arrowsmith, Williams, Baker, Nicholson, Brandon, Kelly, Stuart, Naunton, Cole,

1. M. C. E.A. A. C. F. T. Prof. C. W. C.C. T.W. W.1. KJ. D. M.Coldwell, Harper, Hubbard, Hayne, Shadbolt, Bridgeman, Austin, Smith, Farrer, Mitchell, Stuart, Utteridge, Butler

1959

J.K. MJ. AJ. PJ. H. T. M. M.

Duxbury Arrowsmith Baker Benstead Williams Boniszewski Blachburn AshbyF.T. C.AJ. A.W. C.E.S. B.C.P. P. P. P.M. R.C. A.C. B.W. CJ. D.

Bridgeman Taylor Tabor Eyles Tumer Costa Lucasson Kelly Fisher Shadbolt Cherry Booker Westc.w. T. B. V.A. s.v. W. J.R.E. R.B. V.C. IC. C.K. P.R. C.V.T. C.Cole Kennedy Rich Seymour Charter Watts Naunton Nicholson Brandon SCI/lly Notman Swann Minton Martin

Mrs.F. Miss J. Miss C.E. DrJ.E]. DrJ.P. Mr. C. C. ProfA.H. ProfAJ. PrcifJ· Dr.A. Mrs.M. Mrs.D. Mrs.KJ. Mrs. I.

Ingle Sallis Levitt Mayne Chilton Smith Cottrell Murphy Nutting Kelly Butler Utteridgs Stuart Coldwell

Page 252: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

246 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

~ :!:;E ~

ciS

~ ~ ~~ co ;;E ;!

<::>

:§ ~ ~.....:. ~ --:-. ;§

~i

;>.., ~ ~ ~:s.: ~ .::;

{: ~ u.;t;) 6 --:-. ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~

~ ~r..q ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~ ~cj ~ :c ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ cj -E

~ ~ i~ ~ ~0 ~ :::::: ~ ~~ ;!uS 0::1 ~ ;!~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~ ~ ~ ~~ cj ~ u.; ~.....:.;!

"t:

0 co.2 ~ ::::

~ ~ c ~ ~~ u ;.;;; u.; ~ ~ --:-.

"~.....:. ~ ~Cj

cj d ~ ~ 0 Q

~ ~ ..s.!uS c5 0~ 0::1 ~ ;:: :::: ~co 8 cO ;>..,

~ <::> ~ ~ ~ ~::::~ :::: ~ ~ q~ j ~ t' Z

0 ~ ~ ::::

~ ~ E-8~ E --:-. 6~ Co. t=: cj

"t: 0;! ~

~ ..::: ~ c<::> ~ ~ ;!~ 03 0 ~q E ~ ~ :s.: ~~ ~

q OJ ;§V) ~ ~ ~ ~~ ;>.., 0 ;::: ~

cj <g., --:-. ~ cj ~ co0 :c CJ ~ ~ ~0 cj ~

~--:-. c5

LJ") ~ ~\0 ~ ~0'\ ~ <::> U ~~ ~ £

....j(3 ~ ~~ o e. ::::::

.~ ~ ~0 u ~ ::. ~ a~~ ~ &;;E } ~ ~~

.....:. ~ ~ ~U "? ~ cj :::: r-; ~;! 0.; ~ 0 c3 ......; ~ 0

~ :;:: cj~ ~ ~ :::: cj 1~ u:i ~ :s.: ::; ~ ..s.!....j ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

0~0 ;;E .E ~ .£ ~ ],

~ <::> .....:. J)' ~ ..!::l 0 ~0 ~ cj i:Q

~ ::::<::> V) ::§ ~ .,.c.u.; ..::::: ;;E~

~--:-. :::::: 0 ~q ;>.., ~ ~ ~

u:i ] .....:. cO 0 ~~ ;;:: --:-. .£ ~ 0

Co. ~ "<:: ~ :::: ~ ..!::J

~ 0::1

~0.; ~ 0 ..:::: 0~ "<:: uS ':l

0::::

~ s; ':l~....j ~ ~ ~ ~ i ::::c

~ ~ .2, cj

~-s

u.; ..: 0 ~~ 0 ~ r~ ~ ~:::: ~ a ~ ::::'"S ~ ~

~ Co. "-:-. ~ ~ ]cj ~ 0 ~ ~ :::: 0 03

t:Q v:i {;

~ ~ :::: ~ ~ ~ ~12 o :s.: 0::1 ~ ~z ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ ;:::

rJSU ~ t:Q ~ ci5~ ~ ~0 ~ ..::: e.

"::l ~ -s ~ ~~ ~~

"~

~ ......; ::::::

~ ~l)

Page 253: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 247

Page 254: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

248 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Page 255: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 249

Page 256: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

250 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Page 257: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 251

Page 258: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

252 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

~~ Q.. ~~~

"l::">I:::i

C/) Q..co

Page 259: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 253

Page 260: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

254 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Page 261: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 255

Page 262: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

256 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Page 263: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 257

Page 264: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

258 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Page 265: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 259

Page 266: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

260 LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS

Page 267: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

LIGHT BLUE MATERIALS 261

-.::t-ooN

Page 268: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history
Page 269: Light blue materials : the Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, University of Cambridge : a history

MATERIALS SCIENCEAND TECHNOLOGYMANEY

publish ng

Materials Science and Technology is an international forum for the publicationof refereed contributions covering both fundamental and technologicalaspects of the properties, characterisation and modelling, processing, andfabrication of engineering materials. The journal has a particular interest in thecontinuum from understanding and modelling of process routes leading to thegeneration of microstructure, through characterisation, understanding andmodelling of how microstructure is controlled and manipulated, to the modelling,control and prediction of relevant engineering properties. 'Microstructure' isshorthand for nano/micro/meso/macrostructure, provided that 'structure' isidentified at the appropriate size scale. 'Properties' may be electrical, mechanical,electronic, chemical, magnetic, thermal, optical, or biochemically related.

Special issues in 2005 will include stree evaluation by neutron and synchrotronradiation and energetic materials.

CALL FOR PAPERSManuscripts should be sent to:The Editor, Materials Science and TechnologyManey Publishing, 1 Carlton House TerraceLondon SW1Y SOB, UK. Email [email protected]

Manuscripts from authors based in the Americas should be sent to:Professor R Devesh Misra, Materials Science and TechnologyUS Coordinator, Department of Chemical EngineeringUniversity of Louisiana at LafayettePO Box 44130, Lafayette, LA 70504-4130, USAEmail [email protected]

To view the full Notes for Contributors please visitwww.maney.co.ukljournaLs/notes/mst

EDITORProfessor J F KnottFRS,FREng

SUBSCRIPTION INFORMATIONVolume 21 (2005), 12 issues per year(Print and Online) ISSN: 0267-0836Institutional rate: £97 4.00/US$161 0.00

View a free sample issue atwww.ingentaconnect.com/content/maney

For further information please contact:Maney Publishing, UK. Tel: +44 (0)113 249 7481 Fax: +44 (0)113 248 6983Email: [email protected] Publishing North America. Tel (toll free): 866 297 5154 Fax: 617 3546875Email: [email protected]

For further information or to subscribe online please visitwww.maney.co.uk